WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
ANJAR, KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP for Laying of Onshore Treated
Waste Water Disposal Pipeline for 25 MLD capacity
upto Landfall Point near Nakti Creek, Gulf of Kutch.
APRIL 2015
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment
for
Development
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., ANJAR, KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP for Laying of Onshore Treated Waste
Water Disposal Pipeline for 25 MLD capacity upto Landfall
Point near Nakti Creek, Gulf of Kutch
© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), April, 2015
This report is released for the use of the Welspun India Limited, Regulators and relevant
stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s CRZ Clearance process. Information provided
(unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for
any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.
QUALITY CONTROL
Name of
Publication
Project Number
EIA, EMP & DMP for Laying of Onshore Treated Waste Water Disposal Pipeline for
25 MLD capacity upto Landfall Point near Nakti Creek, Gulf of Kutch
1419588352
Report
No.
5
Version
0
Released
April 2015
DISCLAIMER
Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality
plan. Kadam also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written.
However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore
specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this
report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
1
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................ 4
1
INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ...................................................... 21
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
PURPOSE OF THE REPORT .........................................................................21
ABOUT THE CLIENT “WELSPUN GROUP” ..........................................................21
INTRODUCTION TO WELSPUN CITY, ANJAR – PROJECT PROPONENT ..............................23
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT .................................................................23
PROJECT ADVANTAGES ............................................................................24
PROJECT INFORMATION ...........................................................................24
PROJECT COMPONENTS ...........................................................................24
LOCATION OF STUDY AREA ........................................................................25
APPOINTMENT OF CONSULTANTS ..................................................................25
SCOPE OF EIA WORK...........................................................................25
1.10.1 Baseline Environmental Monitoring .....................................................25
1.10.2 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan ....................................26
1.11
METHODOLOGY .................................................................................27
1.11.1 Methodology of Environmental Impact Assessment .................................27
1.11.2 Methodology of Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan .................27
2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................... 29
2.1
2.2
TYPE OF PROJECT .................................................................................29
WELSPUN CITY ....................................................................................29
2.2.1 Approach to Welspun City ...............................................................29
2.3 PRODUCTION PROCESS AND ZERO DISCHARGE FACILITY AT WELSPUN INDIA LTD ................30
2.4
PRESENT CONSTRAINTS FACED IN TERMS OF FRESH WATER AVAILABILITY AT WELSPUN CITY,
ANJAR .............................................................................................31
2.4.1 Water Consumption from GWIL for Welspun City ....................................31
2.5
NEED FOR RECYCLING OF WATER AND SEA DISCHARGE OPTION OF TREATED WASTE WATER AS A
SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTIVITY AT WIL. .................................32
2.6 THE PROJECT .....................................................................................34
2.7 DESIGN BASIS FOR THE PROJECT COMPONENTS...................................................37
2.8 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT ..............................................................38
2.8.1 Alignment of the Selected Pipeline Route .............................................40
2.9 CRZ CLASSIFICATION OF THE AREA ...............................................................40
2.10
KEY ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL OUTCOMES OF PROPOSED PIPELINE ROUTE ................41
2.11
PROPOSED EFFLUENT DISPOSAL POINT .........................................................41
2.12
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS & OPERATION PARAMETERS FOR PROPOSED PIPELINE................42
2.13
METHOD OF LAYING OF PIPELINE ...............................................................43
2.13.1 Structure Details ..........................................................................43
2.13.2 Factors Considered for Selection of Pipe Material ....................................43
2.13.3 Selection of Pipeline Material ............................................................43
2.13.4 Specifications for DWC Pipes ............................................................44
2.13.5 Specifications for HDPE Pipes ...........................................................44
2.13.6 Specifications for MS Pipes ..............................................................44
2.14
STORAGE LAGOONS & PUMPING STATION ......................................................44
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
1
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
2.14.1 Selection of Pumping Machinery ........................................................45
2.14.2 Fully Submersible Pumps ................................................................45
2.14.3 Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps (Non Clog Type)-Axially Split Casing/Back
Pull Out .....................................................................................46
2.14.4 Treated Waste Water Quality Monitoring ..............................................48
2.15
2.16
ELECTRICAL DESIGN OF PUMPING STATION ....................................................48
PIPELINE INTEGRITY ISSUES ....................................................................49
2.16.1 Leak Addressing System .................................................................49
2.16.2 Fire Fighting and Fire Alarm System ...................................................49
2.17
SITE ACTIVITIES DURING LAYING OPERATIONS OF PIPELINE ...................................49
2.17.1 Site Preparation ...........................................................................49
2.17.2 Storage of pipeline materials ............................................................49
2.17.3 Transportation of pipes and fittings ....................................................49
2.18
CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY FOR DWC PIPES (FOR GRAVITY LINES) ......................50
2.18.1 Technical Specifications ..................................................................50
2.18.2 Scope of Item .............................................................................50
2.18.3 Applicable codes ..........................................................................50
2.18.4 Temperature Variation ...................................................................50
2.18.5 Manufacturing .............................................................................51
2.18.6 Transportation .............................................................................51
2.18.7 Handling ....................................................................................51
2.18.8 Pipe Storage at Site.......................................................................51
2.18.9 Lowering, Laying & Jointing Of Pipes ..................................................51
2.18.10 Construction of Backfill Envelope and Final Backfilling of the Trenches ........53
2.19
CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY FOR HDPE PIPES (FOR PUMPING MAIN) .....................53
2.19.1 Transportation .............................................................................54
2.19.2 Welding .....................................................................................54
2.19.3 Field Testing & Repair ....................................................................54
2.19.4 Excavation in Rocky Strata ..............................................................54
2.19.5 Trenching ..................................................................................54
2.19.6 Backfilling ..................................................................................54
2.19.7 Restoration of ROW (if applicable) .....................................................54
2.19.8 Excavation for pipes in trenches ........................................................54
2.19.9 Foundation and Bedding .................................................................55
2.19.10 Jointing of Pipes ........................................................................55
2.19.11 Material / Equipment Requirement ..................................................56
2.20
WATER MANAGEMENT AT WELSPUN CITY & WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT AT WIL PREMISES 57
2.20.1 Total Water Requirement and Source of Water Supply .............................57
2.21
PRESENT + PROPOSED ETP MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AT WIL PREMISES ........................57
2.22
PROJECT CONCEPT .............................................................................57
2.23
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT UNITS DESCRIPTION ............................................60
2.23.1 Sizing of units in Existing Common ETP ...............................................65
2.23.2 Adequacy of Existing + Proposed Modifications of Common ETP ..................65
2.24
SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT UNITS DESCRIPTION – 30 MLD CAPACITY .......................68
2.24.1 Design Flow & Characterstics: ..........................................................68
2.24.2 Description of units for STP .............................................................69
2.24.3 List of Civil Units with Unit Sizing for STP .............................................72
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
2
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
2.24.4 Adequacy of Proposed STP ..............................................................73
2.25
WATER & WASTE WATER GENERATION DURING PIPELINE LAYING OPERATION .................75
2.25.1 Water Requirement during Construction and Operation Phase of Pipeline .......75
2.25.2 Wastewater Generation & Wastewater Disposal .....................................76
2.26
AIR ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................76
2.27
SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT .....................................................77
2.28
SOURCE OF NOISE AND ITS ABATEMENT ........................................................78
2.29
FUEL/ENERGY REQUIREMENT ...................................................................78
2.30
AIR/FUGITIVE EMISSIONS ......................................................................79
2.31
WORKFORCE REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT .................................................79
2.32
COMPENSATORY PLANTATION ..................................................................79
2.33
POST-INSTALLATION MONITORING OF THE PIPELINE ...........................................79
2.34
SAFETY ASPECTS ...............................................................................80
2.34.1 Safety Aspects of Pipeline ...............................................................80
2.34.2 Safety Aspects at Pumping Stations ....................................................80
3
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT.................................................... 81
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
GENERAL ..........................................................................................81
METHODOLOGY....................................................................................81
STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL ......................................................81
DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND USE ..................................................................81
3.4.1 Classification of Land use and Land cover.............................................81
3.4.2 Study Methodology Adopted ............................................................81
3.4.3 Data Collection ............................................................................82
3.4.4 Interpretation of Satellite Data..........................................................82
3.4.5 Ground Truth Studies / Field survey ...................................................82
3.4.6 Land use and Land cover Pattern of Study Area .....................................83
3.4.7 Built-up Land ..............................................................................84
3.4.8 Agricultural Land ..........................................................................84
3.4.9 Wastelands.................................................................................84
3.4.10 Water Bodies ..............................................................................84
3.4.11 Vegetation Cover ..........................................................................84
3.4.12 Others ......................................................................................85
3.5 CLASS WISE AREA STATISTICS ....................................................................85
3.6 FINAL MAP PREPARATION .........................................................................86
3.7 PROXIMITY TO SEA / WATER BODIES .............................................................88
3.8 IMPORTANT FEATURES WITHIN THE STUDY AREA .................................................88
3.9 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA.....................................................................89
3.9.1 Weather ....................................................................................89
3.9.2 Temperature ...............................................................................89
3.9.3 Wind Direction .............................................................................89
3.9.4 Rainfall......................................................................................90
3.9.5 Cloud Cover ................................................................................90
3.9.6 Humidity ....................................................................................90
3.10
SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGY ..................................................................90
3.10.1 Site Specific Data of Season .............................................................91
3.11
AMBIENT AIR ...................................................................................94
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
3
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3.11.1
3.11.2
3.11.3
3.11.4
3.11.5
3.11.6
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
Season and Period of Monitoring .......................................................94
Selection of Stations for Sampling ......................................................94
Sampling Frequency ......................................................................96
Parameters Monitored and Methods Used .............................................96
Results of Ambient Air Monitoring ......................................................97
Observations ...............................................................................99
3.12
NOISE ENVIRONMENT......................................................................... 100
Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level.............................................. 100
Selected Sampling Locations for Noise............................................... 100
Noise Level Results ..................................................................... 102
Observations ............................................................................. 102
3.13
WATER ENVIRONMENT........................................................................ 103
3.13.1 Analysis Method Adopted .............................................................. 103
3.13.2 Assessment of Ground Water Quality ................................................ 105
3.13.3 Assessment of Surface Water Quality ................................................ 112
3.14
LAND ......................................................................................... 120
3.14.1 Topography and General Features ................................................... 120
3.14.2 Geology of the study area ............................................................. 120
3.14.3 Soil Characteristics ...................................................................... 120
3.14.4 Soil Monitoring Methodology .......................................................... 120
3.14.5 Surface Soil Sampling Locations ...................................................... 121
3.14.6 Details of Sediment Sampling Locations ............................................. 126
3.15
DESCRIPTION OF ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................ 127
3.15.1 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment .............................................. 128
3.15.2 Biological Diversity ...................................................................... 128
3.15.3 Ecological Impact Assessment ........................................................ 128
3.16
PERIOD OF THE STUDY AND STUDY AREA ..................................................... 129
3.16.1 Methodology ............................................................................. 129
3.17
BIODIVERSITY OF TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENT............................................... 129
3.17.1 Floral Diversity of the study area ..................................................... 129
3.17.2 Cultivated Plants in the study area: .................................................. 131
3.17.3 Rare and Endangered Flora in the study area ...................................... 131
3.17.4 Endemic flora in the study area ....................................................... 131
3.17.5 Status of Forest and their category in the study area ............................. 131
3.18
FAUNAL DIVERSITY IN STUDY AREA ........................................................... 131
3.18.1 Birds of the study area ................................................................. 131
3.18.2 Reptiles ................................................................................... 132
3.18.3 Mammals ................................................................................. 133
3.18.4 Endemic Fauna of the Study area .................................................... 133
3.18.5 Scheduled Fauna of the study area .................................................. 133
3.19
MANGROVE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................... 133
3.20
SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................ 134
3.21
METHODOLOGY (OBSERVATION, GROUND-TROTTING AND VISUAL PERCEPTION) ............. 135
3.22
DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF PROJECT DISTRICT AND SUB-DISTRICT .......................... 135
3.23
BRIEF PROFILE OF STUDY AREA .............................................................. 136
3.24
SOCIAL PROFILE .............................................................................. 137
3.24.1 Population and Household Details .................................................... 137
3.12.1
3.12.2
3.12.3
3.12.4
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
4
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
3.24.2 Religious Category and Social Characteristics....................................... 137
3.24.3 Literacy Rate in Study Area ............................................................ 138
3.24.4 Women’s Participation in Decision Making Activities ............................... 139
3.25
BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITY ............................................................ 139
Education Facility ....................................................................... 139
Medical and Health Facility ............................................................ 141
Source of Drinking Water .............................................................. 142
Means of Communication .............................................................. 143
Transportation Facility .................................................................. 144
Power Supply ............................................................................ 144
3.26
ECONOMIC PROFILE .......................................................................... 144
3.26.1 Occupational Pattern ................................................................... 144
3.26.2 Agriculture Condition in Study Area .................................................. 145
3.26.3 Animal Husbandry ...................................................................... 145
3.27
CULTURAL PROFILE ........................................................................... 145
3.25.1
3.25.2
3.25.3
3.25.4
3.25.5
3.25.6
4
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ... 147
4.1
4.2
INTRODUCTION.................................................................................. 147
DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS .......................................... 147
4.2.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment ................................................. 147
4.2.2 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project ................... 155
4.3 LANDUSE ........................................................................................ 159
4.3.1 Direct Impacts on Land Use due to the Project during construction phase .... 159
4.3.2 Operation Phase......................................................................... 160
4.3.3 Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 161
4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................. 161
4.4.1 Construction Phase ..................................................................... 161
4.4.2 Operation Phase......................................................................... 162
4.4.3 About the Software ..................................................................... 162
4.4.4 Air Quality Modeling .................................................................... 164
4.4.5 Results .................................................................................... 180
4.4.6 Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 181
4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................... 182
4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................... 184
4.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................. 186
4.7.1 Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 187
4.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................... 188
4.8.1 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project ................... 188
4.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................... 189
4.10
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK TO SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES ........................ 190
4.10.1 General Safety Measures .............................................................. 190
4.10.2 Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 190
5
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES .............................................................. 191
5.1
5.2
5.3
DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA................................................................... 191
SELECTION OF SURVEY ROUTE - OUTCOME OF THE RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY ................. 191
ALIGNMENT ALTERNATIVES...................................................................... 191
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
5
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
5.4
5.5
6
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
ASSESSMENT OF ALIGNMENT ALTERNATIVES .................................................... 192
SELECTED ALIGNMENT ALTERNATIVE ............................................................ 193
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ........................................... 195
6.1
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING.................................................................. 195
Construction Phase ..................................................................... 195
Operation Phase......................................................................... 195
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ............................................................. 196
REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ...................................................................... 197
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.2
6.3
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES – CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS AND DISASTER
MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................ 199
7.1
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ........................................ 199
7.1.1 Introduction.............................................................................. 199
7.1.2 Emergency Plan: Structure ............................................................ 199
7.1.3 Policy ..................................................................................... 199
7.1.4 Planning .................................................................................. 199
7.1.5 Consequence Assessment ............................................................. 200
7.2 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN ..................................................................... 204
7.2.1 Introduction.............................................................................. 204
7.2.2 Objectives of the Emergency Plan .................................................... 206
7.2.3 Health & Safety Policy .................................................................. 207
7.2.4 Storage and Operational Hazards & Control ........................................ 207
7.2.5 Risk and Environmental Impact Assessment Plan .................................. 207
7.2.6 Emergency Organization ............................................................... 211
7.2.7 Preventive, Safety & Emergency Arrangements .................................... 213
7.2.8 Emergency Communications .......................................................... 214
7.2.9 Action Plan ............................................................................... 215
7.3 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN..................................................................... 217
7.3.1 Major risks and their Effects ........................................................... 217
7.3.2 The Off-Site Action Plan................................................................ 218
7.3.3 First -Aid.................................................................................. 219
8
PROJECT BENEFITS ............................................................................ 221
9
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................. 222
9.1
INTRODUCTION.................................................................................. 222
9.1.1 General ................................................................................... 222
9.1.2 Purpose of EMP ......................................................................... 222
9.2 LEGISLATIVE COMPLIANCE ...................................................................... 222
9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................... 223
9.4 GREENBELT MANAGEMENT ...................................................................... 227
9.4.1 General Principles in Greenbelt Design .............................................. 227
10
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS .......................................................... 229
10.1
10.2
10.3
SUMMARY OF IMPACTS ........................................................................ 229
IMPACT DUE TO PIPELINE ROUTE SELECTION ................................................. 229
IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION OF THE PIPELINE .......................................... 229
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
6
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
QUALITY SHEET
10.4
10.5
IMPACTS DURING OPERATION OF THE PIPELINE .............................................. 230
MITIGATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................... 230
10.5.1 General ................................................................................... 230
10.5.2 Post Project Monitoring Programme.................................................. 230
10.6
CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................ 231
10.6.1 Overall Postiive Impact due to proposed Pipeline Project ......................... 231
11
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ........................................................ 232
11.1
BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY RENDERED BY KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTANTS .......................................................................................... 232
11.2
EIA TEAM MEMBERS ......................................................................... 233
LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure 1: Consent for Welspun India Limited (Textile Division) ........................................... 235
Annexure 2: Concession Agreement for 35 year with Nagarpalika. .......................................... 240
Annexure 3: Treatability cum Adequacy Report of ETP and STP .............................................. 244
Annexure 4: Longterm Climatological Data ............................................................................ 245
Annexure 5: Detailed Air Monitoring Results .......................................................................... 247
Annexure 6: National Ambient Air Quality Stations ................................................................. 249
Annexure 7: Selected Alignment Route ................................................................................. 251
Annexure 8: Compliance to CCA ........................................................................................... 252
Annexure 9: Land Lease Agreement for STP and other permission letters................................ 259
Annexure 10: HTL –LTL Demarcation Map ............................................................................ 269
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
7
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED EFFLUENT
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
LIST OF TABLES
LIST OF TABLES
Table 0-1: Salient Features of the Proposed Project Pipeline....................................................... 5
Table 0-2: Treated Waste Water Characteristics of Common ETP compared to Marine Discharge
Norms given by CPCB .............................................................................................................. 7
Table 0-3: Outlet of Proposed STP and RO Reject Waters of WIL ............................................... 8
Table 0-4: Characteristics of Common ETP outlet and Sea Discharge pipeline combined outlet
compared with CPCB Standards for Marine Discharge ................................................................ 9
Table 0-5: Land use of the Study Area .................................................................................... 11
Table 0-6: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC - DG set at Pumping station ................... 14
Table 0-7: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC – DG set at Proposed STP area .............. 14
Table 1-1: Components of Treated Waste Water disposal pipeline ............................................ 24
Table 2-1: Products Manufactured & Quantity at WIL premsies ................................................ 30
Table 2-2: Design Basis for Common ETP at WIL premises ....................................................... 31
Table 2-3: Water Consumption from GWIL by Welspun City ..................................................... 31
Table 2-4: Treated Waste Water Characterstics of Common ETP compared to Marine Discharge
Norms given by CPCB ............................................................................................................ 36
Table 2-5: Details about Design Flow Calculations ................................................................... 37
Table 2-6: Salient Features of the Proposed Project Components .............................................. 38
Table 2-7: CRZ Classification for Proposed Pipeline Route ........................................................ 40
Table 2-8: Key Environmental and Social Outcome of Pipeline Route ........................................ 41
Table 2-9: Gravity Pipeline design features/specifications ......................................................... 42
Table 2-10: Rising main design features/specifications ............................................................. 42
Table 2-11: Pipe Diameter Specification .................................................................................. 56
Table 2-12: Design Inlet and Outlet Characterstics of Common ETP .......................................... 58
Table 2-13: Design Outlet Characterstics of STP & RO Rejects .................................................. 59
Table 2-14: Combiined ETP Outlet in sea discharge pipeline compared with Marine Norms for Sea
disposal ................................................................................................................................ 60
Table 2-15: Civil Unit Dimensions and Volumes in Existing Common ETP ................................... 65
Table 2-16: Adequacy of Existing ETP units and New Units for total capacity of 15 MLD ............. 65
Table 2-17: Design Characterstics of New STP ........................................................................ 69
Table 2-18: List of Units of STP – 30 MLD capacity .................................................................. 72
Table 2-19: Adequacy of Proposed STP .................................................................................. 73
Table 2-20: Estimated Daily Water Requirement ...................................................................... 75
Table 2-21: Estimated Waste Water Generation during Construction Phase ............................... 76
Table 2-22: Details of Proposed Stack additions due to pipeline project ..................................... 77
Table 2-23: Details of Hazardous Waste Generation ................................................................ 77
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
1
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED EFFLUENT
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-24: Details of Proposed D.G. Set at pumping station and at STP ................................... 79
Table 3-1: GPS Readings within Study Area ............................................................................ 82
Table 3-2: Synopsis of Land use / Land cover Classification Used for the Project........................ 83
Table 3-3: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ..................... 85
Table 3-4: Proximity of Sea / Water bodies ............................................................................. 88
Table 3-5: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area .................. 88
Table 3-6: Predominant Wind Direction (Data is available for Morning Hours) ............................ 89
Table 3-7: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ...................................................... 91
Table 3-8: Mean Meteorological Data for Post Monsoon Season 2014 ....................................... 91
Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details .................................................................... 94
Table 3-10: Methodology for Ambient Air Monitoring ............................................................... 97
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Monitoring Results ............................................................................. 97
Table 3-12: Monitoring methodology .................................................................................... 100
Table 3-13: Standard of Ambient Noise Level ........................................................................ 100
Table 3-14: Sampling Locations for Noise ............................................................................. 100
Table 3-15: Noise Level Readings ......................................................................................... 102
Table 3-16: Analysis Methods Adopted for Ground and Surface Water Samples ....................... 103
Table 3-17: Ground water Quality Sampling Locations ........................................................... 105
Table 3-18: Analysis report of Groundwater Samples (Station 1 to Station 5)........................... 107
Table 3-19: Analysis report of Groundwater Samples (Station 6 to Station 10) ......................... 109
Table 3-20: Surface Water Sampling Locations ...................................................................... 112
Table 3-21: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples (Station 1 to Station 5) ....................... 114
Table 3-22: Marine Water Sampling Locations ....................................................................... 117
Table 3-23: Analysis Report of Marine Water Samples ........................................................... 118
Table 3-24: Classification of Coastal/ Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses ........................ 119
Table 3-25: Monitoring Methodology for soil.......................................................................... 120
Table 3-26: Soil Sampling Locations ..................................................................................... 122
Table 3-27: Surface Soil Analysis Results .............................................................................. 124
Table 3-28: Location Details of Sediment Samples ................................................................. 126
Table 3-29: Analysis Results of Sediment Samples ................................................................. 127
Table 3-30: List of Floral species in Study Area...................................................................... 130
Table 3-31: List of Birds in Study Area .................................................................................. 131
Table 3-32: List of Reptiles in study area .............................................................................. 132
Table 3-33: List of Mammals in study area ............................................................................ 133
Table 3-34: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district ........................................ 136
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
2
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED EFFLUENT
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
LIST OF TABLES
Table 3-35: Lists of Villages in Study Area............................................................................. 136
Table 3-36: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in Study Area .............. 137
Table 3-37: Literacy Rate in Study Area ................................................................................ 138
Table 3-38: Education Facilities (Availability Yes- √, No- X) .................................................... 140
Table 3-39: Health and Medical Facility (Availability Yes- √, No- X) ......................................... 142
Table 3-40: Source of Drinking Water (Availability Yes- √, No- X) ........................................... 143
Table 3-41: Occupational Pattern ......................................................................................... 144
Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to the Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment
......................................................................................................................................... 149
Table 4-2: Probability of Occurrence ..................................................................................... 154
Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria............................................................ 155
Table 4-4: Environmental Risk Categorization ........................................................................ 155
Table 4-5: Environmental Impacts ........................................................................................ 157
Table 4-6: Impact Scoring Land ........................................................................................... 160
Table 4-7: Flue Gas Stack Details ......................................................................................... 162
Table 4-8: Stack Details ....................................................................................................... 162
Table 4-9: Details of Gas Emission ....................................................................................... 162
Table 4-10: Incremental GLC of PM10 Pollutant (in μg/m3) .................................................... 165
Table 4-11: Incremental GLC of SO2 Pollutant (in μg/m3) ...................................................... 168
Table 4-12: Incremental GLC of NOX Pollutant (in μg/m3) ..................................................... 171
Table 4-13: Incremental of GLC of PM10 Pollutant (in μg/m3) – DG set for Proposed STP ........ 174
Table 4-14: Incremental GLC of SO2 Pollutant (in μg/m3) – DG set for Proposed STP .............. 176
Table 4-15: Incremental GLC of NOX Pollutant (in μg/m3) - DG set for Proposed STP .............. 178
Table 4-16: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC - DG set at Pumping station ............... 180
Table 4-17: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC – DG set at Proposed STP area .......... 180
Table 4-18: Impact Scoring of Air Environment ..................................................................... 181
Table 4-19: Estimated Peak Pipeline Construction Noise Emissions due to Equipment............... 182
Table 4-20: Estimated Noise Levels, 150 m from Site ............................................................. 182
Table 4-21: Typical Construction Equipment Noise Levels ...................................................... 183
Table 4-22: Noise Levels at Typical Pumping Station.............................................................. 183
Table 4-23: Impact Scoring of Noise ..................................................................................... 183
Table 4-24: Impact Scoring of Ground Water ........................................................................ 185
Table 4-25: Impact Scoring of Surface Water ........................................................................ 186
Table 4-26: Impact Scoring – Soil......................................................................................... 187
Table 4-27: Aspect – Impact Identification ............................................................................ 188
Table 4-28: Aspect – Impact Scoring .................................................................................... 189
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
3
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED EFFLUENT
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
LIST OF TABLES
Table 5.1: List of Villages in the Study Area .......................................................................... 191
Table 6-1: Project Start-Up Checklist .................................................................................... 195
Table 6-2: Monthly Checklist ................................................................................................ 195
Table 6-3: Environment Monitoring Plan ............................................................................... 195
Table 6-4: Environment Management Cell ............................................................................. 196
Table 6-5: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements .............................................................. 197
Table 7-1: Event Classification ............................................................................................. 199
Table 7-2: Effect Distance due to Release of HSD .................................................................. 201
Table 9-1: Obligations of Project Proponent under Environmental Legislations ......................... 222
Table 9-2: Environmental Management Plan ......................................................................... 223
Table 9-3: Details of Recommended Plant species for Greenbelt Development ......................... 227
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
4
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED EFFLUENT
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
LIST OF FIGURES
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1: Google Map showing Welspun City ........................................................................ 30
Figure 2-2: Existing Water Balance Diagram of Welspun City .................................................... 33
Figure 2-3: Proposed Water Balance Diagram of Welspun City .................................................. 35
Figure 2-4: Alignment Map of Selected Pipeline Route ............................................................. 39
Figure 2-5: Location of Pumping Station near PS4 of Gandhidham-Adipur Municipal Corporation . 46
Figure 2-6: Layout Plan of Storage Lagoons and Pumping Station for pipeline project ................ 47
Figure 2-7: Treated Waste Water Quality Monitoring Block Diagram.......................................... 48
Figure 2-8: DWC Pipe Jointing Procedure ................................................................................ 52
Figure 2-9: HDPE Pipe Jointing Procedure ............................................................................... 55
Figure 2-10: Block Diagram of Existing Common ETP ............................................................... 64
Figure 2-11: ETP Flow Diagram of Existing Common ETP at WIL .............................................. 64
Figure 2-12: Augmented ETP Flow Diagram – 15 MLD Capacity ................................................ 67
Figure 2-13: Layout of ETP Augmentation Works ..................................................................... 68
Figure 2-14: Block Diagram of STP ......................................................................................... 74
Figure 2-15: Layout of STP works near WIL Premises .............................................................. 74
Figure 2-16: Combined Layout Plan of STP and ETP ................................................................ 75
Figure 3-1: Landuse/ Land Cover of the Study Area ................................................................. 87
Figure 3-2: Wind Rose Diagram for Post-Monsoon Season of 2014 ........................................... 93
Figure 3-3: Sampling Location Map......................................................................................... 95
Figure 3-4: Map of the Study Area........................................................................................ 135
Figure 3-5: Social Characteristics .......................................................................................... 138
Figure 3-6: Literacy Rate ..................................................................................................... 139
Figure 3-7: Working Population ............................................................................................ 145
Figure 4-1: Isopleth of PM10 Pollutant .................................................................................. 167
Figure 4-2: Isopleth of SO2 Pollutant .................................................................................... 170
Figure 4-3: Isopleth of NOx Pollutant .................................................................................... 173
Figure 4-4: Isopleth of PM10 pollutant - DG set for Proposed STP ............................................ 175
Figure 4-5: Isopleth of SO2 Pollutant - DG set for Proposed STP ............................................. 177
Figure 4-6: Isopleth of NOX pollutant - DG set for Proposed STP ............................................ 179
Figure 7-1: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather 4/D
......................................................................................................................................... 202
Figure 7-2: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather 5/D
......................................................................................................................................... 203
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
1
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED EFFLUENT
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 7-3: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 50 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather 4/D
......................................................................................................................................... 203
Figure 7-4: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 50 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather 5/D
......................................................................................................................................... 203
Figure 7-5: Late Pool fire effect contour due to Catastrophic Rupture of HSD storage tank at
weather 4/D ....................................................................................................................... 204
Figure 7-6: Late Pool fire effect contour due to Catastrophic Rupture of HSD storage tank at
weather 5/D ....................................................................................................................... 204
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
2
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE OFFSHORE TREATED
EFFLUENT DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Photographs 3-1: Sampling Photographs for Ambient Air Monitoring ......................................... 96
Photographs 3-2: Sampling Photographs for Noise Monitoring ................................................ 101
Photographs 3-3: Ground water sampling photographs .......................................................... 106
Photographs 3-4: Surface water sampling Photographs .......................................................... 113
Photographs 3-5: Sampling Photographs for Soil Monitoring ................................................... 122
Photographs 3-6: Education Facilities in nearby Villages of Project Area .................................. 140
Photographs 3-7: Medical Facilities in nearby Villages ............................................................ 141
Photographs 3-8: Source of Drinking Water in nearby Villages ................................................ 142
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | MARCH 2015
3
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Introduction and Background
Welspun City, situated in Anjar Town, is a diversified manufacturing base spread over 2500 acres,
which was established in 2004. It presently employs more than 25,000 locals at its facility in Anjar.
The Welspun Group of Companies harbors the following companies at its Anjar facility:





Welspun
Welspun
Welspun
Welspun
Welspun
Corp Ltd (Plate and Pipeline),
India Ltd (Textile Division) &
Steel Ltd (Sponge Iron Plant with Captive Power Plant)
Captive Power Generation Ltd (Power Plant)
Gujarat Stahl Rohen Ltd – (Standby Power Plant)
Currently the WIL have an own CETP to treat effluent generated from the entire Welspun city. In
order to sustain the water management in the area of Kutch and future growth of the company,
M/s WIL under the Clean Environment Campaign of Government of India, WIL has decided to set
up a 30 MLD Sewage treatment plant (in Ist Phase) at Anjar and reuse the entire city sewage of
Anjar and Gandhidham-Adipur for their plant use after the RO process; thereby conserving the
fresh water resources of Narmada. This conservation of fresh water source can be utilized by other
industries and community leading to environmental benefits in the region as well as enhancing its
own capacity to use the treated waters.
M/s Welspun India Ltd. (WIL) intends to lay a pipeline conveyance system (Onshore + Offshore)
in order to convey and dispose their surplus treated waste water + RO Rejects from STP
treatment into deep sea off Nakti Creek in Gulf of Kutch thereby improving the surface water
quality of the region.
Project Details
Purpose of the Project
The purpose of this pipeline is to discharge the treated effluents from Treated Water Sump in the
Welspun Plant Premises by means of gravity upto Proposed Pumping Station Location & further by
means of pumping into deep sea outfall point as identified by NIO off Gulf of Kutch.
In order to sustain the continued overall development of the Kutch region the Government of Gujarat
supplies water to the region, however, the same is becoming a challenge for the industries and its
community growth.
To ease this pressure of Government of Gujarat to supply water for industrial usage and to create a
sustainable source of industrial water supply for their own use / surplus waters to nearby industries
in Anjar & Gandhidham region, M/s. Welspun India Limited have entered into a Concession
agreement for a period of 35 years with both the Nagarpalikas viz., Anjar Nagar Palika (ANP) and
Gandhidham - Adipur Nagar Palika (GNP), for setting up of project facilities and allied works in order
to recycle the sewage waters by suitable treatment that can be optimally used by the industries in
the region keeping the environmental benefits in the region as well as its own capacity to use the
treated water.
The present project is Treated Waste Water Disposal Pipeline off Nakti Creek and is conceived for
disposal of RO rejects from Recycling of the above Treated Sewage Waters along with treated waste
waters from Welspun India Ltd.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
4
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
The project will dispose of the surplus rejects along with the treated waste water from the existing
Common ETP; matching the disposal norms as specified by the Central Pollution Control Board,
into Deep Sea via an Onshore and Offshore disposal pipeline off Nakti Creek in Gulf of Kutch (upto
the disposal point as suggested by NIO).
Project Study Area
The project broadly consists of Gravity Pipeline upto pumping station in area of Gandhidham –
Adipur Nagarpalika (Length of Gravity Pipeline ~ 15.3 Kms) further by means of Pumping upto
LFP Location (Length ~ 5.86 Kms) extending upto diffuser outfall point into deep sea as identified
by NIO (Length~ 8.92 Kms).
Scope of EIA
The scope of this EIA is for on-shore pipeline. The scope of EIA starts from treated wastewater
sump in the Welspun Premises upto pumping station location further upto Land Fall Point crossing
Tuna Port Railway Line- Onshore Portion.
Overall Project Components
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Sewage Conveyance Network – D.I. Pipeline – Design capacity 60 MLD
Sewage Treatment Plant – 30 MLD + 15 MLD (two phases)
Treated Waste Water + RO Rejects Conveyance Pipeline upto deep sea – 25 MLD capacity
Augmentation of existing ETP at WIL (textile unit) – total capacity of 15 MLD
Augmentation of UF and RO for recycling – 10 MLD + 5 MLD + 30 MLD capacity (Three
phases)
Salient Features of the project
The salient features of the existing and proposed project is given in below table.
Table 0-1: Salient Features of the Proposed Project Pipeline
Sr.
No.
Description
Starting/End point
Location
Length of
Conveyance
System
(Km)
Waste
Water
Disposal
Quantity
Mode of Disposal/
Remarks
(MLD)
1
Segment 1:
Onshore Pipeline
– 800 OD DWC
Pipe
From Treated Water
Sump in Welspun
Premises upto Pumping
Station Location
15.3
25
Deep Sea Disposal by
gravity main pipeline
up to Pumping
Station Location.
Lat Long of
N 230 07’ 07.73”
E 700 04’ 42.15”
2
Pumping Station
Pump Station will be
constructed from the
downstream of WIL
located at Lat. Longs of
N 230 01’ 23.7”,
E 700 07’ 9.89”
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
-
25
Gravity Line will be
discharging water
into storage lagoons
proposed near
Pumping Station &
will be further
pumped form the
5
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
Sr.
No.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Description
Starting/End point
Location
Length of
Conveyance
System
(Km)
Waste
Water
Disposal
Quantity
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Mode of Disposal/
Remarks
(MLD)
Pumping station upto
Outfall point.
3
Segment 2:
Onshore Pipeline
– 500 mm
diameter HDPE
Pipe
4
Segment 3:
Onshore Pipeline
– 500 mm
diameter HDPE
Pipe
From pumping station
to Landfall Point (LFP 2)
– Lat Long of
5.86
25
N 220 58’ 49.75”
Deep Sea Disposal by
means of Pumping
Pipeline upto Landfall
Point
E 700 06’ 43.55”
From Landfall point
(LFP) to Final disposal
point as identified by
NIO1 Lat Longs of
8.92
25
30.08 Say 31
25
N 220 54’ 52.0”
E 700 09’ 18.0”
Deep Sea Disposal by
means of Pumping
Pipeline upto Final
Diffuser Point
(Disposal Location
identified by NIO)
along with scientifically
designed diffuser
System
5
Total Pipeline Length
Pipeline starts from
Lagoons and ends at
disposal point as
given by NIO.
Treated Wastewater Monitoring Block Diagram
1
1
Marine EIA Study Carried out by NIO
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
6
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Characteristics of Common ETP outlet for Sea Disposal
Characteristics of the Biologically Treated Wastewater suited for Marine Discharge & PCB discharge
norms as presented under:
Table 0-2: Treated Waste Water Characteristics of Common ETP compared to Marine
Discharge Norms given by CPCB
Parameters
Treated Effluent
Characteristics of
Common ETP
Treated waste water
Characteristics as per CPCB
Standards for discharge to
Marine Coastal Waters
1
Flow (cu.m per day)
15000
25000
2
pH
7.0 - 7.5
5.5 - 9.0
Sr.
No.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
7
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
3
Temperature
30
< 30
4
Colour (Pt. Co. Units)
100
< 100
5
BOD (5 Days at 20 Deg.
C)
75
< 100
6
COD
240
< 250
7
Suspended Solids
50
< 100
8
Total Dissolved Solids
2500
-
9
Oil & Grease
10
20
10
Phenolic Compounds
2
5
11
Fluorides
1
15
12
Sulphides
0.1
5
13
Ammonical Nitrogen
15
50
14
Bio Assay Test
90% survival of fish after
96 hours in 100% effluent
90% survival of fish after 96
hours in 100% effluent
Characteristics of STP Outlet and RO Rejects for Sea Diposal
The Characteristics of Inlet and Outlet of new proposed STP is presented in table as below:
Table 0-3: Outlet of Proposed STP and RO Reject Waters of WIL
Sr. No.
Parameters
Outlet of STP
RO Reject waters
1
Design Flow
29000
10000
2
pH
6.8 - 8
6.0 - 7.5
3
Temperature
Deg C
20
20
Colour (Pt. Co. Units)
mg/l
4
< 10
20
5
BOD (5 Days at 20 Deg.
C)
mg/l
< 10
30
6
COD
mg/l
< 50
150
Suspended Solids
mg/l
< 10
< 10
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l
< 3400
10000
Oil & Grease
mg/l
<2
<2
Phenolic Compounds
mg/l
<1
<1
11
Fluorides
mg/l
<2
<2
12
Sulphides
mg/l
<1
<1
13
Ammonical Nitrogen
mg/l
< 10
< 10
7
8
9
10
Units
m3/day
Combined Characteristics of ETP Outlet and STP RO Rejects
Characteristics of combined outlet of Treated waste water from Common ETP + RO rejects (of STP
treated waters) meeting with Marine Discharge norms is highlighted in the table as below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
8
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Table 0-4: Characteristics of Common ETP outlet and Sea Discharge pipeline combined
outlet compared with CPCB Standards for Marine Discharge
RO Reject
waters
Combined
Outlet
Characteristics
to Sea
Discharge
Pipeline
Treated waste
water
Characteristics as
per CPCB Standards
for discharge to
Marine Coastal
Waters
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Treated
Effluent
Characteristics
of Common
ETP
1
Flow (cu.m per
day)
15000
10000
25000
25000
2
pH
7.0 - 7.5
6.0 - 7.5
6.0 - 8
5.5 - 9.0
3
Temperature
30
20
26
< 30
4
Colour (Pt. Co.
Units)
100
20
68
< 100
5
BOD (5 Days at
20 Deg. C)
75
30
57
< 100
6
COD
240
150
204
< 250
7
Suspended
Solids
50
15
36
< 100
8
Total Dissolved
Solids
2500
10000
5500
-
9
Oil & Grease
10
2
6.8
20
10
Phenolic
Compounds
2
1
1.6
5
11
Fluorides
1
2
1.4
15
12
Sulphides
0.1
1
0.46
5
13
Ammonical
Nitrogen
15
10
13
50
Bio Assay Test
90% survival of
fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival
of fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival
of fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival of fish
after 96 hours in
100% effluent
14
Approach to Site
WIL is a part of Welspun City located near Varsamedi village, east of Anjar Town. The nearest
railway station is Anjar parallel to Anjar Bypass Road in south direction. Pipeline Crosses Railway
Line near Adipur. The nearest road connection to the alignment route is the National Highway 8A
– Gandhidham Bhuj. The nearest operative Airport is Bhuj Airport which is around 50 km away
from the project site in North West direction.
Pipeline Details
DWC pipe will be laid in gravity from Welspun Premises upto Pumping Station & High Density
polyethylene pipes (HDPE) will be laid for conveyance of treated effluents from Pumping Station
up to Outfall point in Gulf of Kutch. The capacity of pipeline will be 25 MLD considering for future
expansion. The selection of pipe material is such that it has a long life of 50 years and fully
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
9
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
resistant to corrosion. The material is viscous elastic in nature and can adjust to the natural
ground contours.
Need of Preparation of EIA
Pipeline corridor lies in CRZ and for the compliance of CRZ Notification (19th February 1991, and its
subsequent amendments; it is necessary to take prior CRZ clearance.
Project Cost
The total cost for the proposed project is estimated about INR 226 Crores including laying of
onshore and offshore pipeline, Installation of 30 MLD STP and installation of proposed pumping
stations.
Fuel and Energy Requirement
During the construction phase DG sets will be used for power supply. Diesel will be the primary
fuel, driving pipe laying equipments.
New pumping station will have one DG Set which will be operational occasionally. Normal pumping
will be carried out using PGVCL power supply. The consumption rate and quantity will be finalized
after detailed engineering. Diesel storage will be in form of day tank provided along with DG set.
The HSD/LDO required will be sourced from a nearby depot
Handling and Management of Wastes
Construction Phase
During construction, solid waste generated will include packaging and wrapping material, used
rags and housekeeping waste from the construction sites etc. Contractors will be responsible for
disposal / resale of the wastes and these shall be disposed off as per the applicable legislative
requirements.
The other solid waste generated during construction phase would be the soil excavated during
trenching. The excavated soil will be used for refilling to the extent possible.
Used oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed container before
disposing off to local authorized recyclers as per applicable legislative requirements.
Operation Phase
The waste generated during the operation phase will be mainly used oil, ETP and STP sludge and
chemical sludge. The hazardous waste will be disposed as per hazardous waste management rules
while STP sludge will be used as manure.
Safety Aspects of Pipeline
The following shall be implemented to ensure safety of the pipeline.


Pipeline marker signs will be placed where the pipeline crosses rivers or highways and at other
major crossings. Line of sight of markers will be maintained.
Operators of the pipeline system will be fully informed about general safety aspects.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
10
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH




EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
The pipeline will be physically patrolled by ground staff. In addition, during day-to-day
operational and maintenance activities, operational staff will keep vigil on all activities
occurring around the pipeline and report such activities to the appropriate authorities.
The database on which the DMP is programmed will be updated periodically. All the relevant
information will be updated as soon as there is some new addition or change in the key
aspects of the DMP.
DMP and Emergency Response will be fully computerized and integrated with the global
database for quickest response.
Painting of pipeline appurtenances (valves, meters, etc.) will be performed as necessary to
prevent atmospheric corrosion.
Safety Aspects at Pumping Stations
Safeguards at Pumping Station









The Pumping station facilities will be provided with following safety features:
Emergency shutdown features.
Ventilation of the pump building.
Regular inspection and maintenance of equipment.
Control and communications equipment.
Fencing to reduce the chance of unauthorized entry.
All electrical equipment in compliance with Hazardous area classification as per BIS Standards
(IS 5572:1994).
Proper earthing of station piping, fencing and equipment to discharge fault or induced
voltages safely in the event of lightning strike.
Fire Fighting Facilities
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
PPE will be made available and required to be worn by all site personnel. The use of PPE will be
mandatory. In the event of accidental or mechanical damage, the defective equipment shall be
reported to site HSE representative for replacement.
Environmental Setting and Impacts due to Project Activities with
Mitigation Measures
The methodology of EIA is based on the guidelines of the MoEF. The study covered the
post monsoon season summer season (Oct-Dec) of 2014; Totaling three months of study. The
area within 7 km distance from both sides of pipeline corridor along the entire onshore length of
pipeline was considered as study area for establishing the baseline status of environmental
parameters.
Land use of the study area
Land Use
The land use and land cover in the region comprises of various categories. Present land use of the
study area is given in below table.
Table 0-5: Land use of the Study Area
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
11
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
S.
No.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Level 1
classification
Level 2
classification
Area, Level 2 classes
Ha.
~KM
Residential /
Commercial
3540.8
35.40
6.89
Industrial
1704.86
17.04
3.32
Crop Land / Fallow
Land
8721.1
87.21
16.9
4
Plantation
59.21
0.592
0.12
5
Reservoir/Tank/Pon
d/lake
456.0
4.560
0.89
1
2
3
6
Built-up Land or
Habitation
Agricultural Land
2
~%
River
365.3
3.653
0.71
7
Sea Area
9375
93.74
18.2
8
Creek
1388
13.8
2.70
9
Scrub
10096
100.9
19.6
Open Vegetation
1531.
15.31
2.98
Close Vegetation
235.5
2.355
0.46
12
Mangroves
2958
29.57
5.75
13
Land without
Scrubs
992.8
9.928
1.93
Mud Flat
2835
28.34
5.52
15
Salt Affected Land
269.6
2.696
0.52
16
Salt Pan
6279
62.78
12.2
Air-Port
104.12
1.041
0.20
Harbour - Port
Land
139.68
1.396
0.27
Quarring
337.73
3.377
0.66
10
11
14
Water Bodies
Vegetation Cover
Wastelands
17
18
Others
19
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Area, Level 1 classes
Ha.
~KM2
~%
5245.7
52.45
10.2
8780.3
87.803
17.0
11584
115.84
22.5
14820
148.20
28.8
4096
40.96
7.97
6860
68.60
13.3
Source: Based on satellite imagery interpretation and ground truth survey during EIA study.
The land will be restored back to near original conditions after completion of construction as in the
entire process the pipeline will be buried underground.
Direct Impacts on Land Use due to the Project activities during construction phase
Construction Phase





This will lead to Short term temporary change in land use from land without scrub (LWS) to
built up land (pipeline will be laid). Once the pipeline is laid the land will be reversed to its
original condition.
Suspended bridge will be constructed across the river leaving the river untouched. Supports
for suspended bridge will be constructed which will change the land use of small portion of
land from LWS to built up land.
This activity involves road cutting, very short term change and will be reversed immediately
after construction of that portion is over by clearing all solid waste and bringing back the land
to its original condition.
This will change the land use from vegetation cover to built up land.
Change in land use from Mud Flat to built up land.This change will be within 2 x 2 mts which
covers 4 sq.mts of the area.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
12
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH


EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Temporary change in land use from vegetation cover (mangroves) to built up land (pipeline
will be laid underground). This will be a temporary change as mangroves will regenerate.
Temporary change in land use from mud flat to built up land. As the pipeline will be
underground the land will come back to its original condition.
Operation Phase
The land will be restored back to near original conditions after completion of construction as in the
entire process the pipeline will be buried underground. No impact on land environment is
envisaged during the operation phase.
Mitigation Measures




Pipeline work will be limited to the demarcated area.
Once the Onshore pipeline is laid, the land will be cleared of all waste and restored to its
original condition.
Once the Offshore pipeline is laid across Mudflat, the site will be cleared of all waste and the
land will comeback to its original condition.
Once the Offshore pipeline is laid across mangroves, the site will be cleared of all waste and
mangroves will regenerate.
Climatology – Site Specific Data
Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in the post-monsoon season is
3.7 m/s and maximum wind speed of 4.3 m/s.
It can be observed that in the post-monsoon season, wind blows mostly from NNE direction. Calm
wind contributes to about 0.09%.
Average temperature recorded for post-monsoon season was 26.9°C with maximum temperature
of 34.8°C and minimum of 24.6°C which is a characteristic of this study area
Ambient Air Quality
Baseline Scenario
Ambient air monitoring was carried out at six stations over post monsoon season of the year 2014
(Oct, Nov, Dec). The monitoring stations were located in such a way so as to get a suitable
coverage of ambient air quality data in upwind and downwind directions.
The parameters monitored were Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) as per the guidelines of MoEF. Analysis results indicated that the levels of
these pollutants are within limits specified by the CPCB.
Impact due to Project Activities
Impact on the air environment due to project activities (during construction phase) would be due
to release of particulate matters during excavation works and gaseous pollutants (mainly SOx and
NOx) from various earth moving vehicles and machineries. While in operation phase, the only
source of air emission will be from the stacks of stand-by D.G. sets. The concentration of possible
gaseous pollutants from D.G. set were analyzed for their impacts on the Ground level
concentration (GLC) at various receptor locations using the dispersion modeling called AERMOD of
the American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model
Improvement Committee (AERMIC) and guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
13
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
The Incremental Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) are given below.
Table 0-6: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC - DG set at Pumping station
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Name of Village/
Industry
(Distance from
Pumping station in
km/Direction)
Gandhidham
[5.2 Km, NNW]
Adipur village
[6.8 Km, NNW]
Shinai Village
[6.5 Km, WNW]
Kidana Village
[1.5 Km, NW]
Bharapar Village
[2.5 Km, SW]
Pollutant
Average Monitored
Baseline
Concentration
(µg/m3)
Incremental
GLC
(µg/m3)
Total Predictive
GLC due to
proposed project
(µg/m3)
PM10
91
0.01
91.01
SO2
9.4
0.40
09.80
NOx
15.7
0.10
15.80
PM10
68
0.01
68.01
SO2
9.3
0.4
09.70
NOx
16.2
0.10
16.30
PM10
59
0.00
59.00
SO2
9.5
0.10
09.60
NOx
16.6
0.00
16.60
PM10
63
0.00
63.00
SO2
9.1
0.20
09.30
NOx
16.9
0.00
16.90
PM10
54
0.01
54.01
SO2
9.4
0.50
9.90
NOx
16.4
0.10
16.50
Table 0-7: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC – DG set at Proposed STP area
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Name of Village/
Industry
(Distance from
proposed STP in
km/Direction)
Pollutant
Township near to
Welspun facility
PM10
[3 Km, NE]
Gandhidham
[6.6 Km, SE]
Adipur village
[5.5 Km, SE]
Shinai Village
[8.5 Km, S]
Kidana Village
[10 Km, SE]
Average Monitored
Baseline
Concentration
(µg/m3)
Incremental
GLC
(µg/m3)
Total Predictive
GLC due to
proposed project
(µg/m3)
60
0.01
60.01
SO2
8.8
0.43
9.23
NOx
16.4
0.09
16.49
PM10
91
0.01
91.01
SO2
9.4
0.63
10.03
NOx
15.7
0.14
15.84
PM10
68
0.01
68.01
SO2
9.3
0.73
10.03
NOx
16.2
0.16
16.36
PM10
59
0.00
59.00
SO2
9.5
0.01
9.51
NOx
16.6
0.00
16.6
PM10
63
0.01
63.01
SO2
9.1
0.41
9.51
NOx
16.9
0.09
16.99
Mitigation Measures to be adopted
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
14
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Construction Phase


Periodic checks of construction machinery to ensure compliance of emission standards.
Water sprinkling on unpaved roads.
Operation Phase





Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.
Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.
Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.
All trucks/tankers shall be PUC Certified from time to time.
DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.
Noise Environment
Baseline Scenario
24 hr noise level readings were taken at seven different locations within the study area. The
observations on baseline monitoring are given below.



Industrial Zone (At Site near Welspun ETP) - Noise level during day time was observed as
60.73 dB (A) & at night time as 60.10. Both the values are within CPCB Limits.
Commercial Zone (Landfall Point, SH6 (nr. IFFCO), Rajvi Railway Crossing & NH-8 (Nr.
Indian Oil Petrol Pump)) - Noise level during day time was observed in the range of 54.68
dB (A) to 68.99 dB (A). At two places at Railway crossing & National highway it is found
high that may be due to heavy vehicular movement. Noise level during night time varied
form 49.88 dB (A) to 66.46 dB (A) the readings observed at night also are above CPCB
standards for Commercial Area.
Residential area (Near Pumping Station & Kidana village) - Noise level was observed 55.36
& 54.13 respectively in day time while during night time noise level was observed 49.41 to
50.01 dB(A) which are slightly above CPCB standards in residential area.
Impact due to Project Activities
The source of noise in construction phase is various earth moving vehicles and machineries; while
in operation phase it will be only from stand-by D.G. sets.
Mitigation Measures to be adopted




DG set shall be provided with acoustic enclosures. DG set will be operated only during power
failure.
Vibration pad shall be proposed to controlling vibration.
Tree plantation will be proposed in boundary of the pumping station to control the noise
pollution in nearby vicinity.
Earplugs will be provided to workers during the operation of DG sets and Pumps.
Water Environment
Baseline Scenario
Ground Water
Groundwater samples were collected from eight different locations. Analysis results of the samples
were compared with the specified limit for drinking water as per IS: 10500. It was observed that
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
15
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH










EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
TDS is found above desirable limits in all the samples, at Welspun Township & Tuna Port TDS
is found very high above Permissible Limits.
Chlorides are also above desirable limits in all the samples; at Welspun Township & Tuna Port
Cholrides are found above Permissible Limits.
Total Hardness observed high (i.e. above desirable levels) in all the samples except the one at
Shinay Village ; at Welspun Township, Bharapar & Tuna Port it is found above Permissible
limits.
Sulphate content is also found above desirable limits in samples collected from Site, Adipur
Village, Kidana, Bharapar & Tuna Port; out of which at Welspun Township & Tuna Port it is
above permissible limit.
Fluoride content is found high (above desirable levels) in all the samples except at
Gandhidham but all are within permissible limits.
Calcium is found high (above desirable levels) at Welspun Township, Kidana, Bharapar & tuna
port out of which at Tuna Port & near township it is above permissible limit.
Magnesium is above desirable levels in all the samples except in the sample taken at Shinai
village out of which samples taken at site, bharapar & tuna Port are above permissible limits.
Total Nitrogen is above desirable limits in the samples taken at Welspun Township,
Gandhidham, Adipur, Kidana & Bharapar.
The high values of TDS are due to formational salinity which is also a cause of high content of
chlorides & sulphates.
Total Coliform and faecal coliform count at all locations are absent.
Surface Water
Surface water samples were collected from six different locations including sea water. The
baseline quality of water based on the results of the Surface water quality monitoring within the
study area, it is observed that
 Total Coliform and faecal coliform observed higher than the desirable and permissible limits at
all locations.
 BOD is observed above limits in all the samples.
 Except at Kidana Pond TDS is also above limits in all the samples.
Impact due to Project Activities
As the closed pipeline will carry treated effluent in operation phase, there will be substantially
positive impact on water environment of surrounding water body.
Mitigation measures
The proposed pipeline project will ensure disposal of treated effluents into deep sea in closed
conduit without any leakages which will improve the water quality of Nakti Creek and general
environment at large.
Land Environment
Baseline Scenario
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
16
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Surface soil samples were collected from seven different locations. These were analyzed for a
range of parameters specified in the EIA manual published by MoEF. The observations on soil
quality are as below.
 The porosity ranged from 46% (Adipur village) to 56% (Nr.Port) and WHC varied from 31.91%
(Adipur village) to 50.91% (nr.Tuna Port).The soil permeability was good which ranged from
14.94 mm/hr (Kidana village) to 21.13 mm/hr (Adipur village) indicating that soils are having
sand to sandy loam texture and even sandy clay loam texture showed good permeability probably
due to presence high amount of organic matter in the soils.
 Soil pH varied from 6.88 (Nr. Tuna Port) to 7.3 (Bharapar Village).
Impact due to Project Activities
After laying of pipeline, trench will be backfilled and top soil spread on it hence there will not be
significant impact on land environment.
Mitigation Measures to be adopted




The top soil generated during the excavation work will be used for low lying area for filling
purpose.
Efforts shall be made to prevent accidental spillage of any oil/grease from construction
materials and during equipment maintenance.
Solid waste generated during the construction activity will be disposed authorized vendors and
as per GPCB rules.
The greenbelt area shall be delineated before starting of earth work. Tree plantation
(large size species) shall be done in this area so that they would grow to considerable
size by the time of commissioning of the proposed project. The plantation shall be
maintained without disturbance during construction period
Socio-Economic Profile
The following are the positive impacts predicted during the construction & Operation period:
Construction Phase




The proposed activities will generate indirect employment in the region due to the
requirement of workers in site preparation activities, supply of raw material, auxiliary and
ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.
The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to site activities
and technology.
Residential/built-up land will not be acquired for the proposed pipeline; hence rehabilitation
and resettlement will not be associated with the project. There will not be major changes in
the land use pattern.
The proposed project activities do not involve loss or disturbance to sensitive areas and
cultural heritage.
Operation Phase


Benefits due to disposal of wastewater in deep sea will reduce the pollution in the estuary
portion of Nakti Creek.
No adverse impact is expected on sanitation and community health.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
17
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Biological Environment
Construction Phase

Since laying of the pipeline will be carried out using environmentally suitable techniques
depending on the sensitivity of local area, no interference with the aquatic environment is
envisaged during construction phase.

There may require some tree cutting to clear the path, for which compensated plantation will
be carried out.

Negligible impact on aquatic ecology is expected during construction phase of the proposed
pipeline, but this will be for limited period.
Operation Phase


During the operation phase only pumping station will be run which will not have any impact
on aquatic environment. The only possible impacting source will be leakage of pipeline, but
this will be detected and immediate action will be taken against it
Also There is no ecologically important area (e.g. National Park, Sanctuary) in the study area
so impact on such areas is not expected
Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Communities
General Safety Measures
Considering the various chemicals handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be
provided at the site.


















Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided. Instruction/Notice to wear the same
will be displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work.
Provision of safety shower with eye washer.
MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will be available at office and with responsible persons.
Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be available at the site.
Regular training programme for safety awareness.
Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.
Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.
Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended.
Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicalsfumes/vapours and to keep well within below permissible limit.
Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers
also.
Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.
Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.
Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.
Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.
Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.
Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.
Work permit systems will be strictly followed
Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will
be discussed in the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
18
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Mitigation Measures







Medical checkup would be carried out,
During site preparation proper care would be taken by Welspun, appropriate PPEs will be
provided to site workers and staff members,
Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when
required
Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
Welspun will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may
cause health problem.
Consequence Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
Consequence analysis of all possible containment scenarios was carried out using DNV Technical
Software (PHAST).
Credible release scenarios for HSD have been considered.
Project Benefits






Elimination of pollution of estuary waters due to disposal of untreated sewage. Thus
improving the environment at large in the estuary portion of Nakti creek.
Treated waste water along with the rejects from RO will be disposed of into sea matching
the sea disposal norms.
Treated waters will be diffused through a scientifically designed diffuser system into deep
marine waters as per NIO recommendations and not disposed in the estuary / creek
portion.
Fresh Water Conservation – Additional requirement will be fulfilled by recycling treated
sewage waters. Conservation of fresh water sources will provide sustainable water
infrastructure to surrounding villages and locals, other industries of the region.
The proposed activity will generate indirect employment in the surrounding area due to
requirement of workers in the site preparation activities, supply of materials, auxiliary and
ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.
The activities would result in an increase local skill levels through exposure to site activities
and technology.
Environmental Management Plan
Environment management cell will be created and specific responsibilities will be assigned to
various members.
Environment monitoring plan will be prepared for air, water and land pollution. Regular monitoring
of pollutants will be undertaken during the post-operational phase of the project and the
monitoring locations will be finalized in consultation with the GPCB.
Safety aspects related to personnel and operation will be taken into consideration.
Conclusions
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
19
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
Due to the temporary nature of the pipeline laying/construction operations, impacts are likely to
be short term and that shall be most significant.
The most positive impact of the proposed pipeline project is improvement of water quality of
surface water sources and general environment at large.
No any Eco sensitive areas excluding mangroves as well Eco sensitive zone is covered in entire
Pipeline route.
The negative impacts during the construction period are very minimal and which is temporary.
The entire stretch of the creek and marine environment will be protected and will have a positive
impact on the fields, flora and fauna. The mangroves are saved and protected, which is a very
positive action to protect environment.
Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of mitigation measures
and EMP, the proposed activities of the project will have negligible impact on environment and will
benefit the local people.
Overall Positive Impact:
1.
Reduction of pollution of estuary waters due to disposal of untreated sewage. Thus improving
the environment at large in the estuary portion of Nakti creek.
2.
Treated waste water along with the rejects from RO will be disposed of into sea matching the
sea disposal norms.
3.
Treated waters will be diffused through a scientifically designed diffuser system into deep
marine waters as per NIO recommendations and not disposed in the estuary / creek portion.
4.
Fresh Water Conservation – Additional requirement will be fulfilled by recycling treated sewage
waters. Conservation of fresh water sources will provide sustainable water infrastructure to
surrounding villages and locals, other industries of the region.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
20
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
1
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1.1
Purpose of the Report
In order to sustain the water management in the area of Kutch and future growth of the company,
M/s Welspun India Ltd (WIL) under the Clean Environment Campaign of Government of India has
decided to set up a 30 MLD Sewage treatment plant (in Ist Phase) at Anjar and reuse the entire city
sewage of Anjar and Gandhidham-Adipur for their plant use. Treated sewage waters from the STP
will be further subjected to RO for reuse of permeates; thereby conserving the fresh water resources
of Narmada. This conservation of fresh water source can be utilized by other industries and
community leading to environmental benefits in the region as well as enhancing its own capacity to
use the treated waters.
M/s Welspun India Ltd. (WIL) thereby intends to lay a pipeline conveyance system (Onshore +
Offshore) in order to convey and dispose their surplus treated waste water + RO Rejects from STP
treatment into deep sea off Nakti Creek in Gulf of Kutch, meeting the sea discharge norms.
The present report is prepared as a part of EIA study conducted for CRZ Clearance Process for the
proposed disposal pipeline as per CRZ Notification 2011.
The purpose of EIA study report is as under:



Provide essential documentation required as part of the regulatory Environmental
Compliance.
Form a reliable decision making tool for Regulators including the Expert Committee –
GCZMA, Gujarat and Infrastructure & Misc Projects + CRZ Committee (MOEF) at New Delhi.
Form a basis for post project monitoring of the project to ensure that the commitments
made as a part of the Environmental and Social Management plan are actually implemented
and results in desired form outcomes.
The EIA report has been prepared based on field studies, monitoring work and relevant analysis
carried out by Kadam Environmental Consultants (“Kadam”) for Baseline identification and Impact
analysis, Mitigation Plan, Risk Analysis and DMP for Onshore Portion of the pipeline alignment; as a
part of CRZ Clearance process as per CRZ Notification 2011.
Marine EIA Study for Offshore Portion has been carried out by National Institute of Oceanography
(NIO), Mumbai and is a separate document.
1.2
About The Client “Welspun Group”
The USD 3.5 billion Welspun group is one of India’s fastest growing conglomerates, having
registered a growth of 30% over the last decade. Welspun presence is spread across six business
viz., vertices pipes, plates & coil; home textiles; steels; infrastructure; and energy. Welspun are also
among the recognized world leaders in the fields of pipe and home textiles. As a group, they possess
a strong foothold in more than 50 countries, employing over 24,000 people.
The group has business dealings with companies across the globe, including a number of marquee
clients, covering most of the fortune 100 companies in the oil & gas and retail sectors. Among the
group’s subsidiaries is Welspun tubular LLC, Welspun Middle East and Welspun UK. Welspun has a
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
21
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
diversified manufacturing base with core facilities in Anjar, Gujarat; as well as other parts in India,
USA and Saudi Arabia.
Welspun group of companies are as below:
Welspun Corp Ltd.
Welspun Corp. Ltd (WCL) is the flagship company of Welspun group and is a global giant in the
large diameter line pipe segment. Over the last 15 years, the company has emerged as a leading
name in the industry and today offers a one-stop solution with its wide range of products. having a
profile of clients coming from amongst the fortune 100 companies especially in the oil and gas
sector, Welspun corp. has established itself as a recognized brand when it comes to supplying pipes
to some of the most challenging projects in the world.
The company has modern manufacturing facilities in India, USA and Saudi for longitudinal (Lsaw),
spiral (Hsaw) and Hferw / Hfiw pipes. Offering the complete range of high grade line pipes ranging
from ½ inch to 121 inches for transmission of oil & gas. Welspun corp also provides coating, bending
and double jointing facilities to its clientele. The company is accredited with ISO 9001, ISO 14001
and OHSAS 18001 certifications.
Welspun Steel Ltd.
Welspun Steel Ltd. (WSL) is a leading manufacturer of quality products like ISI certified TMT Rebar’s
as well as ingots, billets, blooms and rolled bars in rounds, round corner squares & seamless pipes
/ tubes. The company has its expertise in alloys and high grade steels at our 60,000 MTPA state-ofthe-art facility in Anjar.
WSL supplies quality and engineering grade steel, carbon and alloy steels used mainly for automanufacturing / auto components and other engineering applications.
Welspun Projects Ltd.
Welspun Projects Ltd. (WPL) is a niche player in the construction industry for the past 35 years.
with the groups’ rich experience of executing EPC contracts and WPL’s legacy of being in the
business of EPC projects across various sectors like roads, water, industrial structures and some
projects through PPP, the company is set to play a larger role in the infrastructure space.
WPL has executed infrastructure projects such as highways, bridges, industrial, residential and
commercial buildings.
Welspun Energy Pvt. Ltd.
Welspun Renewable Energy Pvt. Ltd. (WEPL) and Welspun are spearheading India’s quest for all
round sustainable development. WREPL is setting up India’s largest clean energy projects to meet
global and domestic green energy capacity and climate change mitigation targets. WEPL has been
constructing renewable energy projects through its strong engineering, procurement & construction
(EPC) capabilities.
Welspun are growing rapidly as planned to spread our footprint throughout the country. Within a
short span of our existence, Welspun have pioneered solar & wind power solutions, both in terms
of plant size and total installed capacity. Welspun have time & again demonstrated our ability to
design, engineer and build renewable projects with high performance outputs and low cost - delivery
period. Welspun projects are among the highest generating ones in the country.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
22
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
Welspun India Ltd.
WIL is a fully integrated home textile manufacturer. It is one of the largest global home textile
players, with world class manufacturing facilities in India. Besides, the company was ranked 1st in
the top 15 supplier giants (USA) by home textiles today magazine, January 2013.
Today, WIL holds an undoubted global leader position owing to its willingness to embrace new
technologies and develop innovative products. with a network across 32 countries, the company
offers the entire range of home textile products to consumers from almost every corner of the world
and are one of the trusted suppliers to many of the top retailers in the us and Europe. Welspun
India also owns leading brands like Christy, hydro comfort and others.
It has modern manufacturing facilities at Anjar and Vapi in Gujarat, India where it produces the
entire range of home textiles for bed & bath category. Welspun India ltd. also owns the following
home textile brands
1.3
Introduction to Welspun City, Anjar – Project Proponent
Welspun has their major facilities located at Anjar, Kutch, called as “Welspun City” for
manufacturing Textiles, Pipes and Steel in form of their group companies namely:
1.4

Welspun Corp Ltd (Plate and Pipeline),

Welspun India Ltd (Textile Division) &

Welspun Steel Ltd (Sponge Iron Plant with Captive Power Plant)

Welspun Captive Power Generation Ltd (Power Plant)

Welspun Gujarat Stahl Rohen Ltd – (Standby Power Plant)
Identification of the Project
Out of the five group companies at Anjar, Welspun India Ltd (Textile Division) (WIL) is engaged in
TERRY TOWEL & FABRIC PROCESSING.
As a part of Environmental Conservation Measure WIL has set up a state of the art Waste Water
Recovery Plant of capacity 10 MLD at Anjar Campus, which takes care of both the Textiles and Pipe
Plant effluents. It is one of the largest waste water recovery plant in textile industry having series
of treatment stages including screening, primary, secondary biological and tertiary treatments and
advanced treatment technologies of Ultra Filtration and Reverse Osmosis and Evaporation Systems.
This set up recycles and reuses 95% of the waste water and there by conserves water usage in the
already water starved location of Anjar Kutch.
Welspun, as an Environmental Control Measure, intends to recycle and reuse sewage waters of city
of Anjar and Gandhidham-Adipur, brought to the premises and treated in a separate Ultra-modern
Sewage Treatment Facility and further subjected to Ultra Filtration and Reverse Osmosis for recycling
and reuse; in order to meet their shortages as well as future needs of raw water.
The Rejects from RO along with the treated waste water from the Common ETP, matching the norms
for sea disposal will be conveyed and disposed of into Deep Sea via an Onshore + Offshore Pipeline
off Nakti Creek in Gulf of Kutch.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
23
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
Since the pipeline laying activity falls within the coastal CRZ Areas of the Nakti Creek in Gulf of
Kutch, it attracts the CRZ Notification 2011 requiring an EiA study to be carried out for the pipeline
activity for CRZ areas.
1.5
Project Advantages
5. Reduction of pollution of estuary waters due to disposal of untreated sewage. Thus
improving the environment at large in the estuary portion of Nakti creek.
6.
Treated waste water along with the rejects from RO will be disposed of into sea matching
the sea disposal norms.
7.
Treated waters will be diffused through a scientifically designed diffuser system into deep
marine waters as per NIO recommendations and not disposed in the estuary / creek portion.
8.
Fresh Water Conservation – Additional requirement will be fulfilled by recycling treated sewage
waters. Conservation of fresh water sources will provide sustainable water infrastructure to
surrounding villages and locals, other industries of the region.
1.6
Project information
The project broadly consists of Laying of Treated Waste Water Disposal Pipeline for 25 MLD capacity
off Coastal Waters of Nakti Creek, Gulf of Kutch (up to the disposal point as suggested by NIO as a
part of Marine EIA Study Report).
1.7
Project Components
The treated waste water disposal pipeline is divided into three components as follows:
Table 1-1: Components of Treated Waste Water disposal pipeline
Sr.
No.
Description
Starting/End point Location
Length of
Conveyance
System
Design
Capacity
(MLD)
(Km)
1
Segment 1:
Onshore Pipeline –
715 mm diameter
(DWC Pipe)
Gravity Pipeline Route - Starting from
Welspun Premises Upto Prabhat Road
Junction following the route of rising
main of sewage pumping to recycling
plant, further via Kidana Road upto PS
4 location.
Lat Longs N - 230 07’ 7.73”, E - 700 04’ 42.15”
15.3
25
2
Pumping Station
Located in 5 acres of land at Pumping
Station (PS) 4 location of Gandhidham
– Adipur Nagarpalika
Lat Longs N 230 01’ 23.70”, E 700 07’ 9.89”
-
25
3
Segment 2:
Onshore Section – Along Sakar
Drainage further parallel to Bharapar
5.86
25
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
24
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
Sr.
No.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Description
Starting/End point Location
Length of
Conveyance
System
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
Design
Capacity
(MLD)
(Km)
4
Onshore Pipeline –
500 mm diameter
(HDPE Pipe) upto LFP
Road and crossing the proposed
Railway line to Tuna Port up to LFP
location
Landfall Point (LFP) –
Lat Longs N 220 58’ 49.15”, E 700 06’ 43.55”
Segment 3:
Offshore Pipeline –
500 mm diameter
from LFP to Diffuser
Location
Offshore Section – From LFP 2 via
Nakti Creek up to outfall point as per
NIO’s Recommendations
Lat Longs N 220 54’ 52.0”, E 700 09’ 18.0”
Total Pipeline Length
1.8
8.92
25
30.08 Km
25
Location of Study Area
The study area is located in Anjar starting from the Welspun City and extends further down upto
the Nakti Creek, via Adipur, Gandhidham towns on south side beyond Bharapar Village near the salt
pans where Landfall point is located. The outfall point is located at the mouth of Nakti Creek in Gulf
of Kutch near the Tuna Port in Kutch.
1.9
Appointment of Consultants
As a part of the project development and getting the necessary CRZ Clearance, Welspun India Ltd
appointed Kadam Environmental Consultants “Kadam” as their project consultants for design and
engineering, tendering & supervision services for project execution works and importantly getting
the necessary CRZ clearance for the project.
1.10 Scope of EIA Work
The detailed scope of the EIA Study included the following:
1.10.1 Baseline Environmental Monitoring
Conducting baseline monitoring for various environmental indices / parameters as under:
Air Environment
Collection of surface meteorological data like wind speed, wind direction, dry bulb temperature,
wet bulb temperature, relative humidity, rainfall and cloud cover in the study area during the
period of survey.
Measurement of 24 hourly average background concentration levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx.
Noise Environment
Monitoring of noise levels in the study area
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
25
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
Water Environment
Collection and analysis of surface and ground water samples within the study area.
Land Environment
Sampling and analysis of soil samples within the study area as per land use plan.
Biological Environment
Study of terrestrial and aquatic flora-fauna in the study area
Land Use
Preparation of land use (based on Google Satellite Imagery) in 7 Km radius of the onshore pipeline
line alignment. Performing ground truth survey for checking of the land use in the study area.
Interpretation of land use study.
Socio-economic Environment
Collection of baseline data including demographic details and amenities in the study area
Impact Assessment and Preparation of EMP
This includes the following:

Impact assessment of the proposed activities on the various environmental parameters

Preparation of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to minimize the adverse impacts and
maximize the positive impacts of the project.

Preparation of an implementation programme for the EMP

Preparation of post project monitoring programme
1.10.2 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
This includes the following:
Level 1: Hazard Identification





General description of project.
Study of operational information, including safety concepts used.
Listing of key plant equipment
Listing of hazardous inventory and identification of key hazardous substances to be used.
Identification of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLS) using standard techniques.
Level 2: Hazard Assessment


Estimate loss quantities for given scenarios and conditions.
Analysis and quantification of primary effects (consequences) of identified MCLS, in terms of
distances to radiation, overpressure or toxic endpoint.
Level 3: Development of DMP

Development of DMP report using standard procedures for the purpose.
Level 4: Recommendations

Recommendations to reduce the probability or consequence of hazards studied and for
implementation of the DMP. These are given on the basis of the study findings and
professional judgment.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
26
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
1.11 Methodology
1.11.1 Methodology of Environmental Impact Assessment
The methodology of EIA followed was based on the guidelines of EIA study given by MoEF. The
study covered the Post Monsoon Season (October, November, and December, 2014). The
area of 7 Km (radius) from the pipeline on both sides along entire length from Welspun ETP areas
upto Pumping Station and further upto Land Fall Point (LFP) is considered as study area. This study
area was restricted to on-shore portion of pipeline for establishing the baseline status of
environmental parameters. The study was carried out in various stages as described in the
subsequent paragraphs.
Pre-impact Assessment
Baseline information with respect to air, noise, and water and land quality in study area was
collected by conducting sampling / field studies / baseline monitoring. The characteristics of
baseline status of study area with respect to the following environmental parameters were
studied:








Ambient air quality
Noise
Ground water and surface water quality
Soil quality
Land use pattern
Flora and Fauna
Socio-economic conditions
Identification of Impacts/ Mitigation Measures
Proposed activities were identified and analyzed for their impacts on environmental parameters.
Impacts on ambient air quality were identified based on the USEPA dispersion models and
guidelines published by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). The cause and effect
relationship between activities and the environmental parameters are represented in the form of
matrix.
Environmental Management Plan
After assessing the environmental impacts of the project, an environment management plan was
prepared to minimize the adverse impacts and maximize the positive fallout of the proposed
project. This was done after evaluating several options for efficacy in environmental management.
1.11.2 Methodology of Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
The methodology of the study for risk assessment conforms to national and international rules,
regulations, standards, guidelines and codes of practices. Software used is PHAST, version 6.51
(used for consequence assessment), prepared by DNV Technica, UK and approved for usage as
per MoEF’s EIA Guidelines, 2001. Following is a brief summary of the methodology adopted:
Identification of Hazardous Inventories
Hazardous inventories include materials that are toxic, flammable or both. This includes fuel stored
at the project area. The quantities of these inventories and their possible modes of failure
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
27
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
INTRODUCTION AND
BACKGROUND
considering their use and storage practices have been assessed. From these, worst-case release
scenarios have been identified.
MCLS Development
Based on the above hazard identification studies, MCLS’ have been developed.
Computer Modeling of MCLS
The MCLS have been subjected to quantify the scenarios, consequence analysis by fire, fire ball,
flash fire, explosion and dispersion modeling using advanced software modules conforming to
internationally publish mathematical models.
Incorporation of Results in Development of DMP report
The results of the previous work (the risk assessment or RA component) have been utilized in the
preparation of the DMP, which includes a skeletal onsite emergency plan.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
28
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
2
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1
Type of Project
The project principally involves Laying of Treated waste water disposal pipeline onshore and
offshore into sea off Nakti Creek, Gulf of Kutch from Welspun City Anjar premises, Kutch.
2.2
Welspun City
Welspun City, situated in Anjar Town, is a
diversified manufacturing base spread over
2500 acres, which was established in 2004. It
presently employs more than 25,000 locals at
its facility in Anjar.
The Welspun Group of Companies harbors
the following companies at its Anjar facility:

Welspun Corp Ltd (Plate and Pipeline),

Welspun India Ltd (Textile Division) &

Welspun Steel Ltd (Sponge Iron Plant with Captive Power Plant)

Welspun Captive Power Generation Ltd (Power Plant)

Welspun Gujarat Stahl Rohen Ltd – (Standby Power Plant)
Valid Consent conditions are available for all the plants in Welspun City. The consent copy is
presented at Annexure 1 of this report.
The proposed project of deep sea pipeline is taken up in Welsun India Ltd (Textile Division) and
hence the Consent Conditions of Welspun India Ltd are considered to be applicable.
Welspun India Ltd (WIL) is engaged in production of terry towels, linens and has a full fledged
Common ETP, where all the waste waters generated from the plants are treated.
2.2.1
Approach to Welspun City
WIL is a part of Welspun City located near Varsamedi village, east of Anjar Town. The nearest
railway station is Anjar in south direction. Pipeline Crosses Railway Line near Adipur. The nearest
road connection to the Welspun city is the National Highway 8A – Gandhidham Bhuj. The nearest
operative Airport is Bhuj Airport which is around 50 km away from the project site in North West
direction. The Google Image of Welspun City with surroundings is presented in Figure 2-1 below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
29
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-1: Google Map showing Welspun City
Welspun City
2.3
Production Process and Zero Discharge Facility at Welspun India Ltd
Welspun India Ltd (WIL) is engaged in production of the following at the Anjar
Premises:
Table 2-1: Products Manufactured & Quantity at WIL premsies
Sr. No
Products
Total Quantity
1
Terry Towels
4830 MT/M
2
Bed Sheets
9100000 Meters/M
3
Cotton Yarn
3720 MT/M
4
Fiber Yarn
2333 MT/M
5
Cotton Tarpaulin
418 MT/M
6
Garments
100000 Pcs/M
7
Knitted Garments
900000 Pcs/M
The production process involves bleaching, dyeing & finishing operations of Terry towel, printing
and finishing of the material.
WIL is the major effluent generation unit as it manufactures textiles terry towels and has a state of
the art Common Effluent Treatment Plant with Zero Discharge facility leading to recycling and reuse
of treated waste waters.
The basis of design of the Common Effluent treatment plant is presented in Table 2-2 as under:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
30
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Table 2-2: Design Basis for Common ETP at WIL premises
Sr. No
Parameters
Units
Influent
Characteristics
15000
Treated Effluent
Characteristics
15000
1
Design Flow
m3/day
2
pH
10 – 12
7.0 – 7.5
3
Temperature
Deg C
45 - 50
< 30
4
5
Total suspended solids
mg/l
200 – 300
< 50
COD
mg/l
2500
< 240
6
BOD5
mg/l
850
< 75
7
Ammonical Nitrogen
mg/l
30 – 40
< 15
8
Phosphate
mg/l
5 – 10
<5
9
Phenolic compounds
mg/l
3–5
<2
10
Oil & Grease
mg/l
< 20
< 10
11
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l
2700
2500
12
Fluorides
mg/l
2
<1
2.4
Present Constraints faced in terms of Fresh Water Availability at Welspun
City, Anjar
Based on the current water consumption data Welspun City utilizes around 16.4 MLD of raw water.
Source of water is Narmada Canal of GWIL. The permission for getting water from GWIL is to the
tune of 20.5 MLD.
Out of the above total water requirement highlighted above, major water consumption and waste
water generation is in Welspun India Ltd (Textile Division).
The textile unit has an existing Common ETP with zero liquid discharge UF and RO of 10 MLD design
capacity; based on which recycling and reuse of treated waste waters to the tune of 8 MLD is re
utilized. This reduces current fresh water requirement of Welspun to an average of 8.4 MLD.
However there is an inconsistent supply from GWIL as observed.
WIL has also opted for recycling of sewage from Anjar to the tune of around 1.5 - 3 MLD, as and
when required, during shortage of fresh water from GWIL.
2.4.1
Water Consumption from GWIL for Welspun City
Data on Water Consumption readings from GWIL for last two years are presented in Table 2-3 as
below:
Table 2-3: Water Consumption from GWIL by Welspun City
Month
Total Qty (KL)
Average Qty per day (KL)
Jan-13
432879
14429.3
Feb-13
381540
12718
Mar-13
448418
14947.27
Apr-13
180589
6019.633
May-13
195048
6501.6
Jun-13
283471
9449.033
Jul-13
339943
11331.43
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
31
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Month
Total Qty (KL)
Average Qty per day (KL)
Aug-13
287646
9588.2
Sep-13
250960
8365.333
Oct-13
318285
10609.5
Nov-13
343271
11442.37
Dec-13
420053
Average Per Month in 2013
14001.77
10783 (10.78 MLD)
Jan-14
355131
11837.7
Feb-14
368920
12297.33
Mar-14
271399
9046.633
Apr-14
205226
6840.867
May-14
132916
4430.533
Jun-14
185708
6190.267
Jul-14
160900
5363.333
Aug-14
264500
8816.667
Sep-14
341661
11388.7
Oct-14
459860
15328.67
Nov-14
299370
9979
Dec-14
339155
11305.17
9402 (9.4 MLD)
Average Per Month in 2013
Jan-15
266452
8881.733
Feb-15
96873
3229.1
Average Per Month in 2013
6055 (6.05 MLD)
From the table above it can be seen that GWIL water availability is inconsistent and its received
quantity is reducing per year. Reliability of the source cannot be considered for expansion of the
Plant premises.
Hence this concept of recycling of treated sewage from Gandhidham-Adipur and Anjar Nagarpalika
is adopted for meeting the future water requirement needs and conservation of fresh water
sources.
2.5
Need for Recycling of Water and Sea Discharge Option of treated waste
water as a Sustainable Environmental Management Activity at WIL.
Currently the total water demand for Welspun city is around 16.4 MLD which includes use in
industrial processes and for drinking & sanitary purposes. Welspun mainly satisfies its water demand
by obtaining water from the Narmada River, supplied by the GWIL.
Existing Water Balance diagram of Welspun City is presented in Figure 2-2 as below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
32
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-2: Existing Water Balance Diagram of Welspun City
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
33
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Being a Zero Liquid Discharge plant, wastewater recycle & reuse and rainwater harvesting are
practised at the Anjar unit of Welspun. Narmada river water is directed to a storage tank of 20 ML
capacity located within the premises of Welspun industries. Other than the storage tank of 20 ML
capacity, the excess water is diverted to WIL lagoon of 100 ML capacity and Welspun lagoon of
3000 ML capacity.
Gujarat Water & Infrastructure Limited (GWIL), supplies raw Narmada water to the region, however,
the same is becoming a challenge for the industries and its growth.
Also presently, no Municipal Sewage Treatment Plant is available in the city of Anjar, Gandhidham
& Adipur. Large quantity of untreated sewage generated in Anjar, Adipur & Gandhidham region is
causing environmental damage & health related problems to the residence of these cities. The
untreated sewage flows to the agricultural lands and other water bodies causing environmental
concerns.
Looking to the above and also present inconsistency of fresh water availability, further expansion
needs, Welspun India Ltd has decided recycle and reuse sewage waters of Gandhidham-Adipur and
Anjar towns back to the industrial use by putting up a Sewage Treatment Plant and recycling of
treated sewage waters after UF and RO system.
Thus as a part of Clean Environment campaign by Government of India, WIL has decided to set up
a 30 MLD Sewage treatment plant (in Ist Phase) at Anjar and reuse the entire city sewage for in
plant use after the RO process.
The present Zero discharge option adopted at WIL will not solve this concept. The reuse of entire
sewage waters for plant use will be feasible only if the surplus waters from RO Rejects
along with the biologically treated waste waters from the Common Effluent Treatment
plant are adopted to sea discharge meeting the marine discharge norms. Thus Sea
Discharge option will be a feasible solution to this concept.
2.6
The Project
Future Water Consumption and Utilization by Welspun City is proposed to the tune of 42.4 MLD
looking to expansions anticipated all the plants including new Steel Billets Plant under Welspun
Steels Ltd.
A proposed Water Balance diagram with expansion needs highlighting the recycling and reuse of
sewage waters and sea discharge option with surplus RO Rejects along with treated waste waters
is presented in Figure 2.3 as below
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
34
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-3: Proposed Water Balance Diagram of Welspun City
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
35
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
In order to sustain the continued overall development of the Kutch region the Government of Gujarat
supplies water to the region, however, the same is becoming a challenge for the industries and its
community growth.
To ease this pressure of Government of Gujarat to supply water for industrial usage and to create a
sustainable source of industrial water supply for their own use / surplus waters to nearby industries
in Anjar & Gandhidham region, M/s. Welspun India Limited have entered into a Concession
agreement for a period of 35 years (Annexure 2) with both the Nagarpalikas viz., Anjar Nagar
Palika (ANP) and Gandhidham - Adipur Nagar Palika (GNP), for setting up of project facilities and
allied works in order to recycle the sewage waters by suitable treatment that can be optimally used
by the industries in the region keeping the environmental benefits in the region as well as its own
capacity to use the treated water. Land Lease agreement for STP location is presented in Annexure
9.
The present project is Treated Waste Water Disposal Pipeline off Nakti Creek and is conceived for
disposal of RO rejects from Recycling of the above Treated Sewage Waters along with treated waste
waters from Welspun India Ltd.
The project will dispose of the surplus rejects along with the treated waste water from the existing
Common ETP; matching the disposal norms as specified by Pollution Control Board, into Deep Sea
via an Onshore and Offshore disposal pipeline off Nakti Creek in Gulf of Kutch (upto the disposal
point as suggested by NIO).
Characteristics of the Biologically Treated Wastewater suited for Marine Discharge & PCB discharge
norms as presented in Table 2-4 under:
Table 2-4: Treated Waste Water Characterstics of Common ETP compared to Marine
Discharge Norms given by CPCB
Treated waste water
Characteristics as per CPCB
Standards for discharge to
Marine Coastal Waters
Sr. No.
Parameters
Treated Effluent
Characteristics of
Common ETP
1
Flow (cu.m per day)
15000
25000
2
pH
7.0 - 7.5
5.5 - 9.0
3
Temperature
45 - 50
< 30
4
Colour (Pt. Co. Units)
100
< 100
5
BOD (5 Days at 20 Deg.
C)
< 75
< 100
6
COD
< 240
< 250
7
Suspended Solids
50
< 100
8
Total Dissolved Solids
2700
-
9
Oil & Grease
10
20
10
Phenolic Compounds
<2
5
11
Fluorides
1
15
12
Sulphides
0.1
5
13
Ammonical Nitrogen
15
50
14
Bio Assay Test
90% survival of fish after
96 hours in 100% effluent
90% survival of fish after 96
hours in 100% effluent
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
36
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
The Integrated Project facilities will consist of:
1.
2.
3.
Recycling pipeline network for sewage conveyance
Sewage Treatment Facility.
Onshore and Offshore disposal Pipeline – Gravity and Pumping Upto Sea off Nakti Creek.
Overall Project Components:
1.
Sewage Conveyance Network – DI Pipeline – Design capacity 60 MLD
2.
Sewage Treatment Plant – 30 MLD + 15 MLD (two phases)
3.
Treated Waste Water + RO Rejects Conveyance Pipeline upto deep sea – 25 MLD capacity
4.
Augmentation of existing ETP at WIL (textile unit) – total capacity of 15 MLD
5.
Augmentation of UF and RO for recycling – 10 MLD + 5 MLD + 30 MLD capacity (Three
phases)
2.7
Design Basis for the Project Components
The details of basis of calculations for Design Flow considerations for deep sea disposal pipeline
based on the proposed water balance diagram is summarized in Table 2-5 as below:
Table 2-5: Details about Design Flow Calculations
Sr.
No.
Description
Effluent Quantity
for disposal
(MLD)
1
Present Flow of treated
Waste Waters
10
Zero Discharge as wastewater is recycled
fully.
2
Proposed Recycling of
Treated Waste Water
-
Proposed treatment for Recycle & Reuse
will be carried out for sewage waters only
there will be no recycle of waste water.
Waste water will be treated in ETP in order
to dispose off the treated waters directly
into sea.
3
Proposed Rejects from
Recycling Plant
-
No recycle of waste water is proposed so
no rejects are are proposed.
Net Flow
10
Presently 10 MLD Waste water is treated in
existing ETP & totally recycled & reused.
A
Mode of Disposal/Remarks
Existing Flow
B
Proposed Flow Conditions
1
Addition of flow due to
Expansion
10 + 5
Plant will be augmented from 10 to 15
MLD.
2
Proposed Treatment of
Sewage & Waste water
45 (Sewage)+15
(Waste Water)
Proposed 45 MLD Sewage will be treated in
STP, out of which 44 MLD will come to
Tertiary /TDS Treatment & further 34 MLD
of Permeate will be reused in process &
Reject of 10 MLD will be discharged along
with Treated waste water of 15 MLD to
Pipeline.
3
Design Capacity for
proposed for deep sea
disposal pipeline
25
The deep sea pipeline & Pumping
station is designed for a flow of 25
MLD
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
37
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
2.8
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Salient Features of the Project
The salient features of the existing and proposed project is given in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6: Salient Features of the Proposed Project Components
Sr.
No.
Description
Starting/End point
Location
Length of
Conveyance
System
(Km)
Waste
Water
Disposal
Quantity
Mode of Disposal/
Remarks
(MLD)
1
2
3
4
5
Segment 1:
Onshore Pipeline
– 800 OD DWC
Pipe
From Treated Water
Sump in Welspun
Premises upto Pumping
Station Location
Lat Long of
N 230 07’ 07.73”
E 700 04’ 42.15”
Pumping Station
Pump Station will be
constructed from the
downstream of WIL
located at Lat. Longs of
N 230 01’ 23.7”,
E 700 07’ 9.89”
Segment 2:
Onshore Pipeline
– 500 mm
diameter HDPE
Pipe
From pumping station
to Landfall Point (LFP 2)
– Lat Long of
N 220 58’ 49.75”
E 700 06’ 43.55”
Segment 3:
Onshore Pipeline
– 500 mm
diameter HDPE
Pipe
From Landfall point
(LFP) to Final disposal
point as identified by
NIO2 Lat Longs of
N 220 54’ 52.0”
E 700 09’ 18.0”
along with scientifically
designed diffuser
System
Total Pipeline Length
15.3
25
-
25
5.86
25
8.92
25
30.08 Say 31
25
Deep Sea Disposal by
gravity main pipeline
up to Pumping
Station Location.
Gravity Line will be
discharging water
into storage lagoons
proposed near
Pumping Station &
will be further
pumped form the
Pumping station upto
Outfall point.
Deep Sea Disposal by
means of Pumping
Pipeline upto Landfall
Point
Deep Sea Disposal by
means of Pumping
Pipeline upto Final
Diffuser Point
(Disposal Location
identified by NIO)
Pipeline starts from
Lagoons and ends at
disposal point as
given by NIO.
Alignment survey map of selected pipeline route is given in Figure 2-4.
1
2
Marine EIA Study Carried out by NIO
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
38
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT DETAILS
Figure 2-4: Alignment Map of Selected Pipeline Route
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
39
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
2.8.1
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Alignment of the Selected Pipeline Route
Alignment Alternatives for the pipeline route were studied and final alignment was selected. The
alternatives alignments are presented in the Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives.
Considering alternative routes, the one which finalized has three segments. These segments are
described in following paragraphs.
The Pipeline route is divided into three segments are as follows:
Segment 1 – Gravity Pipeline Route - Starting from Welspun Premises up to Prabhat Road Junction
following the route of rising main of sewage pumping to recycling plant, further via Kidana Road up
to PS 4 location (Length ~ 15.3 Kms)
Pumping Station – Located in 5 acres of land near PS 4 location of Gandhidham – Adipur
Nagarpalika.
Segment 2 – Onshore Section – Along Sakar Drainage further parallel to Bharapar Road and
crossing the proposed Railway line to Tuna Port up to LFP location (Length ~ 5.86 Kms)
Segment 3 – Offshore Section – From LFP via Nakti Creek up to DP 1 (Length ~ 8.92 Kms)
Aspects considered for Selection of Pipeline Route
Finally the proposed route was selected considering features such as:

Relatively avoiding/minimising areas covered in the EIA Notification 2006, namely National
Parks/Sanctuaries/Coral Reefs/Mangroves and notified ecologically sensitive areas
Safety of people, environment, property and maintenance of ecological balance
Safe operations and control including easy access for maintenance
Favourable ground profile and hydraulic gradients
Minimum road, nallahs, canals and stream crossings
Reduced impacts on the environment.
Shortest possible route after considering above factors, thereby reducing overall risk.






The proposed route will be environmentally friendly, with a minimum length of pipeline distance
between the destination points.
2.9
CRZ Classification of the Area
The pipeline passes through Mudflats, low lying areas and Nakti creek and creeklets at various
locations. The proposed study of CRZ demarcation for treated wastewater disposal pipeline for the
stretch between the Pumping Station to the Disposal Point through Land Fall Point passes through
various CRZ zones. The proposed pipeline project falls in CRZ –I, CRZ- III & CRZ-IV which is
described in below table.
Table 2-7: CRZ Classification for Proposed Pipeline Route
Sr. no.
Description
CRZ
Length in CRZ
area
Total length of
pipeline (km)
Area
Non CRZ
-
CRZ IB
0.479
1
Gravity line from Welspun
premises to Pumping
station
15.3
2
Pipeline from pumping
Station to Land Fall point
5.86
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
(km)
&
&
CRZ III
0.102
40
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Pipeline from Land Fall
Point to Final Disposal Point
8.92
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
CRZ IA
0.458
CRZ IB
0.280
CRZ IVA
1.445
CRZ IVB
6.708
Source: CRZ map prepared by Anna University
The entire project will not falls in CRZ area as per above table. The CRZ Demarcation Map given
by Anna University showing the Pipeline Route, demarcation of HTL and CRZ Boundaries placed as
Annexure 10
2.10
Key Environmental and Social Outcomes of Proposed Pipeline Route
Key Environmental and social outcomes of proposed pipeline route are presented in table as
below:
Table 2-8: Key Environmental and Social Outcome of Pipeline Route
2.11
Aspect
Environmental and/or Social Benefit
Environment Friendly
Eliminatating untreated sewage disposal of Gandhidham and Anjar
towns. Disposal of treated waste water into deep sea at a diffuser
point where sufficient amount of dilution is available.
Pipeline Route
Avoids cross country along the route, avoids ecologically sensitive
areas and intensive agricultural regions.
Avoiding RoU to a maximum possible extent which is extremely
difficult and time consuming
Minimum hindrances to mangroves, forest and cultivable land.
Pipeline Underground
Reduces Tampering of the pipeline and there by chances of
breakage in pipeline
Pumping Station
Ease of disposal of Treated waste water by means of pumping
through a scientifically designed diffuser system
Proposed Effluent Disposal Point
Proposed Effluent Disposal Point
On the basis of Marine EIA report prepared by National Institute of Oceanography (NIO) effluent
disposal point is recommended in deep sea at a predetermined location having coordinates of N 220
54’ 52.0” & E 700 09’ 18.0”.
Marine EIA report describes the outfall point and diffuser system as under:
On the basis of detailed study of physical processes on tide, currents, circulation, stratification
etc., the site for disposal of effluent to the tune of 25000 m3/d is proposed at release location of
220 54’ 52” N; 700 09’ 18” E where depth of 7 m below CD is available.
Near-field dilution were studied using buoyant jet model and far-field dilutions were estimated by
2-D numerical model. The model study suggests that near-field dilutions of 60 - 130 times can be
achieved at the release location with 5 port diffuser.
The port diameter should be 0.19 m and each port should be separated by 5 m distance. The jet
velocity and port angle should be 2 m/sec and 15 Deg. respectively.
The far-field dilution studies indicate that the plume would move along the Gulf coastal axis and
possibility of plume reaching the bank is not expected.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
41
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Far-field model results show that the maximum concentration of BOD of 3.4 mg/l would be found
at release location at nearly 10 m from the discharge location.
Near ambient condition would prevail at the distance of 100 m downstream or upstream depending
on the tidal condition.
Hence the effluent generated by the WIL to the tune of 25 MLD can be released at 700 09' 18.00"
E and 220 54' 52.00" N using 5 port diffuser.
2.12
Design Specifications & Operation parameters for Proposed Pipeline
The pipeline will be designed, constructed and inspected in accordance with the following
standards and codes:



Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO)
IS / International Codes for Pipe Material and Laying Work
Other IS Codes related to Civil Engineering Works
Gravity & Pumping Pipeline will be designed based Economical diameter of rising main designs is
taken into consideration for selection of diameter of onshore pipeline (Based on CPHEEO Norms).
However, adequate velocity for gravity 0.8 – 1 m/sec & for pumping between 1 – 2 m/sec is taken
in order to avoid any deposition in the total pipeline system and also have sufficient velocity at the
tip of the diffuser system for effective dilution requriements as recommended by NIO. The
onshore pipeline will be laid in trenches underground based on site conditions along the entire
stretch by means of gravity upto Pumping Station & further by means of pumping upto outfall
point in deep sea off Nakti Creek. The pipeline design features / specifications are summarized in
Table 2-9 & Table 2-10.
Table 2-9: Gravity Pipeline design features/specifications
Sr No
Description
Remarks
1
Quantity
25 MLD
2
Design Q
1041.6 cu.m/hr
(0.289 cu.m/sec)
3
Length (Onshore)
15.3
4
N Value for Plastic Pipes (0.011)
715 OD DWC Pipe
5
Type of liquid
Treated Waste Water with
specific gravity of 1.01
Table 2-10: Rising main design features/specifications
Sr No
Description
Remarks
1
Quantity
25 MLD
2
Pumping Hours
22
3
Design Q
1136.36 cu.m/hr (0.3156
cu.m/sec)
4
Length (Onshore) upto LFP
5.86 Km
5
Length (Offshore)
8.92 Km
6
Efficiency of pump set (n)
72 - 75 %
7
Pipe material with ‘C ‘ value 140
HDPE Pipe – 500 OD
8
Type of liquid
Treated Waste Water with
specific gravity of 1.01
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
42
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
2.13
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Method of Laying of Pipeline
2.13.1 Structure Details
Gravity / Pumping Main pipeline

Excavation in Trenches up to desired depth as specified in the drawings for all sorts of soil / soft
and hard murrum, boulders, macadam road, soft and hard rock.

Providing and filling good quality approved river sand bedding in 20 cm thick layers in the
pipeline trenches as per tender drawing below and sides of the DWC pipes.

Lowering & laying of 715 mm OD DWC Pipes; SN8 Class in the Trenches at prescribed gradient,
depth & alignment.

Lowering & laying of 500 mm OD HDPE Pipes; PN8 Class in the Trenches for rising main pipeline
system.

Backfilling/Refilling in pipeline trenches and surroundings as per drawings after satisfactory
hydro testing of the pipeline laid in the trench; in layer not exceeding 200 mm thickness,
including watering, compacting by ramming / rolling, leveling to specified slopes, dressing and
consolidation.

In case of River Crossing pipelines will be laid on pedestal, the same shall be designed to
withstand impact forces of flood water and debris likely to be carried through.

In case of Railway & Highway (NH and SH), Major Crossings NP3 / MS Box pushing will be
carried out.
2.13.2 Factors Considered for Selection of Pipe Material








Flexibility and Elasticity of pipes due to undulating terrain
Adjustment to ground level contours horizontally as well we vertically as pipeline parallel to
river
Crossings under bridge / on rivulets
Over burden of backfill since pipes are to be laid at depths
Effluent characteristics with pipe cross section and corrosion resistance to Saline Waters at
external surface.
Effect of both on joineries of MOC of pipeline
Tightness of Joints and Connections to resist uplift pressure on pipes
Presence of rocky strata vis-à-vis alluvial soil
2.13.3 Selection of Pipeline Material
Selection of pipe material depends on various factors like flexibility, tensile strength, ease of
connections, joint tightness, general availability, C factor, availability of skilled labour for laying
and maintenance, bedding requirements, laying speed etc. however the factors affecting the
selection as per site conditions are listed as follows:
Pipe are to be laid below ground and MoC will be HDPE due to its flexibility and elasticity, corrosion
resistance and tightness of Joints, high thermal and impact resistance is a best suitable material.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
43
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.13.4 Specifications for DWC Pipes
Class SN 8 Structured Double Wall (Non-Smooth External Annular Corrugated wall & Smooth Internal
wall) Polyethylene/Polypropylene Piping System for non-pressure underground Sewerage &
Drainage Applications
This specification covers the requirements for manufacturing, supplying, transportation, handling,
stacking, installation, jointing, and testing of Class SN 8 Structured Double Wall (Non-Smooth
External Annular Corrugated wall & Smooth Internal wall) Polyethylene/Polypropylene Piping System
for non-pressure underground Sewerage & Drainage Applications herein after called the DWC PE
Piping System bearing IS 16098 (Part-2) -2013 and its latest version or amendments. The DWC
pipes shall be supply in standard length or as specified requirements.
2.13.5 Specifications for HDPE Pipes
All HDPE pipe & fittings would be manufactured by Quality Assured Manufacturer in accordance with
IS 14333:1996 (as attached in this tender document). The pipes and fittings shall be suitable for
use as rising / pumping main for conveyance of treated effluents with maximum pressure
requirements of the pipe line
The raw material to be used for the pipe manufacturing shall be 100% virgin PE 100 grade material
of standard Make i.e. IPCL or Reliance etc and shall comply to the norms as per IS 9080 – 1992.
The HDPE Pipes should be supplied in straight lengths of 6 – 12 meters. The pressure class of pipe
selected shall be 6 Kg/cm2
The pipes supplied should have passed the acceptance test as per IS 14333 – 1996. The
manufacturer should provide the test certificate for the test conducted as required along with the
supply of pipes
Each pipe and special manufactured shall be hydraulically tested at the manufacturer’s works to a
test pressure equivalent to 1.5 times the design working pressure.
2.13.6 Specifications for MS Pipes
Manufacture, Supply and Delivery of Steel Pipes along with specials of suitable diameter with 45 –
50 mm thick outside cement mortar lining/guniting using BRT Fabric and internal fusion bonded
epoxy coating having dry film thickness of minimum 525 micrometer. The pipes shall be supplied
as per IS – 3589 (2001 or its latest revision/amendment) including all taxes and duties, insurance,
transportation, freight charges, octroi, inspection charges, loading, unloading, conveyance from
manufacturing location to site of works, stacking etc.
All the pipes shall be manufactured as per IS – 3589 and specials as per IS: 5504
These MS pipes shall be tested to the following requirements in presence of engineer in charge or
its representative
Casing Pipes MOC selected is MS (with high percentage of Carbon content) i.e. Carbon Steel with
outside and inside corrosion protection lining; which has a very high impact strength, as a result
of which the system is tamper proof when exposed to natural environment and surroundings etc.
2.14 Storage Lagoons & Pumping Station
Two Storage Lagoons are proposed to be constructed at the pumping station location for one day
storage of the treated waste water.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
44
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
The storage lagoons would be of size 42 x 42 with side slopes of 1:2.5 having a total volume of
storage of 12,500 cu.m. The storage lagoons will be constructed in phase wise manner one after
the other as in intial phase only 15 MLD of treated wate water will be received.
The constructional details of storage lagoons is as follows:






Excavation for lagoon construction.
Bottom Clay Liner of 0.5 m depth
HDPE liner of 1.5 mm thick on botton and sides slopes.
Bottom PCC (1:3:6) above the liner system.
Embankments all along the periphery with Liner anchorage.
Connection of incoming DWC pipeline with valve arrangements in both the lagoons.
A pumping station is designed to house suitable pumping machinery for continuous pumping of
the combined treated waste waters into deep sea via onshore and offshore pipeline system.
Operating hours of pumping system is taken as 22 hours basis.
The pumping station is designed of Dry and Wet Well type. The dry well will house centrifugal
pumps where as the wet well will be a pumping channel sump interconnected with the two
lagoons by means of incoming pipes with valve arrangements for emptying the sumps.
Only one pumping station is envisaged in the entire stretch of onshore and offshore pipeline. The
delivery head of pumps are selected in such a way that the treated waste waters will be directly
disposed off into deep sea at the disposal point location via suitable diffuser port holes having a
velocity at the tip of diffusers of 2 m/sec. Proposed ancillary buildings in the Pumping Station area
are as follows:







Treated Waste Water Storage lagoons.
Pumping Station with Dry well and wet well assembly.
11 KV Switchyard
Transformer Yard
PCC cum Breaker Room
MCC Room covering PCC, MCC, Control Panel and Battery Room etc
DG Sets.
2.14.1 Selection of Pumping Machinery
Generation of treated waste water is expected to be in a phased manner based on expansion of
plant premsies and intake of sewage waters. With this in view, it is important that the pumping
machinery to be selected to perform under optimal conditions throughout the design life of the
pumping station. It is also recommended that the pumps shall be designed to keep in view of the
following:




Minimum number of starts and stops
Quality and nature of effluents
Power consumption to be most economical i.e. based on capital investment in piping cost
against recurring costs
Ease of maintenance
Following types of pumps are conventionally suitable for waste water applications:
2.14.2 Fully Submersible Pumps
These pumps can be located by guide rails mounted on the wall of sump and simply lowered by a
chain down the guide rail into the effluent sump. Major advantage with these pumps is the
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
45
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
elimination of the underground pump house structure; thereby saving in capital cost. The major
disadvantage with these pumps is suitability to the effluents and related maintenance due to
failures.
2.14.3 Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps (Non Clog Type)-Axially Split Casing/Back Pull
Out
These pumps are mounted in dry well. They are easy to maintain and cheaper than the
submersible pumps but the dry well cost will increase the capital costs to some extent.
Looking to the site conditions and nature of effluents, experiences of similar kind of projects,
preference is given to Horizontal Centrifugal pumps because of ease in maintenance.
Looking to long term of operation and maintenance Horizontal Centrifugal pumps are better suitable
for waste water applications.
The Pumping stations will typically have the following facilities:





Lagoons – 12.5 MLD capacity (each -12 hrs storage)
Puming Channel sump – 500 KLD storage capacity.
Pumping Station – Dry Well – Wet Well Type.
Pumps – Centrifugal Type Non Clog, Capacity – 5 MLD each – 5 W + 5 S.B (100% Standby
Capacity).
DG Set - 100% Standby Capacity provided – 750 KVA.
The Location of Storage Sump and Pumping Station will be near near PS4 of Gandhidham-Adipur
Municipal Corporation as shown in Figure below
Figure 2-5: Location of Pumping Station near PS4 of Gandhidham-Adipur Municipal
Corporation
The Layout of the Storage lagoons and pumping station is shown in Figure 2-6 below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
46
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-6: Layout Plan of Storage Lagoons and Pumping Station for pipeline project
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
47
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.14.4 Treated Waste Water Quality Monitoring
Regular Monitoring of outlet of Combined ETP and RO Reject waters for principal parameters of
COD, BOD, pH, TDS and Flow will be carried out at the outlet of the Treated Waste Water mixing
tank in the WIL ETP area.
Moreover online monitoring system (in terms of TOC, Ammonical Nitrogen, DO, pH and Flow) will
be provided also in the Pumping station after the storage lagoons. The data will be recorded in a
recorder and stored. The online monitoring system will be configured to have connection to GPCB
Server via SCADA, whenever it is required.
The data of online monitoring system will be systematically recorded and records will be maintained
for treated waste water quality on regular basis.
Below figure shows the Block diagram for Online Monitoring system that is proposed to be installed
at pumping station location.
Figure 2-7: Treated Waste Water Quality Monitoring Block Diagram
2.15 Electrical Design of Pumping Station
The electrical items in the pumping station are provided to fulfill the following requirements:

Continuous power supply to provide power for the treated waste water pumps and control
circuitry.

Internal Lighting in buildings and Office Requirements

External Street Lighting and Area Lighting
To ensure that no effluent overflow takes place, it is essential that the installed electrical systems
shall be such as to provide continuous power. For this there will be a “Normal Power Supply” from
PGVCL and an “Emergency Power Supply” from Diesel Generator Set DG as installed in the
pumping station and also at the STP location.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
48
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.16 Pipeline Integrity Issues
2.16.1 Leak Addressing System
The pipeline system will be equipped with pressure control check on pumps. Pressure drop will
have an alarm system in the panel in order to have Emergency Shutdown. A proper monitoring
programme of monitoring of pipeline route particularly at LFP location at regular intervals will be
carried out; where the pipeline gets vulnerable for leakages.
2.16.2 Fire Fighting and Fire Alarm System
Adequate fire alarm and fire fighting facilities will be provided at the pumping station, DG and
Transformer yard location.
2.17 Site Activities during Laying Operations of Pipeline
2.17.1 Site Preparation
Critical areas will be marked on map before commencing the field activities. RoU/ROW boundaries
will be clearly delineated and the site inspector will ensure that no clearing or encroachment occurs
beyond these boundaries. Trees to be saved will be marked by flagging, fencing or any other
appropriate method before clearing. Minimum felling of trees will be done and compensatory
plantation shall be done as per statutory requirements. Before start up of site work, the site is
thoroughly cleaned of debris and other foreign matter and the labour force is stationed on the site.
The contractor shall program the start up of the works is such a way that it reduces the disruption
to road traffic to a minimum and before commencement of work.
2.17.2 Storage of pipeline materials
All pipes and appurtenances shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
in order to preserve their quality and condition as per standards set out in the specification. HDPE
pipes may be stored either under cover. Storage of pipes in hot areas would be avoided. The pipes
are suitably protected from ageing due to sunlight by the addition of the appropriate quantity and
type of carbon black.
HDPE pipes should be stored on horizontal racks giving continuous support to prevent the pipe
taking on permanent sag. Pipe and fittings shall be stored raised from the ground and shall be
carefully supported cautioned and wedged. Pipes shall not rest directly on one another and shall not
be staged more than four pipes high. Couplings (and joints and all components thereon) and other
similar items shall be stored in dry conditions raised from the ground in sheds or covered areas.
Storage area shall be carefully set out to facilitate unloading, loading and checking of materials with
different consignment staged or stored separately with identification marks clearly visible.
2.17.3 Transportation of pipes and fittings
Any vehicle on which pipes shall be transported shall have a body of such length that the pipes do
not overhang. The pipes shall be handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Approved slings shall be used and all hooks and dogs and other metal devices
shall be padded. Hooks engaged on the inner wall surface and pipe ends shall not be used. Pipe
handling equipment shall be maintained in good condition.
Under no circumstances pipes shall be dropped, be allowed to strike one another, be rolled freely
or dragged along the ground.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
49
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.18 Construction Methodology for DWC Pipes (For Gravity Lines)
Pipeline construction is a sequential process and comprises a number of distinct operations each
undertaken by both, general and purpose built machinery and equipment. The pipeline will be
buried in the ground with a minimum soil cover as per the gradient of gravity pipeline. The soil
cover at critical locations will be increased as per the design code requirements.
The RoW will be restored to near original condition after completion of construction of the pipeline.
Rivulets / CD works are proposed to be crossed using suitable techniques taking into consideration
the environmental parameters.
During construction it will be ensured that:

Inconvenience is minimized to the public.

Any irrigation channels or fencing, disturbed or damaged during construction, is restored back
ensuring that no loss accrues to the landowners.

Proper treatment and disposal of hydrostatic test water.

Backfilling of trenches and restoration of the same to near original condition after the pipeline
construction is over.
During construction, the following activities will be carried out:
2.18.1 Technical Specifications
Class SN 8 Structured Double Wall (Non-Smooth External Annular Corrugated wall & Smooth
Internal wall) Polyethylene/Polypropylene Piping System for non-pressure underground Sewerage
& Drainage Applications
2.18.2 Scope of Item
This specification covers the requirements for manufacturing, supplying, transportation, handling,
stacking, installation, jointing, and testing of Class SN 8 Structured Double Wall (Non-Smooth
External Annular Corrugated wall & Smooth Internal wall) Polyethylene/Polypropylene Piping
System for non-pressure underground Sewerage & Drainage Applications herein after called the
DWC PE Piping System bearing IS 16098 (Part-2) -2013 and its latest version or amendments. The
DWC pipes shall be supply in standard length or as specified requirements.
2.18.3 Applicable codes
The manufacturing, testing at factory, supplying, transportation, handling, stacking, installation,
jointing, and testing at sites shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, manuals,
regulation, standards & codes. If requirements of these specifications are at variance with any
other standards, this particular document shall govern the proceedings
Part 2: Pipes and fittings with non-smooth external surface, Type B of IS 16098- 2 for Structured
Wall Plastics piping Systems for non-pressure drainage and sewerage- Specification and IS codes
specified therein shall be applicable for the said purpose.
2.18.4 Temperature Variation
All the pipes to be supplied and delivered shall be subject to weather condition like sun, dust, rain
and wind. They shall also be subject to carry and convey industrial waste water under available
temperature condition ranging from 4 Deg. Centigrade to 50 Deg. Centigrade.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
50
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.18.5 Manufacturing
The DWC Piping System of stiffness class designation SN 8 shall confirm to the Indian standards
as mentioned above and shall be configured as per the Cross-sectional & Profile Drawings as per
IS specifications. Each pipe shall be coupler (on-line or off-line) and spigot type along with
elastomeric rubber sealing ring (as designated under above international specifications).
2.18.6 Transportation
The arrangement of loading the pipes in a telescopic manner is advised, i.e. smaller diameters
inserted into the next higher sizes of pipes. While loading the pipes onto the truck, care should be
taken that the coupler- end should be arranged alternatively in the corresponding layers so as to
avoid the damage to the coupling/ socket ends.
2.18.7 Handling
Following recommendations shall be followed while handling the pipes:






Adherence to National Safety requirements
Pipes to be smoothly lowered to the ground
Pipes should not be dragged against the ground to avoid the damages to the Coupler/pipes.
800mm and larger diameter pipes are carried with Slings at two points spaced
approximately at 3 Meters apart
For smaller diameters (400mm – 800mm) one lift point shall be sufficient & can be handled
either manually or mechanically.
Do not use a loading Boom or Fork Lift directly on or inside pipe.
2.18.8 Pipe Storage at Site




Stockpiling shall be done temporarily on a Flat Clear Area as shown in IS 16098 (Part-2) 2013 and its latest version or amendments.
For avoiding collapse of Stacks, use Wooden Posts or Blocks
Stacking shall not be higher than 2.5 Meters
While stacking, alternate the socket/coupler ends at each row of stacked pipes as described
in IS 16098 (Part-2) - 2013 and its latest version or amendments.
2.18.9 Lowering, Laying & Jointing Of Pipes
The width of a trench depends on the soil condition, type of side protection needed and the
working space required at the bottom of Trench for smooth installations. Increase in width over
required minimum would unduly increase the load on pipe and cost of road restoration.
Considering all above factors, the Minimum Trench Width is specified as per IS 16098 (Part-2) –
2013 and its latest version or amendments.
The pipe segment between two manholes shall be laid approximately in straight line without any
vertical undulations. However, on the strength of its flexibility, the DWC PE Piping system can be
laid in very smooth curve if found necessary. The piping system shall rest on the carefully
prepared bedding portion of the Backfill Envelope and at appropriate jointing locations the
trenches shall be excavated deeper to accommodate the bulges of coupler-spigot joints. However,
special care shall be ensured as mentioned below:

Excavation of trenches shall be carried out in accordance with the drawing & specifications
and as directed by the field engineer as well.
The piping system shall be laid and jointed in true to gradient with the help of sight rails
and boning rods as detailed in CPHEEO, MoUD, GoI Manual on Sewerage and sewerage
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
51
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
treatment. The levels need be checked with calibrated modern Levelling Instrument.
Specific care shall be taken to prevent entry of sand / mud /slush/ any other foreign material
etc. into the system during the installation operation.
The structural property of the system suggests that a minimum cover of 500 mm adequate even
for maximum quantum of superimposed (live) load.
In case of wider trenches than required (above table), the permission of the competent authority
shall be necessary.
The bedding area is an essential portion of Back fill Envelope and shall be constructed with proper
bedding material as computed in accordance with appropriate national code of practice for
structural bedding design mentioned in the list of normative references under IS 16098-2.The
bedding shall be laid to specified thickness and gradient with proper manual compaction of the
aggregate.
The moulded on-line coupler (or separate coupler integrated to the pipe in case of lower sizes) will
have a suitable internal surface for push-fitting the said end over the spigot end of the next pipe.
On first valley of the corrugation of said spigot end (destined to receive the pushed coupler) the
sealing rubber ring of standard quality shall be placed so that the coupler end of the pipe smoothly
but tightly slides over the sealing ring for making an absolute watertight joint.
Similar system is also used for fabricated accessories or moulded fittings required such as Tee,
Bends, Elbows, Reducer end caps for the purpose of installation of the system related to
drainage/sewerage.
Figure 2-8: DWC Pipe Jointing Procedure
For quality connections following steps are to be ensured;





The non-coupler (socket) end needs to be thoroughly cleared and shall be free from any
foreign material
Clean and lubricate the coupler end of the pipe, if required.
Lubricate the exposed Gasket in the same manner, if required.
Keep the non-coupler end free from dirt, backfill material, and foreign matter so that the
joint integrity is not compromised.
Push the coupler into non-coupler and align properly. Always push coupler end into noncoupler end.
For smaller diameter pipes simple manual insertion shall be sufficient. It should be ensured that
the coupler end is adequately ‘homed’ within non-coupler end to ensure installation and tight
joining seal. Therefore prior to insertion always place a ‘Homing Mark’ on appropriate corrugation
of the ‘Non-Coupler End’.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
52
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.18.10 Construction of Backfill Envelope and Final Backfilling of the Trenches
DWC Piping System with well compacted Backfill Envelope along with the bottom and sides of
trench (native soil) work together to support soil overburden and superimposed (traffic) loads. The
carefully constructed Backfill Envelop has three distinct but non-isolated stages .The construction
need to be done stage by stage as per the sequence stated below:



Bedding portion
Up to Haunch level
Remaining portion
The material for backfill envelop shall be in accordance with the structural design of flexible buried
conduit as per relevant international codes. It can be the same material that were removed in the
course of excavation or it can be fine sand/course sand/gravel / murrum /other form of course /
fine aggregates depending on the effected Design Load [Overburden + Superimposed (Live) load].
However, in no circumstances, the flexible pipe should not be embedded in cement concrete (unreinforced or reinforced) which invariably induces undesired rigidity in the system.
The remaining portion of backfilling which do not contribute to the structural integrity of the
system may be the materials that were removed in the course of excavation or any other foreign
material as may be required to suit the particular site condition. These materials shall consist of at
least clean earth and shall be free from large clod or stone above 75 mm, ashes, refuse and other
injurious materials.
After completion of bedding portion of the Backfill envelop and subsequent lying of pipes, etc. first
the haunch portion & then upper portion of Backfill Envelope shall be constructed as per design
around the pipe. Voids must be eliminated by knifing under and around pipe or by some other
indigenous tools.
The compaction, by hand rammers or compactors with necessary watering to a possible maximum
level of proctor density shall be ensured.
Backfilling shall start only after ensuring the water tightness test of joints for the concerned sewer
segments. However, partial filling may be done keeping the joints open.
Precautions shall be taken against floatation (if at all necessary) as per the specified methodology
and the minimum required cover as per IS 16098 (Part-2) - 2013 and its latest version or
amendments
2.19 Construction Methodology for HDPE Pipes (For Pumping Main)
Pipeline construction is a sequential process and comprises a number of distinct operations each
undertaken by both, general and purpose built machinery and equipment. The pipeline will be
buried in the ground with a minimum soil cover of 1.5 m. The soil cover at critical locations will be
increased as per the design code requirements.
The RoW will be restored to near original condition after completion of construction of the
pipeline.
Rivulets / CD works are proposed to be crossed using suitable techniques taking into consideration
the environmental parameters.
During construction it will be ensured that:

Inconvenience is minimized to the public.

Any irrigation channels or fencing, disturbed or damaged during construction, is restored back
ensuring that no loss accrues to the landowners.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
53
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION

Proper treatment and disposal of hydrostatic test water.

Backfilling of trenches and restoration of the same to near original condition after the pipeline
construction is over.
During construction, the following activities will be carried out:
2.19.1 Transportation
Pipe transported to the site on trucks will be offloaded using side booms. The pipe then will be
strung adjacent to the trench. Trailers and cranes will be used for maneuvering of pipes.
2.19.2 Welding
Welding will be done using automatic/semi-automatic butt welding involving a crew of welders and
fitters.
2.19.3 Field Testing & Repair
Each field weld will be 100% hydraulically tested in lengths of 250 Rmt of pipes in compliance
with specifications. Repairs to the leaking joints will be arrested.
2.19.4 Excavation in Rocky Strata
Excavation in rocky strata will be carried out with breaking equipments like poclain, concrete
breakers etc as the top rock encountered is a weathered rock. Rock blasting in no case will be
done.
2.19.5 Trenching
Trenchers and backhoe type excavators will be used to dig the trench for laying the pipeline. The
topsoil will be removed and segregated from the remaining backfill material.
2.19.6 Backfilling
Good Soil excavated during trenching will be used for refilling. Black cotton soil if encountered will
not be used for backfilling purpose. Instead Yellow earth brought from outside will be used. The
topsoil, which has been preserved on the side of the trench, will be spread over the filled up
trench. A crown of soil will be kept on top of the trenched portion to allow for future settlement.
Excess or unsuitable material will be cleared from the site and disposed of at a suitable site.
2.19.7 Restoration of ROW (if applicable)
Restoration of the RoW will be conducted progressively following the completion of construction
work. This will involve removal of foreign materials such as construction debris. The construction
contractor shall remove wastes, wrappers and packages daily. The terrain will be returned to its
near original condition by spreading the topsoil over the RoU and agriculture activities will be
restored to original.
Details of construction methodology are as under:
2.19.8 Excavation for pipes in trenches
The surface of the trench grade should be continuous, smooth and free of big rock. If present they
may cause point loading on the pipe. The material excavated from the trenches will be handled
with care, with asphalt, stone blocks, rock and stone from road construction or broken out of the
trench during excavation stock piled separately from the granular material of the natural ground.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
54
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.19.9 Foundation and Bedding
The pipe should be uniformly and continuously supported through its whole length with firm stable
bedding material. Pipe bedding material will be sand as per the requirements of the backfill
material.
2.19.10 Jointing of Pipes
Butt Fusion Welding
Butt Fusion jointing is a method of jointing PE pipes using thermal fusion. This technique permits
the quick assembly of long continuous joints in a faster and economical way without the use of
modified pipe end or couplers. The fused joints are reliable and as strong as the pipe itself thus
providing total leak proof system.
Figure 2-9: HDPE Pipe Jointing Procedure
Steps of Butt Fusion Welding:
Clamping
Aligning
Fusing
Facing
Heating
Cooling
Method of HDPE Butt Fusion Welding
HDPE pipe is Butt fused together using a “fusion welder”. Welding machines vary depending on the
Outside Diameter (OD) of the pipe to be welded. The pipe pieces are held axially by a clamping
device to allow for subsequent operations to take place. Large diameter pipes may require hoisting
assistance such as an excavator or crane. Once the pipe is clamped, the pipe ends are “faced” with
a machining tool to establish clean, parallel mating surfaces, perpendicular to the center line of each
pipe. A heating element or heating plate is inserted in between the faced ends, and the pipe is
drawn together against the heating plate. A melt pattern that penetrates into the pipe ends is formed
around both pipe ends. Once the correct melt temperature is reached, the heating plate is quickly
removed, and the melt ends are drawn together with a specified force. The specified force on the
joint must be continuous, and maintained until the joint cools. A small melt bead forms at the joint.
On completion, the fused pipe is removed from the welding machine.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
55
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
The maximum permissible gap width between the planed surface as per DVS 2207 -1 are as
follows:
Table 2-11: Pipe Diameter Specification
Pipe Outside Diameter (mm)
Gap width (mm)
<355
0.5
400<630
1.0
630<800
1.3
800<1000
1.5
>1000
2.0
At the same time, the mismatch of the extremities of pipes or fittings would also be checked.
Misalignment on the outside of the pipe should not exceed the allowable value of 10% of pipe wall
thickness. After planning, any scarf in pipes or fittings would be removed. The planed joint faces
should not be contaminated or touched by hand; otherwise further plating will become necessary.
2.19.11 Material / Equipment Requirement
The major material equipment for construction and installation in the pipeline system includes the
following:

HDPE Pipeline

Compressors
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
56
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY

Diesel Generating Sets

Butt Welding Machine

Valves

Pipe fittings
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
During construction equipment like: cranes, side booms, excavators, thrust bore / auger boring
machines, bulldozers, bowers, pumps, concrete coating machines, tractors and trailers, tippers /
dumpers will be used.
2.20 Water Management at Welspun City & Waste Water Management at WIL
Premises
2.20.1 Total Water Requirement and Source of Water Supply
The proposed project is conceived for water conservation and ensuring enough availability of
water by recycling of treated sewage waters.
Current Water Consumption of Welspun City is 16.4 MLD where as the Proposed Water
Consumption of Welspun City will be 42.4 MLD (as depicted in the Water Balance Diagrams
presented in Figure 2-2 and Figure 2-3).
The treated sewage recycle will ensure water utilization by industry catering to existing +
proposed expansions in near future; there by conserving the fresh water resources of Narmada.
Surplus treated waste waters from ETP along with RO Rejects will be disposed off to deep sea via
waste water disposal pipeline off Nakti Creek in Gulf of Kutch.
2.21 Present + Proposed ETP Management System at WIL premises
As a part of Environmental Conservation Measure WIL has set up a state of the art Waste
Water Recovery Plant of capacity 10 MLD at Anjar Campus, which takes care of both the
Textiles and Pipe Plant effluents. It is one of the largest waste water recovery plant in textile
industry having series of treatment stages including screening, primary, secondary biological
and tertiary treatments and advanced treatment technologies of Ultra Filtration and Reverse
Osmosis and Evaporation Systems. This set up recycles and reuses 95% of the waste water
and there by conserves water usage in the already water starved location of Anjar Kutch.
Welspun, as an Environmental Control Measure, intends to recycle and reuse sewage waters
of city of Anjar and Gandhidham-Adipur, brought to the premises and treated in a separate
Ultra-modern Sewage Treatment Facility and further subjected to Ultra Filtration and Reverse
Osmosis for recycling and reuse; in order to meet their shortages as well as future needs of
raw water.
2.22 Project Concept
A block diagram of the project concept is presented as below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
57
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
As highlighted above, due to sewage recycling in Welspun City, to cater for future needs of water
requirement by industry, surplus Treated waste water from ETP along with RO Rejects (from
recycling of treated sewage waters), matching with the SEA discharge norms, will be discharged via
an Onshore and offshore Pipeline conveyance system designed for 25 MLD capacity. The pipeline
network is gravity as well as rising main with an intermediate Pumping Station, located near PS4 of
Gandhidham-Adipur Nagarpalika.
The system will be functional in phase wise manner i.e. initially the system will be operative at 15
MLD and further will increase to maximum of 25 MLD.
The project details are as under:



Augmentation of existing Common ETP from 10 MLD to 15 MLD capacity
Construction of new STP of 30 MLD capacity for treatment recycling of sewage waters
from Anjar and Gandhidham-Adipur towns. STP of 15 MLD will be constructed in near
future as a 2nd phase of the project.
Construction of Pumping Station, Laying and Jointing of Pipeline for Onshore (Gravity
+ Pumping) and offshore works. The combined treated waste water from ETP along
with RO Rejects from Sewage Recycling for a total capacity of 25 MLD will be conveyed
by means of gravity and pumping pipeline up to outfall point in deep sea off Nakti Creek
as identified by NIO.
Common ETP and its augmentation at Welspun India Ltd:
Welspun India Ltd has a central ETP of 10 MLD capacity. The proposed Common ETP would be
augmented to total capacity of 15 MLD considering future expansion. The recycling and reuse UFRO Systems will also be augmented to 15 MLD capacity. The ETP is presently in augmentation phase
of work from 10 MLD to 15 MLD capacity and the plant is expected to be commissioned by the end
of August 2015.
Design Inlet and Outlet Characterstics of Common ETP:
Table 2-12: Design Inlet and Outlet Characterstics of Common ETP
Sr. No
Parameters
Units
Influent
Characteristics
15000
Treated Effluent
Characteristics
15000
1
Design Flow
m3/day
2
pH
10 – 12
7.0 – 7.5
3
Temperature
Deg C
45 - 50
< 30
4
Total suspended solids
mg/l
200 – 300
< 50
5
COD
mg/l
2500
< 240
6
BOD5
mg/l
850
< 75
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
58
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Sr. No
Parameters
Units
7
Ammonical Nitrogen
8
Phosphate
9
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
mg/l
Influent
Characteristics
30 – 40
Treated Effluent
Characteristics
< 15
mg/l
5 – 10
<5
Phenolic compounds
mg/l
3–5
<2
10
Oil & Grease
mg/l
< 20
< 10
11
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l
2700
2500
12
Fluorides
mg/l
2
<1
New Sewage Treatment Plant – 30 MLD capacity at Welspun India Ltd:
The new STP will be constructed and operated by WIL for recycling of sewage waters from Anjar
and Gandhidham-Adipur Nagarpalika. The treated waters of STP will be subjected to UF and RO in
the WIL premises and the RO rejects along with treated waste waters of Common ETP will be
discharged in the pipeline system.
Design Outlet Characterstics of STP & RO rejects:
Table 2-13: Design Outlet Characterstics of STP & RO Rejects
Sr. No.
Parameters
1
Design Flow
2
pH
Units
m3/day
Outlet of STP
RO Reject waters
29000
10000
6.8 - 8
6.0 - 7.5
20
20
< 10
20
< 10
30
3
Temperature
Deg C
4
Colour (Pt. Co. Units)
mg/l
5
BOD (5 Days at 20 Deg.
C)
mg/l
6
COD
mg/l
< 50
150
7
Suspended Solids
mg/l
< 10
< 10
8
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l
< 3400
10000
9
Oil & Grease
mg/l
<2
<2
10
Phenolic Compounds
mg/l
<1
<1
11
Fluorides
mg/l
<2
<2
12
Sulphides
mg/l
<1
<1
13
Ammonical Nitrogen
mg/l
< 10
< 10
Characterstics of combined outlet of Treated waste water from Common ETP + RO rejects (of STP
treated waters) meeting with Marine Discharge norms is highlighted in the table as below:
Characterstics of Common ETP outlet and Sea Discharge pipeline combined outlet
compared with CPCB Standards for Marine Discharge:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
59
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Table 2-14: Combiined ETP Outlet in sea discharge pipeline compared with Marine Norms
for Sea disposal
RO Reject
waters
Combined
Outlet
Characterstics
to Sea
Discharge
Pipeline
Treated waste
water
Characterstics as
per CPCB Standards
for discharge to
Marine Coastal
Waters
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Treated
Effluent
Characteristics
of Common
ETP
1
Flow (cu.m per
day)
15000
10000
25000
25000
2
pH
7.0 - 7.5
6.0 - 7.5
6.0 - 8
5.5 - 9.0
3
Temperature
(Deg C)
30
20
26
< 30
4
Colour (Pt. Co.
Units)
100
20
68
< 100
5
BOD (5 Days at
20 Deg. C)
75
30
57
< 100
6
COD
240
150
204
< 250
7
Suspended
Solids
50
15
36
< 100
8
Total Dissolved
Solids
2500
10000
5500
-
9
Oil & Grease
10
2
6.8
20
10
Phenolic
Compounds
2
1
1.6
5
11
Fluorides
1
2
1.4
15
12
Sulphides
0.1
1
0.46
5
13
Ammonical
Nitrogen
15
10
13
50
Bio Assay Test
90% survival of
fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival
of fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival
of fish after
96 hours in
100%
effluent
90% survival of fish
after 96 hours in
100% effluent
14
2.23 Effluent Treatment Plant Units Description
Treatment Scheme is as follows:
Collection:
The untreated wastewater from various processing & manufacturing units flows by gravity to effluent
treatment plant in an open underground collection tank having capacity of 535 cu.m. From here the
effluent is pumped to lifting sump through screens.
Mechanical Screenings:
This pretreatment unit is a device, designed to cater the flow of 800 cu.m/hr, fabricated in SS, with
mesh of uniform size, which is used to retain the coarse solids found in wastewater. The floating
impurities are also captured in this unit. The screenings are discharged in SS trough & removed
manually from here.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
60
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Lifting Sump:
The effluent from screening is flow into lifting sump. Here 5 nos. of submersible pumps (each of
cap. 208 cu.m/hr) are installed to lift incoming effluent to homogenation tank.
Homogenation Tank:
The homogenation tank has a normal working volume of 10,000 cu.m with 24 hrs; Equalization for
uniform flow & quality. The purpose of equalization is simply damping of flow-rate variations so that
constant flow-rate is achieved with considerable amount of constituents concentration. The contents
of the tank are mixed with 2 nos. of flow jet, 2 nos. of flow makers, 351 nos. fine air bubble diffusers
at bottom of the tank. Two blowers of 1000 cm/hr each are also installed for aeration purpose. The
equalized wastewater passes into neutralization tank through an opening at bottom for subsequent
treatment.
Neutralization Tank:
The alkaline homogenized effluent (with pH of 11-12) is neutralized with the dosing of sulphuric acid
98% in neutralization tank of 100 cu.m holding volume. The neutralized effluent having
approximately pH - 7.5 is pumped to distributor by means of 3 nos. of submersible pump of cap.
208 cu.m/hr. The acid mixing is carried out by blower-air in the air grid laid at the bottom of the
tank.
Distributor:
The neutralized effluent is distributed to oxidation tank by distributor with working volume of 350
cu.m. The effluent is thoroughly mixed with air by means of air grid. The recycled secondary sludge
is also distributed to two oxidation tanks from here.
Extended Oxidation Tanks: 2 nos. each of 10000 cu.m holding capacity
This is an aerobic biological treatment in which organic compounds present in wastewater (which
contribute to COD & BOD values) are consumed by microorganisms as food in a controlled
environment of cultivated biomass & efficient aeration. The capacity of the each tank is 10000 cu.m
aggregating 20000 cu.m i.e. 48 hrs of hydraulic retention period for max. Capacity.
The removal of BOD, coagulation of non-settleable solids & stabilization of organic matter are
accomplished using bacteria. The system is comprised of disc type diffusers submerged in
wastewater, header pipes, air mains, blowers & appurtenances through which air passes & flow
makers. The diffusers are mounted on air manifolds in grid pattern to provide uniform aeration
throughout the tank. The function of diffusers is transferring oxygen to bacteria in the tank. The
flow makers are used to give momentum to mixed liquor/ contents of the tank, so the settling of
biomass is eliminated. The effluent then overflows to secondary lamella clarifier by gravity. Nutrients
like Urea & DAP are also dosed in the tank on continuous basis. Sodium hypochlorite & antifoam
dosing system are also installed to eliminate sludge bulking due to filamentous growth of microbes
& remove foam from oxidation tank respectively.
Secondary Lamella Clarifier:
The clarifier capacity is 1500 cu.m. The tank is having parallel hexagonal tube packs (made of thin
PVC hexagonal tubing, inclined at 60 Deg angle from horizontal for improving settling efficiency of
conventional clarifier. The clarified effluent overflows in the launders & passes to mixers.
Mixers:
The clarified effluent passes into the 2 nos. mixers for pretreatment for color removal. Here
chemicals like alum; polyelectrolyte & decolorant are added to the effluent for removal of colloidal
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
61
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
solids & traces of color respectively. From here the flocculated effluent passes to tertiary lamella
clarifier.
Secondary Clarifier:
This unit is having volumetric capacity of 12000 cu.m. The function of clarifier is to separate activated
sludge solids from mixed liquor. Solid separation is final step in production of well-clarified, stable
effluent flow in BOD & SS and represents critical link in operation of extended aeration system. A
revolving mechanism with scrapper at bottom & gear mounted assembly helps in transport &
removal of settled sludge from clarifier. The treated water overflows in the launder & then fed to
filtration plant. The sludge from the bottom of clarifier flows into the recycle tank & from here it is
recycled in oxidation tank through distributor. The excess sludge is wasted in belt press.
Sludge handling unit (for biological unit)
The sludge handling unit having capacity of 8-20 cum/hr is a combination of reactor drum,
dynamic thickener followed by a belt press the complete unit is of Interco Italian make.
Automatic poly-preparator unit with dosing pumps is also provided for proper polymer dosing.
The treated water overflows in the launder & then to holding sump. From here the treated effluent
is fed to filtration section.
Quartz Filters
This is the very first stage of a water recovery system & its main purpose is the removal of suspended
solids from water coming from a biological treatment plant.
The media material used is quartzes sand and gravel of special & different granulometrics in multi
– layer. This equipment is fully automatic & very efficient with a achievable filtration up to 100
microns.
Resin Filters
The resin filtration is an alternative to activated carbon filtration. For resin filters, a regenerable
weak anionic Purolite Resin is used in place of activated carbon.
Following advantages have been acknowledged; The resin require regeneration but as the
regeneration for these resins is possible to be performed on - line with caustic soda at & with
sodium chloride, so the expensive load and unload of activated carbon for its regeneration are
avoided. The operating cost of resin filtration is less than half in comparison to activated carbon,
even in the less favorable situation. By placing resin filters at this stage give a reduction of 20 - 50
% of COD and a great color removal is achieved.
Softeners & Degasser:
The softeners & degassers are used to reduce Ca, Mg and alkalinity from the treated water so that
the membrane life of RO & efficiency can be improved of latter stages of recovery units.
Ultra-Filtration
The ultra-filtration is done before RO for proper pre-treatment. UF ensures a constant quality of
water at low cost. After UF, the water is free from suspended solids, collides & bacteria.
Reverse Osmosis (3- stages):
Through reverse osmosis it is certainly possible to obtain the best quality of recovered water, since
this technology allows separating the whole organic substance and also part of the inorganic
substance (salinity, hardness, some kinds of metal) from the water. The quality of permeate, i.e.
osmotized water, is such that it can be used in dye baths, in boilers and in any other section where
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
62
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
a great quantity of raw material is required. The system comprises of cartridge filters & specific
membranes for three -stage RO to suit this specific & typical nature of waste water , i.e. dye
house waste water.
Physico – chemical unit:
The reject of 3rd stage RO is again treated in physico-chemical unit. In-order to reduce the
carbonates and bi-carbonates of Ca, Mg and silica the following chemicals are used lime, soda ash,
ferric chloride and poly.
Sludge Handling Unit (for physico – chemical plant):
The sludge handling unit having capacity of 4-8 cum/hr is a combination of reactor drum, dynamic
thickener followed by a belt press the complete unit is of Intereco, Italy make. An automatic
poly-preparation unit with dosing pumps is also provided for proper polymer dosing. The treated
water overflows in the launder & then to holding sump. From here the treated effluent is fed to
filtration section.
Multi Media Filter (MMF):
The removal of suspended solids from water coming from a physico – chemical treatment plant. The
media material used is quartzes sand and gravel of special & different granulometrics in multi –
layer. The equipment is fully automatic & very efficient with an achievable filtration up to 50 microns.
Ultra-Filtration:
The Ultra-filtration is done before RO for proper pretreatment. UF ensures a constant quality of
water at low cost. After UF, the water is free from suspended solids, collides & bacteria.
Reverse Osmosis (4th – stage):
The system comprises of cartridge filters & specific membranes for three -stage RO to suit this
specific & typical nature of wastewater (i.e. high salinity water).
Wind Evaporators:
We have installed 11 Nos. of Wind Evaporators each is having 7 modules for concentrating the RO
Rejects. The residual slats collected from the Wind evaporator is further dried and is disposed as
Solid waste in TSDF operated by GPCB approved Operator.
Block Diagram of ETP
A block diagram of existing ETP is presented in figure below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
63
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-10: Block Diagram of Existing Common ETP
Figure 2-11: ETP Flow Diagram of Existing Common ETP at WIL
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
64
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.23.1 Sizing of units in Existing Common ETP
The sizing of existing units of Common ETP are as presented in Table as below:
Table 2-15: Civil Unit Dimensions and Volumes in Existing Common ETP
No.
Description
Size
Volume
1
Collection Tank - Collection of untreated effluent
from different process houses
9.0 m x 9.0 m x 6.6 m
535.0 m3
2
Screening - Design flow: 800 m3/hr
2.5 m x 1.6 m x 1.9 m
-
3
Lifting Sump
5.0 m x 5.0 m x 5.0 m
125.0 m3
4
Homogenizing Tank 2 Nos - flow jet for uniform
mixing of effluent 2 Nos. Flow Mixers
2 Nos. Blowers each of 1000 CMH
107. m x 16.0 m x 6.5 m
10000.0 m3
5
Neutralization Tank - 98 % Sulphuric Acid dosing
1.5 m x 8.0 m x 7.0 m
100.0 m3
6
Distributor - Flow distribution to oxidation tank
-
350.0 m3
7
Biological Oxidation Tank - Disc type fine bubble
membrane diffusers (2222 nos. in each tank) at
bottom of tank, air supplied through the blower.
5 nos. of flow makers are also installed to keep
mixed liquor in suspension.
3 Blowers each of max. 6500 CMH
2 Blowers each of max. 3800 CMH
107.0 m x 16.0 m x 6.5 m x
2 nos.
20000.0 m3
8
Biological Lamella Clarifier - Parallel Hexagonal
Tube Packs are installed in submerged condition
for providing more surface area for biological
sludge settlement
12.0 m x 12.0 x 6.3 m
715.0 m3
9
Tertiary Lamella Clarifier - Parallel Plate Packs
are installed in submerged condition for
providing more surface area for sludge
settlement
9.3 m x 9.m x 5.7 m
390.0 m3
10
Circular Clarifier - 52 m diameter
52.0m Dia x 5 m depth
10000.0 m3
11
Fishes Basin
2.0 m x 2.0 m x 0.5 m
2.0 m3
12
Quartz Filtration Plant
10000 cu.m/day
13
Resin Filtration Plant
10000 cu.m/day
14
UltraFiltration Plant
10000 cu.m/day
15
Softener & decarbonizers
10000 cu.m/day
16
Reverse Osmosis Plant
10000 cu.m/day
17
Nano-Filtration
18
Evaporation
800 cu.m/day
1100 cu.m/day
2.23.2 Adequacy of Existing + Proposed Modifications of Common ETP
Details of Existing and Proposed Expansion Units of Common ETP with Recycling UF and RO System
and Adequacy Check of existing units;
Table 2-16: Adequacy of Existing ETP units and New Units for total capacity of 15 MLD
Sr
No
Unit
Description
Existing Units
Details
Nos
Capacity
Nos
Capacity
1
Collection Tank
1
535 cu.m
-
2
Mechanical
Screen
1
800
cu.m/hr
1
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Proposed
Augmentation
Details (Additional
Units)
Retention
Time at 15
MLD
capacity
Remarks
-
50 min
OK
800
cu.m/hr
Catering to
total flow of
OK
65
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
Sr
No
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Unit
Description
Existing Units
Details
Nos
Capacity
Proposed
Augmentation
Details (Additional
Units)
Nos
Retention
Time at 15
MLD
capacity
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Remarks
Capacity
19000 cu.m
per day
3
Lifting Sump
1
125 cu.m
-
-
12 min
OK
4
Homogenizing
(Equalization)
Tank
1
10000 cu.m
-
-
16 Hrs
OK
5
Neutralization
Tank
1
100 cu.m
-
-
10 min
OK
6
Biological
Oxidation Tank
2
10000 cu.m
1
10000
2 days
OK
7
Clarifier
1
10000 cu.m
-
-
16 Hrs
OK
8
Biological Lamella
Clarifier
1
900 cu.m
-
-
1.44 Hrs
OK
9
Tertiary Lamella
Clarifier
1
500 cu.m
-
-
48 min
OK
10
Quartz Filtration
Units
8
1540 cu.m
per day
11
Resin Filters
8
1540 cu.m
per day
Quartz &
resin
filters will
be
replaced
by
micron
filters
900
cu.m/hr –
18 hrs of
operation
12
Treated Waste
Water Mixing
Tank
Mixing
Tank
8x8x3m
SWD + 1 m
FB – 190
cu.m
10 min
OK
13
Ultra Filtration
Plant
4
2640 cu.m
per day
1
5000 cu.m
per day (1st
Phase)
Total 15000
cu.m per
day
OK
14
Ultra Filtration
Plant
-
-
3
15000 cu.m
per day (2nd
Phase
Total for
45000 cu.m
per day
OK
15
Reverse Osmosis
Plant
4
2640 cu.m
per day
1
5000 cu.m
per day (1st
Phase
Total 15000
cu.m per
day
OK
16
Reverse Osmosis
Plant
-
-
3
15000 cu.m
per day (2nd
Phase)
Total for
45000 cu.m
per day
OK
OK
Thus in the proposed modifications of Common ETP from 10 MLD to 15 MLD following items will be
added/replaced/isolated:

Addition of mechanical screening mechanism.

Addition of one new Biological oxidation tank.

Replacing the existing Quartz and Resin Filters by Micron Filters for better efficiency
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
66
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH

EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Existing UF and RO with expansion for total capacity of 15 MLD (Ist Phase) will be utilized
for recycling of treated sewage waters.

Existing ETP waters after biological treatment and tertiary Micron Filters will be sent for
disposal in pipeline system.

One new Treated waste water tank will be constructed to mix the treated waste waters
from ETP and RO Reject waters before drainage in the gravity pipeline manhole.

Existing Wind Evaporators will be isolated and will not be used for any further activities.
Block diagram of existing & proposed ETP after Modifications and Layout of ETP with modifications
is presented in figure as below:
Figure 2-12: Augmented ETP Flow Diagram – 15 MLD Capacity
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
67
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-13: Layout of ETP Augmentation Works
A treatability / performance evaluation study cum adequacy of the Existing ETP and Proposed STP
of 30 MLD capacity is enclosed vide Annexure 3 of this report. Compliance to existing CCA
conditions is presented at Annexure 8. Selected Alignment Route is presented at Annexure 7.
2.24 Sewage Treatment Plant Units Description – 30 MLD capacity
2.24.1 Design Flow & Characterstics:
Average design flow rate: 30 MLD = 1250 cu.m/hr = 0.347 cu.m/sec
Peak design flow rate: 67.5 MLD = 2812.5 cu.m/hr = 0.781 cu.m/sec
Minimum Flow rate – 0.5 x average design flow rate = 0.5 x 0.347 = 0.174 cu.m/sec
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
68
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Design Characterstics: The design inlet and outlet characteristics of STP are highlighted as below:
Table 2-17: Design Characterstics of New STP
Parameters
Unit
Min. Values of
observed
Characterstics
of Sewage
Waters
Max. Values of
observed
Characterstics
of Sewage
Waters
Average Values
of observed
sewage
Characterstics
Recommended
Inlet
Characteristics
pH
--
7.57
8.25
7.85
6.5 - 8
Temperature
deg.
C
27.10
28.20
27.80
20 - 30
BOD, soluble
mg/l
13.00
142.00
36.25
130
BOD @ 27 deg. C
for 3 days
mg/l
89.00
295.00
142.25
275
COD
mg/l
311.98
1,127.17
513.26
600
TSS
mg/l
70.00
896.00
289.00
600
Total
hardness
(as CaCO3)
mg/l
438.24
657.36
527.88
650
Carbonate
hardness
(as CaCO3)
mg/l
438.24
657.36
527.88
--
Magnesium
hardness
(as CaCO3)
mg/l
39.84
219.12
59.76
80
TDS
mg/l
1,548.00
3,450.00
2,740.00
3,400
Fixed Solids
mg/l
946.00
2,244.00
1,748.00
2,200
Chloride (as Cl)
mg/l
716.16
1,364.20
878.15
1350
Sulphate (as SO4)
mg/l
11.33
539.33
216.48
380
TKN
mg/l
20.22
66.66
41.19
60
Ammonia
mg/l
17.98
62.92
38.20
57
Total Phosphate
mg/l
2.20
35.74
5.20
5
Nitrate
mg/l
2.96
19.57
8.43
16
Potassium
mg/l
1.80
26.10
22.65
20
Alkalinity(as
CaCO3)
mg/l
331.70
834.60
716.90
750
Conductivity
μS /
cm
617.52
5,050.00
3,950.00
5,000
Ammonium (as
NH4)
mg/l
0.17
15.52
4.04
6
2.24.2 Description of units for STP
Inlet Chamber
The Inlet chamber will receive sewage from Raw Sewage pumping stations at Anjar and
Gandhidham-Adipur (combined) through the rising mains of 600mm and 800mm dia. transmission
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
69
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
pipelines respectively. From the Inlet Chamber, the raw sewage shall flow by gravity to Mechanical
Fine / Manual Coarse Screen Channels.
Mechanical Fine Screen Channel
The Raw sewage from the inlet chamber shall flow by gravity into the Mechanical Fine Screen
Channels. Either Step type or Rotary Drum Type of mechanical screen are proposed. Each
Mechanical Fine Screen channel shall be designed for 50% of the peak design flow and during design
flow conditions, both screens shall operate in parallel. Screenings will be mechanically collected on
a Conveyor Belt and conveyed through a stainless steel Chute to Truck/ Tractor Trolley positioned
at Ground Level.
Manual Coarse Screen Channel
The Manual Coarse Screen Channel will be used as a standby unit in the event of the Mechanical
Fine Screen Channels being offline. The Manual Coarse Screen Channel shall be provided with Inlet/
Outlet Isolation Sluice Gates.
Grit Chamber & Grit Channel
The Screened Sewage will be conveyed to the inlet channel of the Grit Chamber / Grit channel.
The grit chamber will be designed for 100% of the peak design flow.
A mechanical type grit scraping device will be provided in the Grit chamber that scrapes the settled
grit to a side pocket from where it is lifted by classifier mechanism above the water level and is
dropped through a chute into a bin or trolley. An organic return pump is provided to send the water
collected in the pocket back into the main chamber. The grit is settled in the main chamber and
after de-gritting the sewage overflows into the outlet channel.
De-gritted sewage shall flow through a Sutro / Proportional Weir where flow measurement shall be
done using a graduated scale.
Extended Aeration Process (EA) - including Biological Nitrogen Removal
Anoxic Tanks
The Anoxic Tanks ensure de-nitrification of the sewage through internal/ sludge recycle. There
shall be minimum 2.0 numbers of Anoxic Tanks. The Anoxic Tanks shall be provided with
submersible mixers to prevent settlement.
Aeration tanks
There shall be minimum 2 numbers of Aeration Tanks. The Aeration Tanks shall be oxygenated
using fine air bubble diffused aeration and shall effectively bio-degrade the organic matter and
organic/ ammonia nitrogen in the sewage to the required soluble BOD/ nitrogen level of purity.
The aeration tank shall be designed for completely mixed conditions with the extended aeration
principles.
Secondary Clarifier
The sewage from the Distribution chamber shall flow by gravity to Secondary Clarifiers. There shall
be minimum 2 numbers of Secondary Clarifiers. Each Secondary Clarifiers shall be sized for 50%
of the design flow. However the hydraulic design shall provide for the entire sewage flow including
design flow to be routed through one number of Clarifier when any one of the clarifier is shut
down for maintenance.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
70
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Deep Bed Multimedia Filters
The Secondary Treated Sewage water shall be pumped into a common inlet channel of Deep Bed
Multimedia Filters leading one or more bank of filters as per the layout arrangement.
The filters shall be Deep Bed Multimedia Filters, constant head, and constant rate deep bed filters.
The filter gallery shall house the filter outlet channel, the backwash and air scour pipework mains
and outlet, backwash and air scour valve gear. Facilities shall be provided for local and remote
control through PLC/SCADA of the actuator and for local and remote indication of valve position.
The gallery shall be adequately ventilated and lighted.
An overflow arrangement shall be provided from the common inlet channel which shall discharge
into the backwash water channel for bypassing the filters in case of any emergency.
Secondary Sludge Pumping Station
Secondary Sludge Pumping Station is provided to collect and transfer the sludge. Secondary
sludge from the Secondary Clarifiers shall be wasted continuously/ intermittently to the Gravity
Sludge Thickeners using Surplus Activated Sludge (SAS) Pumps. Pumps shall also be provided to
recycle settled secondary sludge (RAS) back to the inlet of anoxic tank distribution Chamber.
The Secondary sludge pumping Station shall consist of wet well with installed submersible pumps,
a valve chamber and a separate electrical control panel level.
Chlorine Contact Tank (CCT)
Treated water from the Deep Bed Multimedia Filtration system shall be conveyed to the Chlorine
Contact Tank for disinfection and then will be pumped to the Intermediate Storage Tank located in
the Tertiary Treatment Plant at Welspun City premises, for further treatment / polishing. Part of
the water shall be pumped to the Overhead Backwash Tank of the Deep Bed Multimedia Filters
and for plant water requirements within the STP.
Gravity Sludge Thickeners
The gravity Sludge Thickeners shall be designed to thicken the surplus sludge produced from
secondary biological treatment process. The sludge thickener shall thicken the secondary sludge to
4.0% minimum TSS concentration (dry solids basis). Thickened sludge shall be directly collected or
conveyed through belt / screw conveyors to a sump / hopper having 1 hour retention time, and then
pumped to 2 Nos. of mechanical sludge dewatering units (1 duty + 1 stand by)using Thickened
Sludge Pumps continuously/ intermittently as required.
The filtrate from the thickener shall be recycled to the inlet chamber by pumping.
Sludge Dewatering Unit
The Thickened Sludge Storage Tank is provided to collect and transfer the Thickened Sludge from
Sludge Thickener to Mechanical Sludge Dewatering Equipment.
Centreate Sump
The network of the plant drain, overflow arrangement, supernatant from thickeners, dewatering
centrifuges & dirty backwash from deep bed multimedia filters shall be terminated at the
Centreate Sump. The drain out connection from various units of the STP in the form of lateral lines
shall be connected to one / two common trunks lines leading to the plant drain-out sump.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
71
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Treated Water Sump
The Treated Water Sump / Wet Well shall be located adjoining the Chlorine Contact Tank. Suitable
number of submersible pumps with standby to handle the plant water requirement such as
gardening, flushing, cleaning of equipment etc. shall be installed.
2.24.3 List of Civil Units with Unit Sizing for STP
A list of civil units for STP along with their sizing and capacity in terms of volume is highlighted in
the table below:
Table 2-18: List of Units of STP – 30 MLD capacity
Sr.
No.
Unit
1
Length
/ Dia., m
Width,
m
SWD,
m
FB,
m
Qty.
Volume, / Area in
cu.m or sq.m
Inlet chamber
4.80
2
5
0.5
1W
53
2
Mechanical Fine screen
channel (6mm spacing)
9.50
1.40
0.65
0.5
2W
31
3
Manual Coarse bar
screen channel (20 mm
spacing)
9.50
2.00
0.50
0.5
1S
19
4
Grit Chamber
8.40
8.40
0.7
0.5
1W
82.5
0.50
1S
122.5
5
Grit Channel
20.00
3.50
0.75 +
0.5 m
Grit
storage
6
Anoxic Zone
28.00
20.40
5.50
0.60
2W
6969
7
Aeration Tank
94.50
31.50
5.50
0.50
2W
35721
8
Distribution Chamber
for Secondary Clarifier
3.5
3.5
2
0.5
1W
31
9
Secondary Clarifier
52.00
‐‐
3.00
0.5
2W
14866.5
10
DBM Filter
6.00
4.40
5.50
0.5
6W + 2S
1267.5
11
CCT
23
10
4
0.5
1W
1035
12
Wet well
10
7.5
4
0.5
1W
337.5
13
Sludge sump
7
2.25
2
0.5
1W
39.5
14
Dirty backwash tank
20
3.5
3.5
0.5
1W
280
15
Filtrate sump
6
8
2.5
0.5
1W
144
16
Chlorination building
28
6
7
‐
1
168
17
Centrifuge building
12
4
7
‐
1
48
18
Blower room
38
8
7
‐
1
304
19
Operator room
10
8
3
‐
1
80
20
HT/LT substation
25
20
5.5
‐
1
500
21
MEP room
5.5
5.5
3
‐
1
30.25
22
Road Works
‐
‐
‐
‐
Lot
‐
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
72
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
2.24.4 Adequacy of Proposed STP
Adequacy of proposed STP is presented in table as below
Table 2-19: Adequacy of Proposed STP
Sr.
No.
Unit
Qty.
Remarks
Flow
Volume,
Total
Volume
m3/day
m3
m3
Min
Hr
Day
HRT
1
Inlet chamber
1
30000
48
48
2
-
-
OK
2
Mechanical Fine
screen channel (6mm
spacing)
2
30000
8.6
17.2
1
-
-
OK
3
Manual Coarse bar
screen channel (20
mm spacing)
1
30000
9.5
9.5
0.5
-
-
OK
4
Grit Chamber
1
30000
49.4
49.4
2
-
-
OK
5
Grit Channel
1
30000
56
56
3
-
-
OK
6
Anoxic Zone
2
30000
3141.6
6283.2
-
5.0
-
OK
7
Aeration Tank
2
30000
16372.1
32744.25
-
-
1.1
OK
8
Distribution Chamber
for Secondary Clarifier
1
30000
24.5
24.5
1
-
-
OK
9
Secondary Clarifier
2
30000
6367.9
12735.8
-
10.2
-
OK
10
DBM Filter
8
30000
145.2
1161.6
56
-
-
OK
11
CCT
1
30000
920
920
44
-
-
OK
13
Sludge sump
1
30000
31.5
31.5
2
-
-
OK
14
Dirty backwash tank
1
30000
245
245
12
-
-
OK
15
Filtrate sump
1
30000
120
120
6
-
-
OK
The Layout plan of STP is presented in Figure as below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
73
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-14: Block Diagram of STP
Figure 2-15: Layout of STP works near WIL Premises
A combined Layout of STP and ETP with augmentations is presented in figure as below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
74
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-16: Combined Layout Plan of STP and ETP
2.25 Water & Waste Water Generation during Pipeline laying operation
2.25.1 Water Requirement during Construction and Operation Phase of Pipeline
Construction Phase
Pipeline is laid by a large group of skilled and unskilled workers and labourers. For the proposed
pipeline, it is tentatively expected to have 2 - 3 welding machines on site for HDPE jointing & same
for DWC Pipes. This would require about 50 people for complete operations of laying of the
pipeline.
Offshore operations will require a fleet of around 100 persons.
The water requirement will be for the following purposes during the construction and laying
operations of the pipeline:

Domestic Use

Concreting work – Precast / Cast in Situ

Dust Suppression

Other uses like equipment washings etc.
Details of average water requirement are presented in Table 2-20.
Table 2-20: Estimated Daily Water Requirement
Sr.
No.
Purpose
Average Demand
(KLD)
Source
1.
Dust suppression
5
By Tanker
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
75
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Sr.
No.
Purpose
Average Demand
(KLD)
Source
2.
Domestic (100 lpcd x 50 persons)
5
By Tanker
3.
Other uses like equipment washings
5
By Tanker
Total (KLD)
15
There will be a onetime water requirement for Hydrostatic testing of the pipeline. Efficient use of
water will be ensured by reusing the water in different test sections.
Water will be made available through various agencies after taking due permissions from the
concerned authorities, as necessary.
Operation Phase
Total water requirement which will include domestic, green belt development and fire-fighting
requirements for the pumping station, which will be around 20 cu.m/day. Source of Water will be
tapped by tankers by WIL.
Efficient use of water will be ensured by reusing the water as feasible.
2.25.2 Wastewater Generation & Wastewater Disposal
Details of average waste water generated and its mode of disposal arrangement is presented
in following table:
Table 2-21: Estimated Waste Water Generation during Construction Phase
Sr.
No.
Purpose
Average Waste Water
Generation (KLD)
Disposal Mode
1.
Dust suppression
-
-
2.
Domestic Waste Water
4.5
Temporary Septic Tank and
Soak Pit System at location of
camps
3.
Other uses like equipment
washings
2
Will be treated and disposed of
in Septic Tank and Soak pit
system
Total
6.5
Efficient use of water will be ensured by reusing the water as feasible.
Operation Phase
About 5 KLD of domestic wastewater will be generated which will be suitably disposed off as per
present consent conditions as approved by GPCB.
2.26 Air Environment
Construction Phase
During the construction phase, DG sets will be used for power supply. Diesel will be used as
primary fuel for operation of equipments for laying of the pipeline.
Operation Phase
In proposed pipeline project only one stack will be added due to new DG set required at proposed
pumping station which is operate during power failure.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
76
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Also one more DG set will be installed for proposed Sewage Treatment Plant for emergency use in
case of power failure.
The details of proposed stacks is given in below table.
Table 2-22: Details of Proposed Stack additions due to pipeline project
Sr.
No.
Stack Attached to
Type of Fuel
used
Stack Height
in m each
APCM
Fuel
Consumption
1
DG Set at pumping station
(750 KVA) – 1 no.
LDO
10
-
200 lit/hr
2
DG Set for Proposed STP
(750 KVA) – 1 no.
LDO
10
-
200 lit/hr
2.27 Solid/Hazardous Waste Management
Details of waste Generation
The hazardous waste generated from the existing unit of WIL and proposed pipeline operations is
described in below table:
Table 2-23: Details of Hazardous Waste Generation
Category
5.1
34.3
Type of
Waste
Existing
Proposed
Total
Disposal Mode
Used Oil
60
KL/Month
0.02
KL/Month
60.02
KL/Month
Collection, Storage,
Transportation, disposal by
selling out to authorized
registered recyclers
400
MT/Month
Collection, Storage,
Transportation, disposal at
common TSDF site of M/s
Saurashtra Enviro Projects
Pvt. Ltd.
ETP Sludge
290
MT/Month
110
MT/Month
33.3
Discarded
Containers
3000
Nos/Month
0
3000
Nos/Month
Collection, Storage,
Transport and
decontaminate at site or
send to decontaminate
facility
34.3
Chemical waste
Sludge (4th
Stage RO)
0
MT/Month
250
MT/Month
250
MT/Month
Collection, Storage,
Transportation, disposal at
common TSDF site
Non Hazardous Waste
-
STP Sludge
0
250
Tones/Month
250
Tones/Month
Use as Manure
Handling and Management of Wastes
During construction, solid waste generated will include packaging and wrapping material, used
rags and house keeping waste from the construction sites etc. Contractors will be responsible for
disposal / resale of the wastes and these shall be disposed off as per the applicable legislative
requirements.
The other solid waste generated during construction phase would be the soil excavated during
trenching. The excavated soil will be used for refilling to the extent possible.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
77
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Used oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed container before
disposing off to local authorized recyclers as per applicable legislative requirements.
2.28 Source of Noise and its Abatement
Construction Phase
Major noise sources will be from mobile machineries at the site which include the following:









Cranes
Side booms
Excavators
Welding machines
Thrust bore / auger boring machines
Bulldozers
Pumps
Tractors and trailers
Tippers / dumpers
The noise level at a construction site due to various noise generating equipment is expected to be
less than 90 dB(A) near equipment, and lesser at the edge of the site, due to attenuation, wherein
it will atleast conform to the norms of the CPCB for industrial areas. The noise exposure to the
workers will not exceed stipulated norms. The increase in noise levels due to transportation
activities will be marginal and intermittent. Since care has been taken to avoid laying the pipeline
through populated areas, nuisance to public is not anticipated.
The noise abatement measures to be adopted are given below:





Noise levels will be reduced by use of adequate mufflers on all motorized equipment.
Ear muffs will be used by the operators of the heavy machinery.
Modern ‘quiet-running’ equipment shall be used wherever available.
Each item of powered machinery used on site shall be properly maintained and serviced so as
to minimize noise emissions
Stationary equipment shall be located so as to minimize noise impact on the community.
Operation Phase
During operation phase due care will be taken to reduce noise pollution generated by pumping
station by providing:




Flooring shall be of absorbing type material for sound.
Acoustic enclosure to be provided for equipments wherever necessary.
Plantation of trees and green belt nearby the pump house to absorb noise levels.
DG sets will be provided with proper acoustic enclosures
2.29 Fuel/Energy Requirement
Construction Phase
During the construction phase, DG sets will be used for power supply. Diesel will be used as
primary fuel for operation of equipments for laying of the pipeline works.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
78
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
Operation Phase
New pumping station will have one DG Set which will be operational occasionally. Normal pumping
will be carried out using PGVCL power supply. The consumption rate and quantity will be finalized
after detailed engineering. Diesel storage will be in form of day tank provided along with DG set.
The HSD/LDO required will be sourced from a nearby depot.
Table 2-24: Details of Proposed D.G. Set at pumping station and at STP
Stack Attached to
Type of Fuel used
Stack Height in m
each
Fuel consumption
DG Set (750 KVA) - 1No.
LDO
10
200 Lit/hr
DG Set (750 KVA) - 1No.
LDO
10
200 Lit/hr
2.30 Air/Fugitive Emissions
During the construction phase, there will be emissions from vehicles (cranes, trucks, bull dozer
excavators and DG sets).
No emissions are envisaged during the operation phase other than occasional use of DG sets.
2.31 Workforce Requirement for the Project
Temporarily, a maximum of about 100 persons are expected to work over the spread. Camping
will be done along the site. During the operational phase, about 10 personnel will be deployed at
the pumping station location.
2.32 Compensatory Plantation
Compensatory plantation will be carried out as required under relevant government guidelines /
legislation such as state specific regulations and acts.
2.33 Post-installation Monitoring of the Pipeline
Pipeline is laid along the approaches throughout the alignment route, in order to have survelliance,
post monitoring and maintenance activities for the pipeline.
Surveillance of the entire pipeline will be held periodically through ground patrolling. Operators
with knowledge of local area will be deployed for patrolling/survey of the pipeline route.
Any unsafe activities noted on ground will be reported by ground monitoring personnels to the
staff which will be duly addressed to. Ground patrolling crew will also check condition of pipeline
markers en route and the physical condition of the various pipeline appurtenances. The
maintenance crew will attend missing markers and replace the same.
All station equipment shall be maintained as per manufacturer’s recommendations. Also equipment
health monitoring actions like vibration measurements, lubricating oil checking etc. shall be
periodically carried out. All monitoring instruments will be periodically calibrated as per the
recommendations of the manufacturer. The calibrating procedures and periodicity of monitoring
will be included in the Standard Operating Procedures.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
79
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION
The pipeline shall be repaired and maintained based on the survey, inspection and testing reports
and as per standard standards and guidelines. Any leak or damage shall be repaired promptly.
2.34 Safety Aspects
2.34.1 Safety Aspects of Pipeline
The following shall be implemented to ensure safety of the pipeline.






Pipeline marker signs will be placed where the pipeline crosses rivers or highways and at other
major crossings. Line of sight of markers will be maintained.
Operators of the pipeline system will be fully informed about general safety aspects.
The pipeline will be physically patrolled by ground staff. In addition, during day-to-day
operational and maintenance activities, operational staff will keep vigil on all activities
occurring around the pipeline and report such activities to the appropriate authorities.
The database on which the DMP is programmed will be updated periodically. All the relevant
information will be updated as soon as there is some new addition or change in the key
aspects of the DMP.
DMP and Emergency Response will be fully computerized and integrated with the global
database for quickest response.
Painting of pipeline appurtenances (valves, meters, etc.) will be performed as necessary to
prevent atmospheric corrosion.
2.34.2 Safety Aspects at Pumping Stations
Safeguards at Pumping Station









The Pumping station facilities will be provided with following safety features:
Emergency shutdown features.
Ventilation of the pump building.
Regular inspection and maintenance of equipment.
Control and communications equipment.
Fencing to reduce the chance of unauthorized entry.
All electrical equipment in compliance with Hazardous area classification as per BIS Standards
(IS 5572:1994).
Proper earthing of station piping, fencing and equipment to discharge fault or induced
voltages safely in the event of lightning strike.
Fire Fighting Facilities
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
PPE will be made available and required to be worn by all site personnel. The use of PPE will be
mandatory. In the event of accidental or mechanical damage, the defective equipment shall be
reported to site HSE representative for replacement.
PPE will be issued on initial start of work and shall be replaced on the basis of wear and tear. The
involved HSE personnel will assess where special PPE is required over and above the minimum
level required for the task. Each person shall be supplied with the minimum PPE at the site like
hard hat, coveralls, steel-toed boots, eye protection if applicable and gloves in most cases.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
80
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
3
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1
General
DESCRIPTION OF
ENVIRONMENT
This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with
reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The study area covers 7 km radius on all
sides of pipeline along entire length from origin (Welspun Premises near Common ETP) upto
Landfall Point (LFP). The land use and socio-economic aspects were studied with respect to 7 km
radius around the pipeline alignment.
The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are
described with respect to climate, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology, socioeconomic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance.
3.2
Methodology
The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey obtained from the guidelines
given in the EIA Manual of the MoEF. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and
land quality in the study area was collected by conducting primary sampling / field studies during
the post monsoon season i.e. October, November & December of year 2014.
3.3
Study Area Included in Environmental
The area of 7 km radius on both sides of pipeline along entire length from origin (Welspun
Premises near Common ETP) up to Landfall Point (LFP) is considered as study area.
3.4
Description of the Land Use
3.4.1
Classification of Land use and Land cover
The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey
using Remote Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission
for classifying land by visual interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output
resulted in a two-level system of classification, comprising seven primary land use / land cover
categories. Some of these primary categories required further delineation, leading to a second
level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.
This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s land use / land cover studies. Whilst
these categories are generally found relevant with respect to describing land use and land cover
classes in the Indian context, sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include
additional sub-categories, which are more relevant in describing the land use and land cover for a
particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.
3.4.2
Study Methodology Adopted
The study area covers a distance equal to 7 km from the project boundary. The study
methodology involved the following steps:


Data Collection
Interpretation of satellite data
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
81
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH


EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
ENVIRONMENT
Ground truth study
Final map preparation
3.4.3
Data Collection
This covered:

Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having
high resolution (<1.0 m) imagery
Topographical maps and Census maps as base map

3.4.4
Interpretation of Satellite Data
The downloaded satellite imagery was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation
such as size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along
with ground truth.
3.4.5
Ground Truth Studies / Field survey
About Ground Trothing
The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land uses are correct thus
improving the quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders,
thereby giving background information on the land use.
Ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. The survey
consisted of traversing the study area, crosschecking of identified features with those represented
on the map. Field notes were kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining
to co-ordinates, photographs and identified land uses. Additional features identified or remarks
made against existing interpretation were also recorded.
Actual Field Survey Conducted
Field visit dates by Kadam were as follows:

Sheetal Kadam (FAE - LU): 20th March 2015
The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 7 km from the project boundary.
GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in
interpretation of the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot
checks were also done to confirm the land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence
of interpretation was high.
Table 3-1 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground
truthing locations selected.
Table 3-1: GPS Readings within Study Area
S.
No.
Location
Latitude
Longitude
Classes / Remarks
1
Sang River Bridge
23o 06’ 04.4”
70o 06’ 20.6”
Built up land
2
NH-8 (pipeline crossing)
23o05’ 37.2”
70o 05’ 46.3”
road
o
3
NH-8
23 05’37.0”
70 05’ 06.0”
Built up land(school)
4
Near Sang river(river
crossing)
23o 06’ 30.0”
70o 04’ 55.3”
Scrub land
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
o
82
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
ENVIRONMENT
S.
No.
Location
Latitude
Longitude
Classes / Remarks
5
On the way from sang
river to NH -8
23o 06’ 04.2”
70o 04’ 52.6”
Dates plantation
6
Pipeline crossing
23o 04’ 56.0”
70o 05’ 42.2”
Railline
7
Pumping station location
23 01’ 21.1”
70 07’ 09.5”
Vegetation cover
8
Kidana village
23 o 01’ 59.6”
70 o 06’ 34.4”
Habitation(primary school)
9
Kidana Village
23 o 00’ 36.9”
70 o 08’ 08.9”
River
10
o
On way to LFP
11
o
23 00’ 36.9”
o
Pipeline crossing
22 58’ 49.0”
o
o
70 08’ 08.9”
Salt pans
o
70 06’ 44.8”
Tuna port Railline
12
Towards LFP
22 o 59’ 41.0”
70 o 07’ 14.9”
Road (very near Mangroves
vegetation)
13
Tuna port road
22 o 58’ 14.2”
70 o 05’ 38.2”
Creek
14
Shinay Village
23 03’ 17.0”
70 03’ 34.1’
Water body
15
Tuna Port Road
22 o 57’ 23.3”
70 o 05’ 48.8”
Road(very near Mud flat)
3.4.6
o
o
Land use and Land cover Pattern of Study Area
The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area comprises of following categories.
Table 3-2: Synopsis of Land use / Land cover Classification Used for the Project
S. No.
Level 1 Classification
1.
Built-up Land or Habitation
2.
Agricultural Land
Level 2 Classification
Residential / Commercial
Industrial
Crop Land/Fallow Land
Plantation
Sea
3.
Water Bodies
Creek
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks
River
Scrub
4.
Vegetation Cover
Open Vegetation
Close Vegetation
Mangroves
Land Without Scrub
5.
Wastelands
Salt affected land
Mud Flat
Salt Pan
6.
Others
Air-port
Harbour /Port Land
Quarring
The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given
in the Land use map.
All land uses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
83
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3.4.7
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
ENVIRONMENT
Built-up Land
Residential / Commercial
Gandhidham and Anjar City present in the study area. Small villages named Tuna, Bharapar,
Kidana etc are also present in the study area. Pileline is passing through Kidana Village
Industrial Area
This class covers 4 per cent of study area.
3.4.8
Agricultural Land
Crop Land/Fallow Land
Cotton, Castor, Wheat, Bajra crop cultivated in the study area. Water source is rainwater.
Plantation
Khajur Plantation is observed.
3.4.9
Wastelands
Land without Scrub
The class Land without Scrub denotes land having no or sparse vegetation. It covers 2 per cent of
the study area.
Mudflat
The area along the coast is delineated as Mudflat which is 6 per cent of the study area.
3.4.10
Water Bodies
This class covers near about 25 per cent of land and is the major category in the study area. Gulf
of Kutch, Nakti creek and Kara creek present in the study area and other small water bodies also
observed.
Sang and Churwa river flows in study area.
3.4.11
Vegetation Cover
This class is dominated by Prosopis juliflora
Scrub
The scrub region was second most observed category in the region covering 20 per cent of the
area.
Open Vegetation
This is mostly along the coast and also near habitation.
Close Vegetation
This is observed at very few area as near IFFCO udyognagar and gandhidham railway station.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
84
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
ENVIRONMENT
Mangrove
Mangrove which covered 6 per cent of land was seen along coast.
3.4.12
Others
Salt Pan
Salt pans were essentially on the Kutch coast.
Quarring
This is observed near Shinay Village and Anjar City.
Airport
Airport is within 1km aerial distance from Welspun’s nearest boundary
Harbour/Port
Tuna port is present in the study area.
3.5
Class Wise Area Statistics
The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 3-3 that follows.
Table 3-3: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area
S.
No.
1.
Level 1
classification
Built-up Land
or Habitation
2.
Agricultural
Land
3.
Water Bodies
4.
Vegetation
Cover
5.
Wastelands
6.
Others
Level 2
classification
Residential / Commercial
Industrial
Crop Land / Fallow Land
Plantation
Reservoir/Tank/Pond/lake
River
Sea
Creek
Scrub
Open Vegetation
Close Vegetation
Mangroves
Land Without Scrub
Mud Flat
Salt affected Land
Salt Pan
Airport
Harbour – port Land
Quarring
Area, Level 2 classes
Ha.
3540.9
1704.9
8721.1
59.2
456.0
365.4
9374.9
1387.7
10096.6
1531.1
235.6
2957.1
992.8
2834.5
269.62
6278.49
104.12
139.68
337.73
~km2
35.4
17.0
87.2
0.6
4.6
3.7
93.7
13.9
100.9
15.3
2.4
29.6
9.9
28.3
2.7
62.8
1.0
1.4
3.4
~%
6.9
3.3
17
0.12
0.9
0.7
18.2
2.7
19.7
3.0
0.5
5.8
1.9
5.5
0.52
12.22
0.20
0.27
0.66
Area, Level 1 classes
Ha.
~km2
~%
5245
52.5
10.2
8780
87.8
17.1
11584
115.8
22.51
14820
148.2
28.81
4096
41
8.0
6860
68.6
13.4
Note: Roads, Railways, Canals are not calculated separately in area statistics
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
85
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3.6
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
ENVIRONMENT
Final Map Preparation
The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages
was derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories
of land use and land cover, and were then written on the prepared land use and land cover map.
Source: Based on satellite imagery interpretation and ground truth survey during EIA study.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
86
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-1: Landuse/ Land Cover of the Study Area
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
87
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3.7
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies
The proximity to sea / water bodies for study is tabulated in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: Proximity of Sea / Water bodies
Sea / Water body
Aerial Distance (in km)
nearest to the pipeline route
Aerial Distance (in km) from
Pumping Station Location
Sea / Estuary
Gulf of Kutch
End of Pipeline
11 Km
Salt Pans
Adjacent
2 Km
Rivers
Sang
Pipeline crosses the river
8.5 Km
Sakar Drainage
Pipeline crosses the river
0.1 Km
Lakes/Pond
Kidana Pond
0.06
1.6 Km
Shinay lake
5.23
6.5 Km
Bharapar Pond
1.16
2 Km
Source: Google earth and ground truth survey
3.8
Important Features within the Study Area
Details of the important features along with other sensitive ecological locations in the study area
are provided in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area
Distance
(km)
Direction
S.
No.
Sensitive Ecological Features
1.
National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary
-
-
-
2.
Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve /
Turtle Nesting Ground
-
-
-
3.
Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve
-
-
-
4.
Habitat for migratory birds
Location
From Alignment Route
5.
Lakes/Reservoir/Dams
6.
Stream/Rivers/Drains
-
-
-
Shinay Lake
5.3
W
Kidana Pond
0.06
W
0.3
NWN
Bharapar Pond
Sang River
Pipeline Croses the River
Sakar Drainage
Pipeline Croses the River
7.
Estuary/Sea/Mangroves
After Landfall Point in
mud flats of Nakti Creek
Adjacent
S
8.
Mountains/Hills
-
-
-
9.
Notified Archaeological sites
-
-
-
10.
Any other Archaeological sites
-
-
-
11.
Defense Installations
-
-
-
12.
Airports
Kandla Airport
0.88
E
Railway to Tuna Port
Pipeline Croses the Railway Line
13.
Railway Lines
Gandhidham Bhuj Broad
Guage
Pipeline Croses the Railway Line
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
88
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
S.
No.
Sensitive Ecological Features
14.
National / State Highways
Distance
(km)
Location
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Direction
From Alignment Route
NH-8A
SH-SH6
NH 8 A and SH 6 crossing
Source: Questionnaire by MoEF
3.9
Climate of the Study Area3
3.9.1
Weather
The climatic environment of the Kachchh district is highly constrained due to scanty and irregular
nature of rainfall patterns. This coupled with high temperature during the most part of the year
has given the district an arid character. Winter is very cold as low as 8◦C and summer remains very
hot as high as 40◦C. The average annual rainfall is recorded at 350 mm and its distribution is very
uneven.
Information presented in subsequent paragraphs is from the Indian Meteorological Department
(IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1961-1990, Kandla. These tables give useful information
about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 30-year period. A copy of the long-term
climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 5.
3.9.2
Temperature
Extremes
Maximum temperature during 30 years is recorded in the month of May as 44.1°C; while minimum
in the month of January as 7.8°C.
Means
May is normally having the warmest day (daily mean maximum temperature is 40.1°C) while May
is the warmest month (highest temperature in the month as 44.1°C).
January generally has the coldest day (daily mean minimum temperature is 12.1°C) and is also the
coldest month (lowest temperature in the month as 7.8°C).
3.9.3
Wind Direction
Month wise detail of predominant wind direction is given in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6: Predominant Wind Direction (Data is available for Morning Hours)
Predominant
First
Second
Third
Month
Morning
Morning
Morning
January
NW
N
CALM
February
NW
N
CALM
March
NW
SW
N
April
NW
SW
W
May
SW
W
NW
1
3
Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1961-90, Broach (Bharuch)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
89
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3.9.4
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Predominant
First
Second
Third
Month
Morning
Morning
Morning
June
SW
W
S
July
SW
W
S
August
SW
W
S
September
SW
W
NW
October
NW
N
CALM
November
NW
N
NE, CALM
December
N
NW
NE
Rainfall
The total monthly rainfall in year is observed to be 319.8 mm. Distribution of total rainfall by
season is 4.1 mm in winter (December, January, February), 6.1 mm in summer (March, April,
May), 298.6 mm in monsoons (June, July, August, September) and 11 mm in post-monsoons
(October - November). The total rainy days in a year is observed 16.6 days.
Highest rainfall recorded in a year 1967 is 774.9mm.
3.9.5
Cloud Cover
The area remains cloudy between June - September, which is the active period of the monsoon
season. Generally cloud cover ranges up to 5.4 OKTAS during this monsoon season. During postmonsoon season, cloud cover almost becomes 0.8 OKTAS occasionally going to 1-1.5 OKTAS. In
the summer season cloud cover is predominantly 0.8 OKTAS.
3.9.6
Humidity
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, post-monsoons, followed by summer and
winter in that order.
Mornings are more humid in monsoon than evenings and humidity ranges from a high of 80 - 73%
& evenings ranges from 53- 51 %. In winters mornings ranges from 53-46% & evenings rannges
from 24-22%. During post-monsoon season, in morning humidity remains between 57 - 47 % and
in the evening it remains between 24 - 28%. In summers morning’s humidity ranges from 66-56%
& evenings it ranges from 33-23%.
3.10
Site Specific Meteorology
Site-specific meteorological data for post-monsoon season of year 2014 was collected from the
site. The parameters for which data has been collected are:





Wind Speed
Wind direction
Temperature
Relative Humidity
Cloud Cover
Monitoring Methodology for Meteorological data is given in Table 3-7
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
90
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-7: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data
S.
No.
1.
Env.
Component



Parameters
Period
Frequency
Methodology
Anjar
Wind speed,
wind direction,
temperature
and rainfall
Postmonsoon
season of
year 2014
Hourly for
all
parameters
IS 8829-1978
Meteorology
3.10.1

Location
Site Specific Data of Season
Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in the post-monsoon season
is 3.8 m/s and maximum wind speed of 4.3 m/s.
Wind rose diagram prepared for the same is shown as Figure 3-2
It can be observed that in the post-monsoon season, wind blows mostly from NNE sector.
Calm wind contributes to about 0.09%.
Average temperature recorded for post-monsoon season was 27.8°C with maximum
temperature of 34.8°C and minimum of 24.6°C which is a characteristic of this study area.
The data obtained has been complied to obtain average data. Complied mean meteorological data
is represented in Table 3-8.
Table 3-8: Mean Meteorological Data for Post Monsoon Season 2014
Time
Temp.
Hum.
Wind
speed
Wind
Direction
Cloud
Cover
Rain
Fall
Hours
0C
(%)
(m/s)
From
OKTAS
mm
00:00
27.2
36.9
3.8
NNE
0.4
0.0
01:00
26.8
39.3
3.7
NNE
0.4
0.0
02:00
26.2
41.5
3.6
NNE
0.5
0.0
03:00
25.7
43.3
3.6
NNE
0.6
0.0
04:00
25.3
45.2
3.6
NNE
0.5
0.0
05:00
24.8
47.2
3.5
NNE
0.5
0.0
06:00
24.6
49.0
3.5
NNE
0.5
0.0
07:00
25.6
48.2
3.5
NNE
0.5
0.0
08:00
26.6
47.5
3.5
NNE
0.5
0.0
09:00
27.5
47.0
3.5
NNE
0.5
0.0
10:00
28.8
40.4
3.5
NNE
0.4
0.0
11:00
30.4
35.1
3.5
NNE
0.4
0.0
12:00
31.9
30.0
3.4
NNE
0.4
0.0
13:00
32.8
27.2
3.4
NNE
0.4
0.0
14:00
33.6
24.9
3.5
NNE
0.4
0.0
15:00
34.1
23.1
3.5
NNE
0.5
0.0
16:00
33.8
23.6
3.7
NNE
0.4
0.0
17:00
33.2
24.1
4.1
NNE
0.5
0.0
18:00
32.6
24.3
4.3
NNE
0.5
0.0
19:00
31.6
27.0
4.3
NNE
0.4
0.0
20:00
30.4
29.5
4.1
NNE
0.4
0.0
21:00
29.3
32.0
4.2
NNE
0.4
0.0
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
91
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Time
Temp.
Hum.
Wind
speed
Wind
Direction
Cloud
Cover
Rain
Fall
Hours
0C
(%)
(m/s)
From
OKTAS
mm
22:00
28.6
33.7
4.0
NNE
0.4
0.0
23:00
27.8
35.4
3.8
NNE
0.4
0.0
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
92
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-2: Wind Rose Diagram for Post-Monsoon Season of 2014
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
93
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
3.11
Ambient Air
3.11.1
Season and Period of Monitoring
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
The ambient air monitoring work has been carried out in post-monsoon season of year 2013.
3.11.2
Selection of Stations for Sampling
Depending upon the purpose of the study IS: 5184 (Part XIV) lays down various criteria for
selecting sampling stations. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant
concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of air at
important human settlement. Locations selected for ambient air quality monitoring are presented
in Table 3-9. The Sampling Photographs is also shown in Photographs 3-1.
Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details
AAQM
Station
Location
Latitude
Longitude
Distance
from
Alignment
Route in
Km
AA 1
Welspun
Township
23°7'51.60"N
70°4'57.30"E
1.4
NNE
AA 2
Gandhidham
23°4'5.40"N
70° 6'8.90"E
0.64
W
AA 3
Adipur
23°4'59.40"N
70°6'10.30"E
0.1
S
AA 4
Shinay
23°2'12.20"N
70°3'27.50"E
5.5
W
AA 5
Kidana
23°1'59.40"N
70°6'34.80"E
0.09
W
AA 6
Bharapar
23°0'35.60"N
70°5'59.50"E
1.87
W
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Direction
w. r. t
Alignment
ROute
94
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-3: Sampling Location Map
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
95
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Photographs 3-1: Sampling Photographs for Ambient Air Monitoring
3.11.3
Welspun Township
Adipur Village
Bharapar Village
Kidana Village
Sampling Frequency
The frequency of monitoring was 24 hr twice a week at each station spread over the season, with
samples being changed six times (at 48-hour intervals).
3.11.4
Parameters Monitored and Methods Used
The parameters monitored were Particulate Matter (PM2.5 & PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides
of Nitrogen (NOX). The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air is given in Table 3-10
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
96
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-10: Methodology for Ambient Air Monitoring
S.
No.
1.
3.11.5
Env.
Component
Ambient Air
Quality
Sampling
location
6
Locations
Sampling
Parameters
PM 10, PM 2.5,
SO2, NOx
Total
Sampling
Period
Post
Monsoon
Season of
2014
Sample Analysis
Sampling
Frequency
Analytical
Equipment
Two 24 –hour
samples every
week at each
station
Sensitivity /
Detection Limit
Method
PM10 – Respirable
Dust Sampler APM 460
TSPM:
Electronic
balance
0.001
mg
Gravimetric (HVS)
– IS: 5182: Part
4, with cyclone
PM2.5 Fine
Particulate Sampler
with WINS Impactor
Electronic
balance
0.0001
mg
Gravimetric (HVS)
Method
SO2: Flow Meter with
impinge module
SO2: Spectrophotometer
1.27
µg/m3
IS: 5182:
Part 2
NOx: Flow Meter
with impinge module
NOx: Spectrophotometer
0.19
µg/m3
IS: 5182:
Part 6
Results of Ambient Air Monitoring
Results of ambient air monitoring are presented in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Monitoring Results
Parameters & Results
Station
code
Location
AA 1
Welspun Township
PM10 (100)
[24 Hours]
PM2.5 (60)
[24 Hours]
SO2 (80)
[24 Hours]
NOx (80)
[24 Hours]
Maximum
69
30
10.3
19.5
Minimum
52
16
8.1
13.7
Average
60
23
8.8
16.4
98% tile
69
30
10.1
19.3
Gandhidham
PM10 (100)
[24 Hours]
PM2.5 (60)
[24 Hours]
SO2 (80)
[24 Hours]
NOx (80)
[24 Hours]
Maximum
123
46
10.3
18.9
AA 2
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Note: All units are in µg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable
Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10 µg/m3 for NOx
97
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
Station
code
AA 3
AA 4
AA 5
AA 6
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Parameters & Results
Location
Note: All units are in µg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable
Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10 µg/m3 for NOx
Minimum
64
18
8.2
13.5
Average
91
31
9.4
15.7
98% tile
120
45
10.2
18.5
Adipur Village
PM10 (100)
[24 Hours]
PM2.5 (60)
[24 Hours]
SO2 (80)
[24 Hours]
NOx (80)
[24 Hours]
Maximum
90
38
10.4
20.5
Minimum
48
14
8.1
14.3
Average
68
23
9.3
16.2
98% tile
89
37
10.4
20.0
Shinay Village
PM10 (100)
[24 Hours]
PM2.5 (60)
[24 Hours]
SO2 (80)
[24 Hours]
NOx (80)
[24 Hours]
Maximum
78
27
10.5
21.3
Minimum
44
12
8.4
14.1
Average
59
20
9.5
16.6
98% tile
77
27
10.4
21.3
Kidana Village
PM10 (100)
[24 Hours]
PM2.5 (60)
[24 Hours]
SO2 (80)
[24 Hours]
NOx (80)
[24 Hours]
Maximum
72
32
10.4
21.1
Minimum
47
11
8.1
13.4
Average
63
22
9.1
16.9
98% tile
72
31
10.3
20.9
Bharapar Village
PM10 (100)
[24 Hours]
PM2.5 (60)
[24 Hours]
SO2 (80)
[24 Hours]
NOx (80)
[24 Hours]
Maximum
66
45
10.2
20.4
Minimum
40
3
8.4
13.4
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
98
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
Station
code
3.11.6
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Parameters & Results
Location
Note: All units are in µg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable
Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10 µg/m3 for NOx
Average
54
13
9.4
16.4
98% tile
65
40
10.2
20.3
Observations
From the results obtained it is observed that;



At various locations, average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 54 to 91 μg/Nm3. An average concentration of PM10 levels less
than the permissible limits for all locations.
An average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 13 to 31 μg/Nm3 which is less than the permissible limits for all locations.
An average concentration of SO2 and NOX is observed to be within the specified limit of CPCB.
The detailed ambient air monitoring results are provided in Annexure 6 whereas the National Ambient Air Quality Standards are given in Annexure 7.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
99
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
3.12
Noise Environment
3.12.1
Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations.
Background noise quality is monitored in dB (A) leq (day) and dB (A) leq (night) at the selected
locations. The monitoring methodology is presented in Table 3-12.
Table 3-12: Monitoring methodology
Env.
Component
Ambient
Noise levels
Sampling
location
Sampling
Parameter
Sampling
Frequency
7 Locations
Decibels –
dB (A)
Once during
the study
(Hourly reading
for 24 hours at
each location)
Sample collection
Sampling
equipment
Detection
Limit
Methodology
Noise Level
Meter
0.1 dB (A)
IS -9989
The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13: Standard of Ambient Noise Level
Ambient Air Quality Standards
in respect of Noise
Area
Code
Category
A
THE NOISE POLLUTION
(REGULATION AND CONTROL)
RULES, 2000
Note:
Limits in dB(A) Leq*
Day Time
Night Time
Industrial
75.0
70.0
B
Commercial
65.0
55.0
C
Residential
55.0
45.0
D
Silence
50.0
40.0
Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM
dB (A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which
is relatable to human hearing
3.12.2
Selected Sampling Locations for Noise
Locations selected for ambient noise level monitoring are presented in Table 3-14 and the sampling
photographs for noise monitoring is given in Figure 3-2.
Table 3-14: Sampling Locations for Noise
Station Noise Monitoring
Code
Location
N1
Landfall Point
(Nr. Tuna Port)
Distance
from
Direction w.r.t
Alignment
Alignment
Route in
Route
Km
Category of
Area/Zone
Latitude
Longitude
Commercial
22°59'0.66"N
70°6'53.69"E
0.52
E
N2
Nr. Pumping Station
Residential
23°1'23.80"N
70°7'10.03"E
0.01
N
N3
SH6 (Nr. IFFCO)
Commercial
23°4'5.96"N
70°6'49.76"E
0.00
N
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
100
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Station Noise Monitoring
Code
Location
Category of
Area/Zone
Latitude
Longitude
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Distance
from
Direction w.r.t
Alignment
Alignment
Route in
Route
Km
N4
At Site
(Nr. Welspun ETP)
Industrial
23°7'6.34"N
70°4'42.87"E
0.04
W
N5
Rajvi Railway
Crossing
Commercial
23°5'2.81"N
70°6'20.29"E
0.03
N
N6
NH-8
(Nr. Indian Oil Petrol
Pump)
Commercial
23°5'37.96"N
70°5'35.19"E
0.01
N
N7
Kidana Village
Residential
23°2'9.66"N
70°6'36.39"E
0.08
W
Photographs 3-2: Sampling Photographs for Noise Monitoring
Nr. Tuna Port
Nr. Kidana Village
Nr. Rajvi phatak
Nr. Indian Oil Petrol Pump
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
101
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Kidana Village
3.12.3
Noise Level Results
Noise readings were taken at 12 different locations within the study area. The average noise levels are
presented in Table 3-15
Table 3-15: Noise Level Readings
Location
Code
N1


Landfall Point
(Nr. Tuna Port)
Date
Category
22.3.15
Average Noise levels
in dB (A) leq
Day
Time
Night
Time
Day
Time
Night
Time
Commercial
65.0
55.0
54.9
49.8
N2
Nr. Pumping Station
16.3.15
Residential
55.0
45.0
55.4
49.4
N3
SH6 (Nr. IFFCO)
17.3.15
Commercial
65.0
55.0
62.7
57.3
N4
At Site (Nr. Welspun
ETP)
18.3.15
Industrial
75.0
70.0
60.7
60.1
N5
Rajvi Railway
Crossing
19.3.15
Commercial
65.0
55.0
68.6
59.2
N6
NH-8 (Nr. Indian Oil
Petrol Pump)
20.3.15
Commercial
65.0
55.0
68.9
66.5
N7
Kidana Village
21.3.15
Residential
55.0
45.0
54.1
50.0
3.12.4

Location
CPCB Limits in
dB (A) leq
Observations
Industrial Zone (At Site near Welspun ETP) - Noise level during day time was observed as 60.7 dB
(A) & at night time as 60.10. Both the values are within CPCB Livmits.
Commercial Zone (Landfall Point, SH6 (nr. IFFCO), Rajvi Railway Crossing & NH-8 (Nr. Indian Oil
Petrol Pump)) - Noise level during day time was observed in the range of 54.9 dB (A) to 68.9 dB
(A). At two places at Railway crossing & National highway it is found high that may be due to
heavy vehicular movement. Noise level during night time varied form 49.8 dB (A) to 66.5 dB (A)
the readings observed at night also are above CPCB standards for Commercial Area.
Residential area (Near Pumping Station & Kidana village) - Noise level was observed 55.4 & 54.1
respectively in day time while during night time noise level was observed 49.4 to 50.0 dB(A) which
are slightly above CPCB standards in residential area.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
102
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
3.13
Water Environment
3.13.1
Analysis Method Adopted
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Ground water and surface water samples are collected using manual grab sampling technique.
The samples were further analyzed as per the APHA Standard Methods (22nd Edition) for the
parameters given in the Technical Guidance Manual published in December 2010. Table 3-16 below
describes analytical methodology for parameters to be analyzed and with minimum detection limit of
the instruments available at KEC laboratory.
Table 3-16: Analysis Methods Adopted for Ground and Surface Water Samples
S.
No
Parameters
Methodology
Parameters
Analyzed in
Ground and
Surface
water
Samples
1
pH
APHA: 4500-H+ B (22nd Edition), pH
meter
√
√
1
2
Color
APHA: 2120 (22nd Edition), Visual
Comparison
-
√
1 Pt-Co
3
Temperature
APHA: 2550 B (22nd Edition), Standard
Thermometer
√
-
1°C
4
Turbidity
APHA: 2130 B (22nd Edition),
Nephelometric
√
-
4 NTU
5
TDS
APHA: 2540C (22nd Edition),
Gravimetric
√
√
20 mg/l
6
Electrical
conductivity
APHA: 2510 B (22nd Edition),
Conductivity meter
√
√
1µmoh/cm
7
COD
APHA: 5220 B(22nd Edition), Titrimetric
Open reflux method
√
8
BOD
IS: 3025(part-44), Iodometric
√
√
<3 mg/l
nd
Parameters
Analyzed in
River water
samples
Minimum
Detection
Limit
<5 mg/l
9
Chlorides
APHA:4500Cl- B (22 Edition)
, Titrimetric
√
√
1.5 mg/l
10
Phenol
APHA: 5530-D(22nd Edition),
colorimetric
√
-
0.001 mg/l
11
Sulphates
APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(22nd Edition),
Turbid metric
√
√
< 1 mg/l
12
Total Hardness
APHA: 2340-C (22nd Edition),
Titrimetric(EDTA method)
√
-
< 10 mg/l
13
Ca++
Hardness
APHA: 3500-B-Ca (22nd Edition)
Titrimetric,(EDTA method)
√
-
< 4 mg/l
14
Mg++
Hardness
APHA: 3500-B-Mg (22nd Edition), By
difference
√
-
8 mg/l
15
Total Alkalinity
APHA: 2320 B (22nd Edition),
Titrimetric
√
-
<10 mg/l
16
Nitrate
IS:3025 (part-34),3.3 , colorimetric
√
√
<0.1 mg/l
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
103
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
S.
No
Parameters
Methodology
Parameters
Analyzed in
Ground and
Surface
water
Samples
17
Fluoride
APHA:4500 F-D(22nd
Edition),Colorimetric
√
√
<0.1 mg/l
18
Sodium
APHA:3500 Na-B (22nd Edition), Flame
emission Photometric
√
-
<1 mg/l
19
Potassium
APHA: 3500 K-B (22nd Edition) Flame
emission Photometric
√
-
<1 mg/l
20
Calcium
APHA Edition 22 (3500 Ca- B)
Titrimetric (EDTA Method)
√
-
1 mg/l
21
Magnesium
APHA Edition 22 (3500 Mg- B), by
difference
√
-
3 mg/l
22
Salinity
APHA: 2520 B (22nd Edition), Electrical
Conductivity method
√
-
-
23
Total Nitrogen
APHA: 4500 N Org, Micro Kjeldhal
Distillation (22nd Edition), Titrametic
√
-
0.06 mg/l
24
Total
Phosphorous
APHA: 4500 P-C (22nd Edition),
colorimetric
√
25
Dissolved
Oxygen
APHA: 4500O-C(22nd Edition),
Iodometric
√
√
0.5 mg/l
26
Ammonical
Nitrogen
APHA: 4170-B (22nd
Edition)/IS:3025(part-34), 1988,
Distillation & colorimetric
√
√
<0.01 mg/l
27
SAR
Flamephotmetric & EDTA method
√
√
-
28
Heavy Metals
a
Arsenic (as As)
APHA: 3500-As-A (22nd Edition)/
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
√
√
<0.002 mg/l
b
Cadmium (as
Cd)
APHA: 3500-Cd-A (22nd Edition)/
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition
√
-
<0.003 mg/l
c
Chromium (as
Cr)
APHA: 3500-Cr-B(22nd Edition),
colorimetric
√
-
<0.003 mg/l
d
Copper (as Cu)
APHA: 3500-Cu-A (22nd Edition)/
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
IS:3025(part42):1992
√
√
<0.05 mg/l
e
Cyanide (as
CN)
APHA: 4500 CN- D & E(22nd Edition),
colorimetric
√
-
0.003 mg/l
f
Iron (as Fe)
APHA: 3500-Fe-B (22nd Edition),
colorimetric
√
√
<0.1 mg/l
g
Lead (as Pb)
APHA: 3500-Ld-A (22nd Edition)/
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
√
√
<0.01 mg/l
h
Mercury (as
Hg)
APHA: 3500-Hg-A (22nd Edition)/
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
√
-
<0.001 mg/l
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Parameters
Analyzed in
River water
samples
Minimum
Detection
Limit
<1 mg/l
104
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
S.
No
Parameters
Methodology
Parameters
Analyzed in
Ground and
Surface
water
Samples
i
Manganese (as
Mn)
APHA: 3500-Mn-A (22nd Edition)/
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
√
-
<0.04 mg/l
j
Nickel (as Ni)
APHA: 3500-Ni-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA:
3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition
√
-
<0.02 mg/l
k
Zinc (as Zn)
APHA: 3500-Zn-A (22nd Edition)/
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
√
√
<0.08 mg/
l
Boron (as B)
APHA: 4500 B-C (22nd Edition),
colorimetric
√
<0.02 mg/l
29
Total Coliform
APHA: 9221-B (22nd Edition), Multiple
Tube Fermentation
√
√
1.8
MPN/100ml
30
Fecal Coliform
APHA: 9221-E (22nd Edition), Multiple
Tube Fermentation
√
3.13.2
Parameters
Analyzed in
River water
samples
Minimum
Detection
Limit
1.8
MPN/100ml
Assessment of Ground Water Quality
Ground Water Sampling Locations
Ground water samples were collected from 8 different locations to find the quality of ground water
within study area. Sampling locations are presented in Table 3-17. Locations selected for ground
water monitoring are also shown in sampling location Map. Photographs of sampling location are given
below in Photographs 3-3.
Table 3-17: Ground water Quality Sampling Locations
Latitude
Longitude
Distan
ce
from
Align
ment
Route
in Km
Directio
n w.r.t
Alignme
nt
Route
Sampl
e Code
Location
Source
Date of
samplin
g
GW 1
Welspun
Township
Borewell
9.12.14
23°7'54.70"N
70°4'58.30E
1.5
NNE
GW 2
Gandhidham
Borewell
6.12.14
23°3'36.00"N
70°7'17.30E
0.76
E
GW 3
Adipur
Borewell
5.12.14
23°4'52.40"N
70°5'42.70E
0.11
S
GW 4
Shinay
Dugwell
5.12.14
23°2'54.40"N
70°4'6.40"E
4.82
W
GW 5
Kidana
Borewell
6.12.14
23° 2'6.40"N
70°6'4.00"E
0.97
WNW
GW 6
Bharapar
Dugwell
5.12.14
23°0'24.70"N
70°5'54.90E
1.36
NW
GW 7
Nr.Tuna Port
Dugwell
8.12.14
22°59'41.00N
70°7'4.30"E
0.52
E
GW 8
Nr. Welspun
Township
Borewell
8.12.14
23°7'48.70"N
70°4'54.40E
1.29
NNE
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
105
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF
THE ENVIRONMENT
Photographs 3-3: Ground water sampling photographs
Adipur Village
Bharapar Village
Gandhidham
Kidana Village
Near Site
Shinay Village
Near Tuna Port
At Site (Near Welhome STP)
The analysis results are presented in Table 3-18 and Table 3-19.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
106
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-18: Analysis report of Groundwater Samples (Station 1 to Station 5)
IS 10500 Standard Limits for
drinking water*
S.
No.
Parameters
1.
pH
2.
Units
Samples
Desirable limit
Permissible
limit
GW-1
(Welspun
Township)
GW-2
Gandhidham
GW-3
Adipur
GW-4
Shinay
pH scale
6.5-8.5
NR
6.51
6.81
6.89
6.92
Temp
°C
NS
NS
30
30
30
30
3.
Turbidity
NTU
5
10
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
4.
TDS
mg/l
500
2000
10884
788
1460
1364
5.
Electrical
conductivity
µmhos /cm
NS
NS
15600
1156
1915
1825
6.
COD
mg/l
NS
NS
<5
<5
<5
<5
7.
BOD
mg/l
NS
NS
<3
<3
<3
<3
8.
Phenol
mg/l
0.001
0.002
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
9.
Chloride
mg/l
250
1000
4667
300
472
575
10.
Sulphate
mg/l
200
400
1313
92
298
195
11.
Total Hardness
mg/l
200
600
2540
370
300
180
12.
Ca Hardness
mg/l
NS
NS
1372
162
114
92
13.
Mg Hardness
mg/l
NS
NS
1168
208
186
88
14.
Total Alkalinity
mg/l
200
600
10
20
20
30
15.
Nitrate
mg/l
45
100
2.0
2.1
11.0
<0.1
16.
Fluoride
mg/l
1
1.5
1.44
0.87
1.43
1.41
17.
Sodium
mg/l
NS
NS
2422
258.3
260.5
358.6
18.
Potassium
mg/l
NS
NS
8.1
3
5.8
2.2
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
107
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
IS 10500 Standard Limits for
drinking water*
S.
No.
Parameters
19.
Calcium
20.
Units
Samples
Desirable limit
Permissible
limit
GW-1
(Welspun
Township)
GW-2
Gandhidham
GW-3
Adipur
GW-4
Shinay
mg/l
75
200
549.9
64.9
45.7
36.9
Magnesium
mg/l
30
100
283.8
50.5
45.2
21.4
21.
Salinity
mg/l
NS
NS
8410
541
850
1036
22.
Total Nitrogen
mg/l
0.5
NS
0.54
0.58
2.68
<0.01
23.
Total Phosphorus
mg/l
NS
NS
<1
<1
<1
<1
24.
D.O.
mg/l
NS
NS
2.4
3.4
3.1
3.3
25.
Ammonical
Nitrogen
mg/l
NS
NS
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
26.
SAR
-
NS
NS
20.82
5.82
6.51
11.58
27.
Heavy Metals
a
Arsenic
mg/l
0.01
0.05
<0.002
<0.002
<0.002
<0.002
b
Cadmium
mg/l
0.003
NR
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
c
Chromium
mg/l
0.05
NR
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
d
Copper
mg/l
0.05
1.5
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
e
Cyanide
mg/l
0.05
NR
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
f
Iron
mg/l
0.3
NR
<0.3
<0.3
<0.3
<0.3
g
Lead
mg/l
0.01
NR
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
h
Mercury
mg/l
0.001
NR
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
i
Manganese
mg/l
0.1
0.3
<0.04
<0.04
<0.04
<0.04
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
108
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
IS 10500 Standard Limits for
drinking water*
S.
No.
Parameters
j
Nickel
k
Units
Samples
Desirable limit
Permissible
limit
GW-1
(Welspun
Township)
GW-2
Gandhidham
GW-3
Adipur
GW-4
Shinay
mg/l
0.02
NR
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
Zinc
mg/l
5
15
<0.08
<0.08
<0.08
<0.08
28.
Total Coliform
MPN/100 ml
Shall not be
detectable
Shall not be
detectable
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
29.
Faecal Coliform
MPN/100 ml
Shall not be
detectable
Shall not be
detectable
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Table 3-19: Analysis report of Groundwater Samples (Station 6 to Station 10)
S.
No.
IS 10500 Standard Limits for
drinking water*
Parameters
Samples
Units
Desirable limit
Permissible
limit
GW-5
Kidana
GW-6
Bharapar
GW-7
Nr. Tuna
Port
GW-8
Nr. Welpsun
Township
1.
pH
pH scale
6.5-8.5
NR
6.88
6.71
6.06
6.93
2.
Temp
°C
NS
NS
30
30
30
30
3.
Turbidity
NTU
5
10
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
4.
TDS
mg/l
500
2000
1760
1992
120642
681
5.
Electrical
conductivity
µmhos /cm
NS
NS
2356
2752
215000
921
6.
COD
mg/l
NS
NS
<5
<5
<5
<5
7.
BOD
mg/l
NS
NS
<3
<3
<3
<3
8.
Phenol
mg/l
0.001
0.002
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
9.
Chloride
mg/l
250
1000
738
695
62197
283
10.
Sulphate
mg/l
200
400
223
253
7651
28
11.
Total Hardness
mg/l
200
600
410
860
12280
340
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
109
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
IS 10500 Standard Limits for
drinking water*
S.
No.
Parameters
12.
Ca Hardness
13.
Units
Samples
Desirable limit
Permissible
limit
GW-5
Kidana
GW-6
Bharapar
GW-7
Nr. Tuna
Port
GW-8
Nr. Welpsun
Township
mg/l
NS
NS
188
300
1740
332
Mg Hardness
mg/l
NS
NS
222
560
10540
8
14.
Total Alkalinity
mg/l
200
600
20
20
<10
20
15.
Nitrate
mg/l
45
100
6.1
9.1
<0.1
<0.1
16.
Fluoride
mg/l
1
1.5
1.39
1.35
1.47
0.68
17.
Sodium
mg/l
NS
NS
520.3
511.5
23692
188.2
18.
Potassium
mg/l
NS
NS
6.1
19
645.5
14.6
19.
Calcium
mg/l
75
200
75.4
120.2
697.4
133.1
20.
Magnesium
mg/l
30
100
54.0
136.1
2561.2
1.94
21.
Salinity
mg/l
NS
NS
1329
1252
112079
510.2
22.
Total Nitrogen
mg/l
0.5
NS
1.51
2.21
<0.01
<0.01
23.
Total Phosphorus
mg/l
NS
NS
<1
<1
<1
<1
24.
D.O.
mg/l
NS
NS
2.7
2.7
2.2
3.5
25.
Ammonical
Nitrogen
mg/l
NS
NS
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
SAR
-
NS
NS
11.13
7.55
92.45
4.43
Arsenic
mg/l
0.01
0.05
<0.002
<0.002
<0.002
<0.002
b
Cadmium
mg/l
0.003
NR
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
c
Chromium
mg/l
0.05
NR
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
d
Copper
mg/l
0.05
1.5
<0.05
<0.05
0.24
<0.05
e
Cyanide
mg/l
0.05
NR
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
f
Iron
mg/l
0.3
NR
<0.3
0.36
<0.3
<0.3
g
Lead
mg/l
0.01
NR
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
26.
27.
a
Heavy Metals
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
110
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
IS 10500 Standard Limits for
drinking water*
S.
No.
Parameters
h
Mercury
i
Units
Samples
Desirable limit
Permissible
limit
GW-5
Kidana
GW-6
Bharapar
GW-7
Nr. Tuna
Port
GW-8
Nr. Welpsun
Township
mg/l
0.001
NR
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
Manganese
mg/l
0.1
0.3
<0.04
<0.04
<0.04
<0.04
j
Nickel
mg/l
0.02
NR
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
k
Zinc
mg/l
5
15
<0.08
<0.08
0.15
<0.08
28.
Total Coliform
MPN/100 ml
Shall not be
detectable
Shall not be
detectable
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
29.
Faecal Coliform
MPN/100 ml
Shall not be
detectable
Shall not be
detectable
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
NS: Not Specified, NR: No Relaxation
Source: * IS 10500:2012 Drinking Water Specifications (Second Revision)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
111
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Observation of Ground Water Quality
The baseline quality of water based on the results of the ground water quality monitoring within the
study area, it is observed that











TDS is found above desirable limits in all the samples, at Welspun Township & Tuna Port TDS is
found very high above Permissible Limits.
The quality of water is not fit for potable purposes. The water is not suitable for use for domestic
purpose also.
Chlorides are also above desirable limits in all the samples; at Welspun Township & Tuna Port
Cholrides are found above Permissible Limits.
Total Hardness observed high (i.e. above desirable levels) in all the samples except the one at
Shinay Village ; at Welspun Township , Bharapar & Tuna Port it is found above Permissible limits.
Sulphate content is also found above desirable limits in samples collected from Site, Adipur
Village, Kidana, Bharapar & Tuna Port; out of which at Welspun Township & Tuna Port it is above
permissible limit.
Flouride content is found high (above desirable levels) in all the samples except at Gandhidham
but all are within permissible limits.
Calcium is found high (above desirable levels) at Welspun Township, Kidana, Bharapar & tuna
port out of which at Tuna Port & near township it is above permissible limit.
Magnesium is above desirable levels in all the samples except in the sample taken at Shinay
village out of which samples taken at site, bharapar & tuna Port are above permissible limits.
Total Nitrogen is above desirable limits in the samples taken at Welspun Township, Gandhidham,
Adipur, Kidana & Bharapar.
The high values of TDS are due to formational salinity which is also a cause of high content of
cholides & sulphates.
Total Coliform and faecal coliform count at all locations are absent.
3.13.3
Assessment of Surface Water Quality
Surface (Pond & River) Water Sampling Locations
Surface water samples were collected from 10 different locations within the study area and they are
presented in Table 3-20. Locations selected for Surfaced water monitoring are also shown in
sampling location Map .Photographs of sampling location are given in Photographs 3-4.
Table 3-20: Surface Water Sampling Locations
Code
Location
Date of
Sampling
Source
Latitude
Longitude
Distance
from
Alignme
nt Route
in Km
SW 1
Sang River
(Nr.
Welpun)
5.12.14
River
3°6'31.30"N
70°4'55.80"E
0.05
E
SW 2
Shinay
Pond
5.12.14
Pond
3°2'18.30"N
70°4'14.20"E
4.12
WNW
SW 3
Kidana
Pond
6.12.14
Pond
23°2'1.80"N
70°6'36.40"E
0.06
W
SW 4
Bharapar
Pond
5.12.14
Pond
23°0'22.70"N
70°6'10.00"E
0.96
NW
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Direction
w.r.t
Alignment
Route
112
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Code
Location
Date of
Sampling
Source
Latitude
Longitude
Distance
from
Alignme
nt Route
in Km
SW 5
Stream
near
Kidana
8.12.14
Stream/
Nullah
23°1'6.10"N
70°7'25.80"E
0.06
Direction
w.r.t
Alignment
Route
E
Photographs 3-4: Surface water sampling Photographs
Sang River
Kidana Village Pond
Nr.Tuna Port
Tuna Port
Stream near Kidana Village
Shinay Village
Analysis results of surface water are presented in Table 3-21 and Marine water sample analysis
results also presented in Table 3-21.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
113
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-21: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples (Station 1 to Station 5)
Surface Water Quality (River)
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Unit
Classification for Inland Surface
Water (CPCB)
Sang River
(Nr.
Welpun)
Shinay
Pond
Kidana(Pond)
Bharapur(Pond)
Stream near
Kidana
A
B
C
D
E
05.12.2014
05.12.2014
06.12.2014
05.12.2014
08.12.2014
1
pH
pH Scale
6.5
to
8.5
6.5
to
8.5
6.0 to
9.0
6.5
to
8.5
6.5
to
8.5
6.73
6.94
6.96
6.94
6.63
2
Total
Dissolved
Oxgen
mg/l
6.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
NA
4.5
3.6
3.8
4.1
3.5
3
Total
Dissolved
Solids
mg/l
500.0
NA
1500.0
NA
2100
3592
1108
256
920
3316
4
Electrical
Conductivity
μmohs/cm
NA
NA
NA
1000
2250
5421
1812
504
1491
4745
5
BOD
mg/l
2.0
3.0
3.0
NA
NA
16
8
7
37
50
6
Colour
Pt.co
10
300
300
-
-
10
15
10
20
25
7
Total
Hardness
mg/l
300
NA
NA
NA
NA
910
390
200
350
600
8
Ca++
Hardness
mg/l
200
NA
NA
NA
NA
708
200
144
134
396
9
Mg++
Hardness
mg/l
100
NA
NA
NA
NA
202
190
56
216
204
10
Copper
mg/l
1.5
NA
1.5
NA
NA
1.8
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
11
Iron
mg/l
0.3
NA
50
NA
NA
<0.3
<0.3
<0.3
<0.3
0.33
12
Manganese
mg/l
0.5
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.04
<0.04
<0.04
<0.04
<0.04
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
114
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Surface Water Quality (River)
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Unit
Classification for Inland Surface
Water (CPCB)
Sang River
(Nr.
Welpun)
Shinay
Pond
Kidana(Pond)
Bharapur(Pond)
Stream near
Kidana
A
B
C
D
05.12.2014
05.12.2014
06.12.2014
05.12.2014
08.12.2014
1859
659
185
475
237
E
13
Chlorides(as
CL)
mg/l
250
NA
600
NA
14
Sulphate
mg/l
400
NA
400
NA
1000
480
147
22
11
1474
15
Nitrate (as
NO3)
mg/l
20
NA
50
NA
NA
13.7
4.4
<0.1
<0.1
9.85
16
Fluoride
mg/l
1.5
1.5
1.5
-
-
1.45
1.23
0.67
0.68
0.80
17
Phenolic
Compound
mg/l
0.002
0.005
0.005
NA
NA
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
18
Free
Ammonia
mg/l
NA
NA
NA
1.2
NA
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
10
125.3
19
Mercury
mg/l
0.001
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
20
Cadmium
mg/l
0.01
NA
0.01
NA
NA
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
21
Arsenic
mg/l
0.05
NA
0.2
NA
NA
<0.002
<0.002
<0.002
<0.002
<0.002
22
Cyanide
mg/l
0.05
0.05
0.05
NA
NA
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
23
Lead
mg/l
0.1
NA
0.1
NA
NA
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.066
24
Zinc
mg/l
15
NA
15
NA
NA
<0.08
<0.08
0.29
<0.08
<0.08
25
Chromium
mg/l
0.05
1
0.05
NA
NA
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
26
Boron
mg/l
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
600
115
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Surface Water Quality (River)
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Unit
27
Sodium
Absorption
Ratio
mg/gm
28
Total
Coliform
MPN/100ml
Classification for Inland Surface
Water (CPCB)
Sang River
(Nr.
Welpun)
Shinay
Pond
Kidana(Pond)
Bharapur(Pond)
Stream near
Kidana
A
B
C
D
E
05.12.2014
05.12.2014
06.12.2014
05.12.2014
08.12.2014
NA
NA
NA
NA
26
14.9
8.89
1.83
4.36
1.94
50
500
5000
-
-
4700
1700
2100
4900
7000
C
C
C
C
C
Cagetory as per River Water Standards
NA: Not Applicable
Classification of River Waters as per their intended use is described in below table
Sr. No.
Class
Intended Use
1
A
Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection
2
B
Outdoor bathing (organized)
3
C
Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection
4
D
Propagation of wild life, fisheries
5
E
Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.
Observation of Surface Water Quality
The baseline quality of water based on the results of the Surface water quality monitoring within the study area, it is observed that



Total Coliform and faecal coliform observed higher than the desirable and permissible limits at all locations.
BOD is observed above limits in all the samples.
Except at Kidana Pond TDS is also above limits in all the samples.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
116
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Details of Marine water Sampling Locations
One Marine water sample was collected during the study period. The details of sampling location is
given in Table 3-22.
Table 3-22: Marine Water Sampling Locations
S.
no.
Location
Code
1
MW 1
Sample
Date of
Sampling
Latitude
Longitude
Distance
from
Alignment
Route in
Km
Tuna Port
08.12.2014
22°59'27.70"N
70°7'21.30"E
0.92
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Direction
w.r.t
Alignment
Route
E
117
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-23: Analysis Report of Marine Water Samples
S. No.
Parameters
Classification for Costal Water Marine (CPCB)
Unit
Tuna Port
SW-I
SW-II
SW-III
SW-IV
SW-V
Sea water
1
pH
-
6.5 to 8.5
6.5 to 8.5
6.5 to 8.5
6.0 to 9.0
6.0 to 9.0
6.30
2
Total Dissolved Oxygen
mg/l
5.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.8
3
Colour and Odour
-
No Colour
No Odour
No Colour
No Odour
No Colour
No Odour
No Colour
No Odour
No Colour
No Odour
15
4
Floating Matters
mg/l
None
None
None
10
NS
None
NS
NS
NS
NS
12
5
Suspended Solids
mg/l
None from
Sewage or
Industrial waste
Origin
6
Turbidity
NTU
NS
30
30
NS
NS
0.4
7
BOD
mg/l
NS
3
NS
5
NS
5
8
Oil and Grease
(including Petroleum
Products)
mg/l
0.1
NS
NS
NS
NS
<0.4
9
Mercury (as Hg)
mg/l
0.001
NS
NS
NS
NS
<0.001
10
Lead (as Pb)
mg/l
0.001
NS
NS
NS
NS
<0.001
11
Cadmium (as Cd)
mg/l
0.01
NS
NS
NS
NS
<0.01
12
Dissolved Iron (as Fe)
mg/l
NS
NS
0.5
NS
NS
<0.5
13
Dissolved Manganese
(as Mn)
mg/l
NS
NS
0.5
NS
NS
<0.5
14
Faecal Coliform
ml (MPN)
NS
100/100
500/100
500/100
500/100
39
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
118
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
S. No.
Parameters
Classification for Costal Water Marine (CPCB)
Unit
SW-I
15
Sludge Deposits, Solid
refuse floating Solids, Oil
Grease and Scum
-
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
NS
SW-II
SW-III
NS
NS
Tuna Port
SW-IV
SW-V
Sea water
NS
None except
for treated
Sewage and
Industrial
waste Effluent
None
Classification as per Marine Water Quality
I
NS: Not Specified, NR: No Relaxation
Source: CPCB Guidelines for Marine Bodies
Table 3-24: Classification of Coastal/ Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses
Class
Designated Best Use
SW-I
Salt Pan
SW-II
Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing
SW-III
Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics
SW-IV
Harbour
SW-V
Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal
Observation of Marine Water Quality
The baseline quality of marine water based on the results of the Marine water quality monitoring within the study area, it is observed that;
Coastal/marine water can be used majorly for Salt Pan utilization, Commercial fishing, Harbour use.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
119
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
3.14
Land
3.14.1
Topography and General Features
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
There is a natural gradient along the pipe line route.
3.14.2
Geology of the study area
The entire area is covered by Basalt flows with Intertrappean sediments of Deccan Volcanincs group
having age Upper Cretaceous to Eocene age. These basaltic flowa are associated with intertrappean
horizons containing dinosaurian remains. Various vertebrates, including dinosaurian remains are
presents in these sediments. Alkaline intrusives, basaltic flows, basaltic/doleritic and olivine gabbro
intrusives and andesitic trachyte represent the Deccan volcanics.
3.14.3
Soil Characteristics
The project area falls under Gujarat Plains and Hill region XIII (North west zone, GJ-5) and Agroecological zone-3 characterized by <40 cm rainfall, 3-8 % slope,25-50cm soil depth and EC is 4-8 dS/m.
The soils are mostly sandy to sandy loam and few areas are having medium black soils as well as desert
and forest soils are present in Kutch. The source of irrigation is open wells (56.9 %), canal (38.7 %)
and bore well (4.4 %).The cropping intensity is 107 %.The major crops of the area are bajra, green
gram, castor, groundnut, cotton, wheat and moth bean. The mango, sapota, papaya and banana are
fruit crops and date palm and coconut are the plantation crops. Among vegetable crops cucurbits, brinjal,
tomato and okra are cultivated.
3.14.4
Soil Monitoring Methodology
Monitoring methodology for soil is given in Table 3-25. The samples were manually collected and
analyzed.
Table 3-25: Monitoring Methodology for soil
Sampling
Parameters
Sample Analysis
Analytical
Equipment
Sensitivity /
Detection Limit
Methodology
Porosity
As per IS: 2720
As per IS: 2720
IS : 2720 (part-6) 1980
Water Holding
Capacity
As per HMSO, UK
As per HMSO, UK
HMSO, UK
Permeability
As per IS: 2720
As per IS: 2720
IS : 2720 (part-36) 1987
Moisture
Electronic Balance
0.001 mg
IS: 2720 Part 2
Particle Size
Distribution
As per IS: 2720
As per IS: 2720
IS: 2720 Part 4
Sand
-
-
-
Silt
-
-
-
Clay
-
-
-
Texture
As per IS: 2720
As per IS: 2720
IS: 2720 Part 4
Cation Exchange
Capacity
Extraction and
Titration
-
IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Remarks
Trial pit method for
topsoil sample
collection;
disturbed samples
5% Leachate to be
made and analyzed
as per APHA,
“Standard
Methods”
120
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
Sampling
Parameters
Electrical
Conductivity
Sodium
Absorption Ratio
pH
Calcium
Magnesium
Sodium
Potassium
3.14.5
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Sample Analysis
Methodology
Analytical
Equipment
Sensitivity /
Detection Limit
As per IS 14767 2000
As per IS 14767
-2000
As per IS 14767 -2000
Flame Photometer
(Na, K)
-
Calculation
-
IS : 2720 (part-26)
1987/ APHA: 4500 H+
B, pH meter
-
After Leachate
formation, APHA: 3500B-Ca (22nd Edition)
Titrametic,(EDTA
method)
-
After leachate
preparation, APHA:
3500-B-Mg (22nd
Edition), By difference
100 µg/l
After leachate
formation,APHA:3500
Na-B (22nd Edition),
Flame emission
Photometric
100 µg/l
After leachate
formation, APHA:3500
Na-B (22nd Edition),
Flame emission
Photometric
Titration ( Ca & Mg)
pH Meter
EDTA Titration
EDTA Titration
Flame Photometer
Flame Photometer
Remarks
All method
numbers are as per
APHA “Standard
Methods” (20th
edition, 1998)
Surface Soil Sampling Locations
Soil Sampling locations are presented in Table 3-26, covering the study area. Also sampling
photographs is presented in Photographs 3-5.
Total 7 samples in the study area has been taken and analyzed, results of which are presented in
Table 3-27.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
121
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-26: Soil Sampling Locations
Location
Date of
Sampling
Latitude
Longitude
Distance
from
Alignment
Route in
Km
S1
Welspun
Township
08.12.14
23°7'46.30"N
70°4'53.00"E
1.22
NNE
S2
Gandhidham
06.12.14
23°3'49.00"N
70°4'48.20"E
2.93
WSW
S3
Adipur
06.12.14
23°4'56.10"N
70°5'43.50"E
0.0
N
S4
Shinay
05.12.14
23°2'15.90"N
70° 4'2.30"E
4.48
WNW
S5
Kidana
06.12.14
23° 2'3.60"N
70°6'20.10"E
0.54
W
S6
Bharapar
05.12.14
23°0'24.70"N
70°5'54.90"E
1.36
NW
S7
Nr. Tuna Port
08.12.14
23°0'16.90"N
70°7'45.60"E
1.15
ESE
Sample
Id
Direction
w.r.t
Alignment
Route
Photographs 3-5: Sampling Photographs for Soil Monitoring
Kadana Village
Near Tuna Port
Shinay Village
Gandhidham
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
122
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Adipur
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Bharapar Village
123
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-27: Surface Soil Analysis Results
Sampling Locations
S.
No
Parameter
1
Porosity
2
Unit
S1
Welspun
Township
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
Gandhidham
Adipur
Shinay
Kidana
Bharapor
Nr.Tunaport
%
53
54
46
52
54
49
56
Water Holding
Capacity
%
44.92
49.84
31.91
35.55
50.21
38.83
70.27
3
Permeability
mm/hr
16.74
18.79
21.13
18.79
14.94
23.9
16.38
4
Moisture
1.61
5.92
0.86
1.48
1.59
2.34
9.81
5
Particle Size Distribution
a
Sand
%
52.28
54.56
66.28
57.28
54.56
63.84
28.56
b
Clay
%
25.54
28.72
25.72
21.44
21.72
19.44
26.44
c
Silt
%
22.28
16.72
8.00
21.28
23.72
16.72
45.00
9
Texture
-
Sandy Clay
Loam
Sandy Clay Loam
Sandy Clay
Loam
Sandy Clay
Loam
Sandy Clay
Loam
Sandy Loam
Loam
10
Cation Exchange
Capacity
meq/
21.50
20.44
22.04
20.90
23.70
18.30
24.92
11
Electrical
Conductivity
200
93.5
129
900
166
651
7520
12
Sodium Absorption
Ratio
0.5
0.57
0.51
0.47
0.36
0.41
0.61
13
Exchangeable
sodium
%
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
14
pH
-
7.21
7.20
7.19
7.01
7.21
7.30
6.88
15
Calcium
gm/kg
0.72
0.82
0.61
0.72
0.66
0.83
1.51
16
Magnesium
gm/kg
0.58
0.67
0.80
0.58
0.72
0.76
1.61
17
Sodium
gm/kg
0.33
0.41
0.36
0.32
0.25
0.31
0.64
100gm
dS/m
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
124
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Sampling Locations
S.
No
Parameter
18
Potassium
Unit
gm/kg
S1
Welspun
Township
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
Gandhidham
Adipur
Shinay
Kidana
Bharapor
Nr.Tunaport
0.05
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.05
0.08
0.23
Observations



For monitoring soil quality seven (Welspun Township, Ghandhidham, Adipur, Shinay, Kidana, Bharapar and Nr. Tuna Port) soil samples were
collected including the project site. The samples were assessed for physical and chemical properties.
The porosity ranged from 46% (Adipur village) to 56% (Nr.Port) and WHC varied from 31.91% (Adipur village) to 50.91% (nr.Tuna Port).The soil
permeability was good which ranged from 14.94 mm/hr (Kidana village) to 21.13 mm/hr (Adipur village) indicating that soils are having sand to
sandy loam texture and even sandy clay loam texture showed good permeability probably due to presence high amount of organic matter in the
soils.
Soil pH varied from 6.88 (Nr. Tuna Port) to 7.3 (Bharapar village).
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
125
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
3.14.6
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Details of Sediment Sampling Locations
Total 4 sediment samples were collected and details are presented in Table 3-28 and the analysis
results of the sediment samples are given in Table 3-29.
Table 3-28: Location Details of Sediment Samples
Location
Date of
Sampling
Latitude
Longitude
Distance
from
Alignment
Route in
Km
ST 1
Nr. Nakti
Creek
31.12.14
23°0'13.60"N
70°7'57.00"E
1.44
ESE
2
ST 2
Nr. Nakti
Creek
31.12.14
23°0'13.10"N
70° 7'55.30"E
1.49
ESE
3
ST 3
Nr. Nakti
Creek
31.12.14
22°58'39.50"N
70°6'28.20"E
0.52
W
4
ST 4
Nr. Nakti
Creek
31.12.14
22°59'13.10"N
70°7'17.40"E
0.93
ESE
S.
No.
Station
Code
1
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Direction
w.r.t
Alignment
Route
126
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-29: Analysis Results of Sediment Samples
S.
No.
Parameter
Unit
1
Porosity
2
Station code/Sampling Locations
ST1
ST2
ST3
ST4
%
59
60
58
60
Water Holding
Capacity
%
46.73
45.58
48.19
48.85
3
Permeability
mm/hr
3.09
2.48
2.93
2.78
4
Particle Size
Distribution
5
Sand
%
16.28
20.28
19.56
22.56
6
Silt
%
54.28
51.56
53.72
50.28
7
Clay
%
29.44
28.16
26.72
27.16
8
Texture
-
Silt Loam
Silt Loam
Silt Loam
Silt Loam
9
Cation Exchange
Capacity
meq/
100gm
29.12
29.50
27.98
26.46
10
Electrical Conductivity
μmhos/
cm
7.46
6.96
5.15
9.15
11
Sodium Absorption
Ratio
7.08
9.62
10.73
6.65
12
Exchangeable sodium
%
8.41
11.45
12.72
7.88
13
pH
-
7.30
7.65
8.01
7.87
14
Calcium
gm/ kg
0.30
0.37
0.35
0.56
15
Magnesium
gm/ kg
0.79
0.46
0.37
1.12
16
Sodium
gm/ kg
4.63
5.26
5.43
5.33
17
Potassium
gm/ kg
1.00
0.86
0.74
0.78
Observation
To monitor the sediments quality samples were collected from four Stations. The results indicate
that the values of porosity, WHC and permeability varied narrowly and texture was silt loam mainly
due to accumulation of washed silt from the surrounding areas. The EC (salinity) and ESP (sodicity)
were very high as the predominance of sodium ion is there in sea water. Thus among water soluble
cations predominance of sodium was seen followed by potassium, magnesium and calcium. The pH
varied from 7.3 to 8.01, which indicate that though there is predominance of sodium ion salts are
of neutral nature.
3.15
Description of Ecological Environment
Natural flora and fauna are important features of the environment. They are organized into natural
communities and are sensitive to outside influences. Integrating ecological thinking into the
planning process is urgent need in the context of deterioration of natural environments, which is
unwanted but direct consequence of development. Biological communities, being dependent on
the condition and resources of its location may change if there is change in the environment.
Hence change in the status of flora fauna are an elementary requirement of Environment Impact
Assessment Studies, in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and
biodiversity. Information on flora fauna was collected within the study area.
Study of biological environment is one of the most important components for Environmental
Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity.
Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
127
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plant and
animal communities which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the
abiotic components viz. Physical and chemical components of the environment.
Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. Studies on
biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact Assessment for safety of
natural flora and fauna. Information on the impact of environmental stress on the community
structure serves as an inexpensive and efficient early warning system to check the damage to a
particular ecosystem. The biological environment includes mainly terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic
ecosystem.
3.15.1
Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment
Conference of parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at Curitiba, Brazil on
March 20th - 31st, 2006 suggested biodiversity to be considered in impact assessment by
providing voluntary guidelines on biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact Assessment. CBD
provides a strong international platform for applying impact assessment techniques to biodiversity
conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures to ensure that biodiversity is
addressed in projects, plan and policy decision (Article14). An underlying justification for the
application of impact assessment is also given in Article - 8 which is for promoting the protection
of ecosystems, natural habitats, promoting environmentally sound and sustainable development in
areas next to the protected areas.
3.15.2
Biological Diversity
The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as biological diversity or Bio
diversity. Biodiversity is a term which has gained enormous importance in the past few years.
Technically, it is a contraction of 'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD (Article 2. Use
of Terms), 'Biological Diversity' is "the variability among living organisms from all sources
including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes
of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems".
In practice, 'biodiversity' is most often used as a collective noun synonymous with nature or 'Life
on Earth' (WCMC Biodiversity Series No 5, 1996).
The biodiversity, we see today is the result of billions of years of evolution, shaped by natural
processes. The vast array of interactions among the various components of biodiversity makes the
planet habitable for all species, including humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological
diversity is a global asset of tremendous value to present and future generations. At the same
time, the threat to species and ecosystems has never been as great as it is today. Species
extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting biodiversity is for
our self-interest and also for the future generation.
3.15.3
Ecological Impact Assessment
Ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate the impacts of development
activities on ecosystems and their components, thereby providing the information needed to
ensure that ecological issues are given full and proper consideration in development planning.
Environmental impact assessment (EIA) has emerged as a key to sustainable development by
integrating social, economic and environmental issues in many countries. EcIA has a major part to
play as a component of EIA but also has other potential applications in environmental planning
and management. Ecological Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive review of the EcIA
process and summarizes the ecological theories and tools that can be used to understand, explain
and evaluate the ecological consequences of development proposals.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
128
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Environmental impact assessments have become an integral part of development projects in India
ever since 1994, to formulate policies and guidelines for environmentally sound economic
development. Proper assessment of biological environment and compilation of its taxonomical data
is essential for the impact prediction.
Consistent and regularly updated data on regional and local taxonomy and floristic and faunal
diversity of the areas are almost non-existent in country as diverse as India. Instant information
on biodiversity profiles of the area, where the proposed project is setting up, is an essential part of
the baseline studies of EIA. In such a situation, good primary baseline biodiversity survey is a prerequisite for the collection of reliable data. The professional ethic of the EIA practitioners should
be their will and skill to conduct scientific field surveys. These contributions towards biodiversity
surveys may sometimes recognized as the actual value additions in terms of new records or a new
data base but are more often recognized in the validation and updating of the existing information
base.
3.16
Period of the study and Study area
The baseline study was conducted for the evaluation of floral and faunal biodiversity of the
terrestrial environment and mangrove environment within 10 Km radius from the proposed project
in the Anjar, Kutch district during October 2014.
3.16.1
Methodology
The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the
study area. The sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable habitats
within the 10 km radius from the project location. The methodology adopted for faunal survey
involve; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal
bird observation, active search for reptiles, active search for scats and foot prints and review of
previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the
commencement of expansion activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic,
migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was
conducted to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological
communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The status of
individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN category system.
3.17
Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment
3.17.1
Floral Diversity of the study area
Structure in the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The
climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of
species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover,
characteristic of each region. The following account of floral inventory has been based on the field
survey conducted for a short duration in the October 2014, is not very comprehensive data and is
aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region during the study period as a
baseline data in absence of available secondary data. Listing of the endangered, threatened and
endemic species of flora in a locality and drawing the attention to the occurrence of such species,
would aid in creating awareness amongst the local people as a whole to protect such species from
extinction, and to take necessary measures for their conservation. These type of floristic study is
an inventory for such purpose and hence a necessity. The dominant tree species, herbs, shrubs
and major crops, were documented during this base line study.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
129
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
The list of floral species is prepared based on visual observation during site visit and through
review of site literatures and secondary data available with various government offices is referred
for identifying rare or endangered species in the region.
The vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. Prosopis juliflora (Jangali Babul) is
observed to be dominant in the study area. No forest land comes under study area. The
vegetation type is subtropical coastal thorny scrub jungles with trees predominantly moist
deciduous type but rarely evergreen. The natural vegetation is scarce, scattered and open. In all
other areas, the trees are dominated by Acacia nilotica and Prosopis juliflora. The plants growing
are Acacia nilotica, Prosopis juliflora along with wide variety of herb and shrub species. It is of no
use to villagers except for collecting wood for fuels.
The coastal bed confined to seashores have mangrove ecosystem where mangrove forest with
Avicenia and Rhizophora species found on the seaward side. Density in these areas varies from
open forest to dense.
A total of 30 plant species are observed in the study area out of which 18 species of trees and
shrubs, 4 species of Climbers, 6 species of grasses and 2 species of mangroves are observed.
Details pertaining to flora observed in the study area have been collected from District Forest
Department, District Gazetteer and Field Observation is presented in a tabular format Table 3-30.
Table 3-30: List of Floral species in Study Area
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
Local Name
Status
TREES AND SHRUBS
1.
Tamarindus indica
Amli
C
2.
Cassia auriculata
Aval
C
3.
Acacia nilotica
Baval
C
4.
Zizyphus sp.
Bor
C
5.
Acacia planifrons
Chatri Baval
C
6.
Prosopis juliflora
Gando Baval
7.
Cordia dichotoma
Gundi
C
8.
Balanites aegyptica
Ingori
C
9.
Euphorbia nivulia
Kanthoro Thor
C
10.
Capparis aphylla
Kerdo
11.
Prosopis cineraria
Khijado
C
12.
Azadirachta indica
Limdo
C
13.
Calotropis gigantia
Moto Akdo
C
14.
Moringa oleifera
Sargawo
C
15.
Ficus benghalensis
Vad
C
16.
Sygygium cumunii
Jambu
C
17.
Cassia fistula
Garmalo
C
18.
Cocos nucifera
Coconut
C
Bongainvillea spectabilis
Bougainvel
C
2.
Cuscuta reflexa
Amarvel
C
3.
Tinospora cordifolia
Galo
C
4.
Celastrus paniculata
Malkankan
C
CLIMBER
1.
GRASSES
1.
Sorghum halepense
Baru
C
2.
Cynodon dactylon
Daro
C
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
130
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Sr. No.
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Scientific Name
Local Name
Status
3.
Cymbopogon jwarancusa
Gandharu
C
4.
Dichanthium annulatum
Jinjavo
C
5.
Apluda mutica
Bhangoru
C
6.
Themeda cymbaria
Ratad
C
MANGROVES
1.
Avicennia marina
Cher
C
2.
Rhizophora mucronata
Karod
C
3.17.2
Cultivated Plants in the study area:
The agricultural practices are very less in and around study area. Major crops in the study area are
Cotton and Vegetables.
3.17.3
Rare and Endangered Flora in the study area
Among the enumerated flora in the study area, no rare and endangered or rare flora was
observed.
3.17.4
Endemic flora in the study area
There is no endemic plant observed in the study area.
3.17.5
Status of Forest and their category in the study area
There is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including national park, sanctuary,
Elephant/Tiger reserves existing in the study area covering 10 km radial distance.
3.18
Faunal Diversity in study area
For the documentation of the faunal diversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles and
mammals species, a baseline survey had been conducted in October, 2014. A faunal enlisting of
mammals, reptiles and birds with their scientific names, common names and the schedule (As per
Wild Life Protection Act, 1972) to which they belong is presented in below table.
Due to short time period of ecological assessment, faunal species except birds could not be
observed. However, bird species were visually observed and recorded. Cattle Egret, Red wattled
lapwings, Sandpiper were common in most habitats. Migratory birds such as flamingo, pelican etc.
are known to use the area. Common peafowl was reported by people.
3.18.1
Birds of the study area
List of bird species in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in Table 3-31.
Table 3-31: List of Birds in Study Area
No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Scientific
Name
Common Name
Conservation Status
as per IWPA -1972
(Schedule I -VI)
Conservation
Status as per IUCN
Pondiceps
ruficolis
Ardeola grayii
Bulbulcus ibis
Platalea
leucorodia
Anas crecca
Little Grebe
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Pond Heron
Cattle Egret
Spoonbill
Schedule -IV
Schedule -IV
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Least Concern
Least Concern
Common Teal
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
131
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
No
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Scientific
Name
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Common Name
Conservation Status
as per IWPA -1972
(Schedule I -VI)
Conservation
Status as per IUCN
6.
Haliastur indus
Brahminy Kite
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
7.
Francolinus
pondicerianus
Vanellus indicus
Grey Partridge
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Red wattled Lapwing
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Tringa
hypoleucos
Columba livia
Common Sandpiper
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Blue Rock Pigeon
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Stroptopelia
senegalensis
Eudymamys
scolopacea
Psittacula
krameri
Caprimulgus
asiaticus
Alcedo atthis
Little Brown Dove
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Koel
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Rose ringed parakeet
Schedule - V
Least Concern
Common Indian
Nightjar
Common Kingfisher
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Coracias
benghalensis
Lanius
excubitor
Upupa epops
Indian Roller
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Grey Shrike
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Hoopoe
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Dicrurus
adsimmlis
Acridotheres
ginginianus
Black Drongo
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Common Myna
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Red Vented Bulbul
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Tailor Bird
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
Pycnonotus
cafer
22. Orthotomus
sutorius
23. Turdoides sp.
21.
Bulbul
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
24.
Lonchura sp.
Munia
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
25.
Passer
domesticus
House Sparrow
Schedule -IV
Least Concern
3.18.2
Reptiles
Documented reptiles in this region are given in Table 3-32.
Table 3-32: List of Reptiles in study area
Name of Species
Conservation Status
S.
No
Common Name
Scientific name
IWPA -1972
(Schedule I - VI)
IUCN
1
Naja naja*
Indian Cobra 
II
Least Concerned
2
Calotes versicolor
(Daudin)
Common garden lizard
IV
Least Concerned
3
Acrochordus granulates
File Snake
IV
Least Concerned
4
Champacuon
zeylanicus
Indian Chameleon
IV
Least Concerned
5
Natrix piscator
Cheakered keelback
IV
Least Concerned
 = Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers, during the interaction
with them with pictorial presentation.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
132
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3.18.3
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Mammals
The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from study area is documented in the
Table 3-33.
Table 3-33: List of Mammals in study area
S.
No
Common
Name
Scientific name
Local Status
IWPA -1972
(Schedule I - VI)
1
Indian field
mouse
Wild Boar
Mus booduga (Gray)
Abundant
V
Sus Scrofa
Abundant
III
Five striped
Palm squirrel
Nilgai
Common
Mongoose
Jackal
Funambulus pennanti
(Wroughton)
Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas)
Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffroy)
Common
IV
Abundant
Common
III
II
Canis aureus (Linnaeus)
Common
II
2
3
4
5
6
3.18.4
Endemic Fauna of the Study area
None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.
3.18.5
Scheduled Fauna of the study area
Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the
protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or
incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the
country.
Some of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by
including them in different schedules.
None of the reported animals are fall in Schedule I. Among reptile only Indian Cobra (Naja naja)
are provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972) which was reported
in the study area.
Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) and Jackal (Canis aureus (Linnaeus)
are schedule –II animals. Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) is protected as Schedule-III animal as
per Wild Life Protection act 1972.
3.19
Mangrove Environment
The site visit included a complete walk through of the site and a drive-by Survey. Total 3 sites
have been observed where entire stretches were covered by mangroves. Mangrove population
represents in sparse to dense.
Avicennia sp. and Rhizophora sp. both were present but Avicennia sp. were dominant in this area.
Both mature and regeneration phase of mangroves has been observed near creek and intertidal
belt. Only one dominant species (Avicennia sp.) in regeneration phase has been observed. Mature
trees were more near junction of creek.
Important mangrove vegetation attributes like stand density, Girth at Breast Height (GBH), Canopy
cover were studied. In general, mangrove stand at Kandla creek is structurally better and dense.
Average mature tree density >1500 trees/ha (approx.) was recorded. Tree height showed
perceptible variation and ranged from 1 m to 3.5m with an overall average mature tree height of
1.5 m. In general mangrove formations at Kandla had the best structural attributes a as the
mature forest with higher vegetation structure.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
133
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
3.20
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Socio-Economic Environment
This chapter analyzes the existing socio-economic conditions of the habitations as well as community
residing in the project area. It also identifies the potential issues and problems in the area. For the design
of project stakeholder views were taken through the Interview and Visual Perception. It may help to make
the project responsive to social development concerns, including the options that enhance benefits for
poor and vulnerable people while minimizing or mitigating risk and adverse impacts. Stakeholder views
ware gathered to develop CSR activities, which project proponent, can take up in the study area for social
development. The activities under CSR were selected in such that they benefit in poor and vulnerable
people in the study area.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
134
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-4: Map of the Study Area
3.21
Methodology (Observation, Ground-trotting and Visual Perception)
The following Methodology adopted for the socio-economic assessment:



3.22
List of villages, population and number of households were gathered from Census and Primary
sources of data mainly the village’s data and Visual Perception.
A thorough Primary collection of all the Habitation within the project study area. I.e. Zone of
Immediate Impact, of the project site will be carried out.
Various stake holder consultations were also carried out wherever possible. Key informants were
identified and information was gathered with the help of Village Panchayat.
Collected data and opinions of the local people as well as the migrant population will be analyzed
to chart out a common CSR framework and Social Management Plan.
Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district
Details regarding the demographic profile of project district and Sub-district are given in Table 3-34.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
135
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-34: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district
Sub-district
District
Sl.
No.
Items
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
No. of Household
Total Population
Male Population
% of Male Population
Female Population
% of Female Population
Total Schedule Caste Population
% of Schedule Caste Population
Total Schedule Tribe Population
% of Schedule Tribe Population
Household Size
(Kutch)
Anjar
Gandhidham
445672
2092371
1096737
52.42
995634
47.58
258859
12.37
24228
1.16
4.69
51938
235537
123401
52.39
112136
47.61
20256
8.60
2557
1.09
4.53
71447
327166
174343
53.29
152823
46.71
58783
17.97
5963
1.82
4.58
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011
As per the 2011 census, the total population of the project district of Kutch is 2092371. Out of the total
population, male are 1096737 (52.42%) and female population is 995634 (47.58%). The proportion of
SC and ST population to total population is 12.37% and 1.16 % respectively. The household size is Kutch
district is 5<. The national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011.
3.23
Brief Profile of Study Area
The study area covers 11 habitations in Anjar Sub-district and 7 habitations in Gandhidham Sub-district
in Kutch of the Gujarat state. There are 14 Village and 2 Nagar Panchayat and 2 Municipal Corporation
area falls under the study area. Total 18 Habilitations comes under project study area. The statistics
regarding the list of villages with Household and Population Details of the study area is given in Table 3-
35.
Table 3-35: Lists of Villages in Study Area
Gandhidham
% age
Female
% age
Male
Total
Urban
54565
247992
131484
53.02
116508
46.98
Galpadar (CT)
Urban
2652
13155
7483
56.88
5672
43.12
Kidana
Rural
3272
15669
8093
51.65
7576
48.35
Bharapar
Rural
378
1462
944
64.57
518
35.43
Tuna
Rural
1007
5114
2573
50.31
2541
49.69
Rural
2799
12637
6701
53.03
5936
46.97
64673
296029
157278
53.13
138751
46.87
Urban
2426
11256
5891
52.34
5365
47.66
Rural
1093
5123
2697
52.64
2426
47.36
Rampar
Rural
249
1262
634
50.24
628
49.76
Varsamedi
Rural
2826
10654
6546
61.44
4108
38.56
Meghpar
(Borichi)
Antarjal (CT)
Meghpar
Anjar
Kutch
Gujarat
No. of
Gandhidham (M)
Sub-total
3 - 5 km
Household
Area
Village
Name of
Sub district
Anjar
Gandhi dham
District
Kutch
State
Gujarat
0 - 3 km
Distance
Population Details
(Kumbhardi)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
136
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
% age
Female
% age
No. of
211
988
465
47.06
523
52.94
6805
29283
16233
55.43
13050
44.57
Shinay
Rural
969
4345
2203
50.70
2142
49.30
Mithi Rohar
Rural
2757
13712
7154
52.17
6558
47.83
Sanghad
Rural
882
4279
2199
51.39
2080
48.61
Anjar (M)
Urban
18906
87183
45172
51.81
42011
48.19
Satapar
Rural
441
1851
981
53.00
870
47.00
Ajapar
Rural
216
1040
505
48.56
535
51.44
Pashwadi Mitha
Rural
154
671
335
49.93
336
50.07
Sub-total
24325
113081
58549
51.78
54532
48.22
Grand total
95803
438393
232060
52.93
206333
47.07
Anjar
Kutch
Gujarat
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Sub-total
Male
Rural
Total
Pashwadi Khara
Household
Area
Village
Name of
Sub district
District
State
Distance
Population Details
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011
3.24
Social Profile
3.24.1 Population and Household Details
As per the Census data 2011, there are 95803 household consisting 438393 persons in the study area.
Out of total population, male are 232060 (52.93%) and female population are 206333 (47.07%). It is
estimated that each households consists of < 5 persons. The statistics regarding the Household and the
number of population of villages in the study area are given in Table: 3-35.
3.24.2 Religious Category and Social Characteristics
The study area has a predominant Hindu and Muslims population. Hindus in the project area as elsewhere,
is based on the traditional four-fold caste system of Brahmin, Kshatriya, Vaishyas and Shudras. The first
three categories belong to higher caste whereas the last category generally belongs to Scheduled caste
and Tribes.
As per Census 2011, average SC population in the study area is 15.43% of the total population. In case
of ST population, this number has gone down and reached up to only 1.47% of the total population.
The statistics regarding the Social Characteristics of villages in the study area are given in Table 3-36.
Table 3-36: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in Study Area
district
Town
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Gandhidham (M)
20.36
10.54
9.82
1.65
0.85
0.79
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Galpadar (CT)
9.51
5.56
3.95
3.00
1.87
1.13
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Kidana
22.67
11.40
11.27
1.16
0.62
0.54
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Bharapar
1.64
1.30
0.34
0.68
0.55
0.14
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Tuna
13.67
6.96
6.71
0.02
0.00
0.02
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Male
e
Total
Name of Village /
Female
Population
Sub
Male
Population
Distanc
Total
% age of ST
Female
% age of SC
137
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Borichi)
3 - 5 km
Gandhidham
Antarjal (CT)
3 - 5 km
Anjar
3 - 5 km
Anjar
3 - 5 km
3 - 5 km
Female
Town
Male
district
Total
e
Population
Female
Name of Village /
% age of ST
Population
Male
Sub
% age of SC
Total
Distanc
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
6.23
3.25
2.98
1.83
0.95
0.88
19.18
9.95
9.24
1.66
0.87
0.78
9.32
4.74
4.58
4.67
2.39
2.28
Meghpar (Kumbhardi)
19.50
10.13
9.37
0.53
0.25
0.27
Rampar
31.77
16.09
15.69
7.92
4.20
3.72
Anjar
Varsamedi
7.35
4.25
3.10
2.15
1.18
0.97
Anjar
Pashwadi Khara
6.68
3.04
3.64
0.00
0.00
0.00
11.26
5.94
5.32
3.01
1.57
1.44
Sub-total
Sub-total
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Shinay
1.73
0.92
0.81
0.76
0.37
0.39
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Mithi Rohar
9.72
5.18
4.54
0.88
0.53
0.35
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Sanghad
2.41
1.26
1.15
0.65
0.35
0.30
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Anjar (M)
6.45
3.34
3.11
0.53
0.26
0.27
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Satapar
12.05
5.94
6.10
0.11
0.05
0.05
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Ajapar
10.10
4.62
5.48
0.48
0.29
0.19
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Mitha
14.90
6.86
8.05
0.00
0.00
0.00
Sub-total
6.68
3.46
3.22
0.58
0.30
0.28
Grand total
15.43
8.01
7.43
1.47
0.77
0.70
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011
Figure 3-5: Social Characteristics
20
15.43
15
10
8.01
7.43
5
1.47
0.77
0.7
0
% of SC Population
% of ST Population
3.24.3 Literacy Rate in Study Area
The statistics regarding the literacy rate in the study area are given in Table: 3-37 (Figure 3-2).
Table 3-37: Literacy Rate in Study Area
% of Literate Population
% of Illiterate
Distance
Sub district
Name of Village / Town
Total
Male
female
Population
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Gandhidham (M)
70.99
40.56
30.44
29.01
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Galpadar (CT)
70.23
44.07
26.16
29.77
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Kidana
61.09
36.35
24.74
38.91
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Bharapar
58.82
42.89
15.94
41.18
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Tuna
42.22
25.87
16.35
57.78
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Borichi)
73.26
40.82
32.44
26.74
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
138
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
% of Literate Population
Distance
Sub district
Name of Village / Town
Sub-total
% of Illiterate
Total
Male
female
Population
69.98
40.26
29.72
30.02
3 - 5 km
Gandhidham
Antarjal (CT)
61.59
36.19
25.41
38.41
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Kumbhardi)
61.68
35.94
25.75
38.32
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Rampar
48.73
30.27
18.46
51.27
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Varsamedi
70.11
48.19
21.93
29.89
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Khara
47.06
27.23
19.84
52.94
63.66
39.95
23.71
36.34
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Shinay
69.23
37.91
31.32
30.77
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Mithi Rohar
38.11
24.87
13.24
61.89
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Sanghad
42.25
25.61
16.64
57.75
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Anjar (M)
69.67
38.86
30.81
30.33
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Satapar
56.02
34.63
21.39
43.98
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Ajapar
46.15
27.98
18.17
53.85
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Mitha
53.50
32.79
20.72
46.50
Sub-total
64.25
36.42
27.83
35.75
Grand total
68.08
39.25
28.83
31.92
Sub-total
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011
According to the Census 2011, it is calculated that average literacy rate in the study area is 68.08 percent
of which male literacy rate is 39.25 percent and female literacy rate is 28.83 percent of total population.
Approx 31.92% Population is illiterate in the study area. The villagers go to the nearby bigger Town or
city like Anjar and Gandhidham for higher education. The average education attainment of most of the
village dwellers is up to class 10th to 12th minimum.
Figure 3-6: Literacy Rate
0
% of Illiterate
31.92
68.08
39.25
% of Literate
28.83
% of Male Literate
% of Female Illiterate
3.24.4 Women’s Participation in Decision Making Activities
The decision-making activity of women in the project affected area is evident from the socio-economic
data. The women’s participation in various decision-making activities in day-to-day life is only confined to
routine household chores, health care of children, financial matters, and social functions and marriages.
It may be observed families covered under survey have woman participation in household chores.
3.25 Basic Infrastructure Facility
3.25.1 Education Facility
The statistics regarding the Education facilities in the study area are given in Table: 3-38 (Photograph
3-6).
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
139
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Photographs 3-6: Education Facilities in nearby Villages of Project Area
Anganwadi (Varshawadi)
High School (Varshawadi)
Educational Condition
Primary School (Mitha Paswadi)
Girls School (Varshawadi)
Primary School (Ajapar)
Table 3-38: Education Facilities (Availability Yes- √, No- X)
No. of Habitation having Education
Distance
Sub district
Facilities
Name of Village / Town
A
PS
MS
HS
SSS
C
ALC
O
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Gandhidham (M)
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Galpadar (CT)
√
√
√
X
√
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Kidana
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Bharapar
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Tuna
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Borichi)
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Gandhidham
Antarjal (CT)
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Kumbhardi)
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
140
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
No. of Habitation having Education
Distance
Sub district
Facilities
Name of Village / Town
A
PS
MS
HS
SSS
C
ALC
O
Rampar
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Anjar
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Varsamedi
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Khara
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Shinay
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Mithi Rohar
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Sanghad
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Anjar (M)
√
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Satapar
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Ajapar
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Mitha
√
√
√
X
X
X
X
X
Source: Primary Survey and Visual Perception 2015
(A= Anganwadi, PS= Primary School, MS= Middle School, HS= High School, SSS= Senior Secondary School, C=
Collage, ALC= Adult Literacy Class, O= Other)
3.25.2 Medical and Health Facility
The statistics regarding the Medical Facilities in the study area are given in Table: 3-39 (Photograph
3-7).
Photographs 3-7: Medical Facilities in nearby Villages
PHSSl (Varshawadi)
PHSS (Rampar)
RMP (Sanghad)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
141
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-39: Health and Medical Facility (Availability Yes- √, No- X)
No. of Habitation having Medical
Distance
Sub district
Facilities
Name of Village / Town
PHC
PHSC
RMP
H
FCW
O
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Gandhidham (M)
√
√
√
√
√
√
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Galpadar (CT)
X
√
X
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Kidana
X
√
X
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Bharapar
X
X
X
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Tuna
X
√
X
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Borichi)
X
√
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Gandhidham
Antarjal (CT)
X
√
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Kumbhardi)
X
√
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Rampar
X
X
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Varsamedi
X
√
X
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Khara
X
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Shinay
X
√
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Mithi Rohar
X
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Sanghad
X
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Anjar (M)
√
√
√
√
√
√
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Satapar
X
X
X
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Ajapar
X
X
√
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Mitha
X
X
X
X
X
X
Source: Primary Survey and Visual Perception 2015
(PHC= Primary Health Center, PHSC= Primary Health Sub Center, RMP= Registered Medical, H= Hospital, FCW=
Female Child Welfare, O=Other)
As per Primary Survey and Visual Perception 2015, it was even found that the medical facilities in the
villages are very poor. Minimum or just the Primary facility is available. There is just Dispensary or Primary
Health Sub Centre available, due to which if people have problem in the near future for the medical needs
they have to go to the nearest city like Anjar or Gandhidham for proper medical needs.
3.25.3 Source of Drinking Water
The statistics regarding the Medical Facilities in the study area are given in Table: 3-40 (Photograph
3-8).
Photographs 3-8: Source of Drinking Water in nearby Villages
Water Tank (Aajapar)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Public Stand Post (Varshawadi))
142
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Pond (Sanghad)
Table 3-40: Source of Drinking Water (Availability Yes- √, No- X)
T
WT
P
BW
W
HP
O
Gandhidham (M)
√
√
X
√
X
X
X
0 - 3 km
Galpadar (CT)
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
0 - 3 km
Kidana
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
0 - 3 km
Bharapar
√
√
X
√
√
X
X
0 - 3 km
Tuna
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
0 - 3 km
Meghpar (Borichi)
√
√
X
√
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Antarjal (CT)
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
3 - 5 km
Meghpar (Kumbhardi)
√
√
X
√
X
X
X
3 - 5 km
Rampar
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
3 - 5 km
Varsamedi
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
3 - 5 km
Pashwadi Khara
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Shinay
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Mithi Rohar
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
5 - 7 km
Sanghad
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
5 - 7 km
Anjar (M)
√
√
X
√
√
X
X
5 - 7 km
Satapar
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
5 - 7 km
Ajapar
√
√
√
√
√
X
X
5 - 7 km
Pashwadi Mitha
√
√
√
√
X
X
X
Distance
Name of Village / Town
0 - 3 km
Source: Primary Survey and Visual Perception 2015
(T= Tap, WT= Water Tank, P= Pond, BW= Bore well, W= Well, HP= Hand Pump, O= Other)
There are sufficient drinking water facilities available in the study area. As per visual perception 2015, in
many villages the tap water supplies are available. Most of the villages are having wells, Tank and Bore
wells.
3.25.4 Means of Communication
The changing trends in technology have massively affected the people in the study area. The most
important means of communication is mobile phones which are possessed by most of the individuals in
the locality. It has become an obsession among the youth and a necessity for the working class. All other
means of communication seem to have become extinct after the advent of mobile technology.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
143
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
3.25.5 Transportation Facility
The study area is well connected with road. Transport or transportation is the movement of people,
animals and goods from one location to another. Modes of transport include air, rail, road, and water.
The field can be divided into infrastructure, vehicles and operations. Transport is important because it
enables trade between people, which is essential for the development of civilizations.
3.25.6 Power Supply
The Government of Gujarat supplies power to all the households in the study area. There is no scarcity
of power in the area.
3.26 Economic Profile
3.26.1 Occupational Pattern
The statistics regarding the Occupational Pattern in the study area are given in Table: 3-41
(Photograph 3-7).
Table 3-41: Occupational Pattern
%age of Working Population
Name of Village /
% age of Non-
Main
Marginal
working
worker
worker
Population
33.62
2.52
63.86
37.72
35.91
1.81
62.28
Kidana
33.07
31.40
1.67
66.93
Gandhidham
Bharapar
50.34
49.32
1.03
49.66
Anjar
Tuna
30.39
26.07
4.32
69.61
Anjar
Meghpar (Borichi)
34.00
32.10
1.89
66.00
35.93
33.49
2.44
64.07
Distance
Sub district
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Gandhidham (M)
36.14
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
Galpadar (CT)
0 - 3 km
Gandhidham
0 - 3 km
0 - 3 km
0 - 3 km
Town
Sub-total
Total
3 - 5 km
Gandhidham
Antarjal (CT)
32.26
30.60
1.66
67.74
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Meghpar (Kumbhardi)
33.54
31.95
1.58
66.46
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Rampar
29.00
24.41
4.60
71.00
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Varsamedi
45.10
42.01
3.09
54.90
3 - 5 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Khara
Sub-total
31.58
29.15
2.43
68.42
36.99
34.67
2.32
63.01
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Shinay
36.89
32.54
4.35
63.11
5 - 7 km
Gandhidham
Mithi Rohar
29.85
28.44
1.41
70.15
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Sanghad
36.99
33.65
3.34
63.01
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Anjar (M)
32.97
31.50
1.47
67.03
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Satapar
34.63
33.71
0.92
65.37
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Ajapar
29.13
28.75
0.38
70.87
5 - 7 km
Anjar
Pashwadi Mitha
29.96
25.34
4.62
70.04
Sub-total
32.87
31.23
1.64
67.13
Grand total
35.21
32.98
2.23
64.79
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011
According to Census Data 2011, there are total 35.21% working population available. Out of total working
population, there are 32.98% main and only 2.23% marginal workers in the study area. Approx 64.79%
of the population falls in non-working population category.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
144
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-7: Working Population
Non-Working Population
Working Population
Main Worker
Marginal Worker
32.98
64.79
35.21
2.23
3.26.2 Agriculture Condition in Study Area
The major crop grown in the study area is survival in nature. The major horticulture crops being produced
in the study area are Jwaar, Bajra, Erenda, Kapaas, Mung and Jeera etc. Agriculture is mostly carried out
by the water from rainwater.
3.26.3 Animal Husbandry
Livestock rearing is common among the people of this region. Most of the animals reared by them are
cows, buffaloes, Sheep’s and goats, donkey and Ox etc. People even produce milk, for their occupation
consists of animal husbandry too. Private veterinary doctor visits on the basis of the requirement of the
local people. Medical check-up of animals is carried out by the private doctors only.
3.27 Cultural Profile
Temples of Anjar4: Hinduism is the dominant religion in Anjar since ancient times, and hence there are lots of temples of
Hindu gods all over the city. You could easily find a small or big temple in any neighborhood of the city.
Hindu temples of local-historic importance are scattered in and outside the old fortress, however, the
fortress itself has now disappeared completely due to demolition, earthquakes, and wear and tear of the
time.
On the outskirts of the town is the ancient Hindu temple of Lord Shiva, namely Bhadeshwar Mahadev
Temple. This temple is believed to be the oldest temple in the town. Some people claim it to be more
than 1000 years old. However, the architecture of the temple, the material used in construction (primarily
sand stone), and especially the carvings and sculptures on the outer walls of the main temple resemble
a lot to that of world-famous Khajuraho temples of Central India.
On the western side of the town is the temple of the revered warrior ruler Ajay Pal who is believed to
be the founder of the town. Close to the temple of Ajay Pal is another historic temple of Saint Jesal and
Saint Toral, which is built around the tombs of the two saints. The temple is locally known as 'Jesal
Toral ni Samadhi', which literally means 'the tomb of Jesal and Toral'. Story goes that nearly 500
years ago (around 1500 CE), there was a fierce robber named Jesal, who was attracted by a lady Saint
Toral due to her astonishing beauty. However, the lady saint converted the robber to a religious person
who later on got acknowledged as Saint Jesal. The two saints chose the 'samadhi' ritual, which means
they willingly chose to get buried alive while meditating - a highly common practice among Hindu saints
in ancient India, which is believed to grant nirvana. The temple of Saint Jesal and Saint Toral became an
identity of the town since then.
1
4
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anjar,_India
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
145
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
Yet another historic temple located on the outskirts of the old fortress is Lord Swami Narayan's Temple
on the Eastern side of the town. Swaminarayan Sect is a relatively modern sect in Hinduism established
by Lord Swaminarayan in the 19th century. It is believed that Lord Swaminarayan visited Anjar during his
lifetime, and a temple was constructed at the place where he stayed.
Whereas all of the temples listed above are of historic importance locally, they are not so popular or
important outside Kutch or Gujarat.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
146
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
4
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1
Introduction
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
IMPACTS
AND
Objective of this chapter is to:



Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment
Predict and assess the environmental impacts of the such activities
Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of
significance
Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate
mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in
implementation.

4.2
Details of Investigated Environmental Impacts
4.2.1
Methodology of Impact Assessment
Key Definitions
Environmental Aspects
These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the
environment. Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal
and emergency operations.
Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for meaningful
examination and small enough to be easily understood.
Environmental Impacts
Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or
beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.
Environmental Indices
The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land,
natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.
The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being
assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment,
ground water environment, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health,
community health and safety
After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective /
objective criteria to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.
Identification of Impacts
This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:
1.
Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental
impacts)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
147
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
2.
3.
4.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can
cause an environmental impact
Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact
creation
Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting
activities on each component.
Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation
A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For
each environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.
Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk
Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the
environment. Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe
the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of
environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular
situation, predictions have been arrived based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation
or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to
arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.
Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable
Levels of Risk and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures
Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made
to compare different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting
activities (i.e. aspects) that require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different
activities, a summary environmental risk score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into
consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment methodologies:
Severity / consequence: The resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical,
biological and/or socio-economic environments
Probability: The likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect
A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable measure of
environmental risk, which aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring
methodology howsoever well-defined is subjective and different persons can arrive at different
impact risk scores based on their understanding / opinion. Therefore end results should be
evaluated against past experience, professional judgment as well as project and activity specific
conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring
does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well informed on the
project as well as knowledgeable on the concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental
risk are as follows.
5. Scoring the Overall Impact Severity / Consequence
The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging
from insignificant to catastrophic consequence and are given in Table 4-1.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
148
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to the Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment
Impact and Score5
S.
No.
Environmental
Component
Impacted
Insignificant Consequence
(+/-) 1 point
Minor Consequence
(+/-) 2 points
Moderate Consequence
(+/-) 3 points
Major
Consequence
(+/-) 4 points
Catastrophic
Consequence
(+/-) 5 points
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
Landuse /
Landcover
Very short term (< 3 months)
and reversible change in
landuse and / or landcover
Short term (3 months – 1
year) and reversible change
in landuse and / or landcover
Medium term (1 - 3 years)
and reversible change in
landuse and / or landcover
Long term (>3 years) irreversible
change in landuse and / or
landcover
Permanent and
irreversible
adverse change in
landuse and / or
landcover
Minor environmental impact
due to controlled/uncontrolled
release of air emissions, odor
/ dust or greenhouse gases
with no lasting detrimental
effects
Moderate environmental
impact due to
controlled/uncontrolled
release of air emissions, odor
/ dust or greenhouse gases
leading to visual impacts, at
significant nuisance levels
Significant environmental impact
due to release of air emissions,
odor / dust or greenhouse gases
leading to exceedance of limits
specified in EP Rules’
Unacceptable
environmental
impact due to
release of air
emissions, odor /
dust leading to
possibility of
chronic / acute
health issues,
injuries or fatalities
1
2
3
4
Air Quality
Ambient Noise give the mean
score from the
three
categories,
rounded to the
nearest decimal
Surface and
ground Water -
Temporary nuisance due to
controlled/uncontrolled
release of air emissions, odor
/ dust or greenhouse gases
Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit6 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of
Relevant Noise Generating Unit
<10% or more
Between <10 to <5%
Between <5% or the limit
Upto 5% above the limit
>5% above the
limit
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
1 dB(A) or less
1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A)
2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A)
3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A)
4 dB(A) or more
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
0.5 dB(A) or less
0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A)
< 50
51 – 100
1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A)
1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A)
2 dB(A) or more
250 – 500
501 and more
Water Consumption (KL/D)
101 - 250
1
5
6
In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell
For leq (day) or leq (night), whichever is higher
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
149
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
S.
No.
C1
Environmental
Component
Impacted
C2
give the mean
score from the
three
categories,
rounded to the
nearest decimal
Impact and Score5
Insignificant Consequence
(+/-) 1 point
Minor Consequence
(+/-) 2 points
C3
C4
6.1
Soil Quality
Ecology and
Bio-diversity:
Terrestrial
Moderate Consequence
(+/-) 3 points
Major
Consequence
(+/-) 4 points
Catastrophic
Consequence
(+/-) 5 points
C5
C6
C7
5 – 10 years
10 years or more
Other discharge within limits
specified by the EP Rules
Other discharge,
outside limits
specified by the EP
Rules
Loss upto 80% topsoil, or actual
or possible contamination of soil
volume >25 m3 and above Dutch
Intervention Values, but not
deemed to require urgent
remediation
Loss upto 100%
topsoil, or actual or
possible
contamination of
soil volume >25
m3 and above
Dutch Intervention
Values8, and
deemed to require
urgent remediation
Continuous and serious damage
by erosion or to flora or fauna.
Major disruption to or frequent
death of rare flora or fauna. Major
destruction of ecosystem.
Long term and
significant change
in population or
habitat with
negative impact on
ecosystem
function.
Widespread
destruction to a
significant area of
Water Consumption, Duration
< 1 year
1 – 3 years
3 – 5 years
Wastewater Discharge Quality
No wastewater generation
5
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Zero Discharge7
Discharge into deep sea
within limits specified by EP
rules
Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or
minor contamination of soil
that can be easily restored
close to original condition for
volume <10 m3
Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or
actual or possible
contamination of soil volume
<25 m3 but below Dutch
Intervention Values
Loss of upto 60% topsoil, or
actual or possible
contamination of soil volume
<25 m3 but above Dutch
Intervention Values
Insignificant Environmental
Impact. Occasional damage
of flora and fauna. Some
disturbance to flora and fauna
habitats.
Minor impact on flora/fauna
and habitats, but no negative
impacts on ecosystem
function.
Temporary impact
(< 1 month or site
preparation phase) to floral
habitats.
Significant changes in floral
and faunal diversity.
Population and habitat
Disruption to, or some impact
on rare flora or fauna, but not
resulting in eradication of rare
species.
Non persistent but possibly
widespread damage to land.
1
7
8
Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction
Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
150
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
Impact and Score5
S.
No.
Environmental
Component
Impacted
Insignificant Consequence
(+/-) 1 point
Minor Consequence
(+/-) 2 points
Moderate Consequence
(+/-) 3 points
C1
C2
C3
C4
Destruction of local species
density during clearance of
site.
C5
Disturbance to bird
habitation, damage that can
be remediated without long
term loss.
Localized persistent damage;
or significant temporary
damage to ecosystem.
6.2
Ecology and
Bio-diversity:
Aquatic
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Occasional short term impact
and / or disruption to aquatic
flora and fauna.
Impact on aquatic ecosystem,
including flora, fauna and
habitat but not destruction to
species diversity or density.
Presence of Fish< 5 species.
Significant localized impacts
but without long term impact
on Phytoplankton,
zooplankton habitat.
Temporary impact on benthos
ecosystem or fisheries
ecosystem.
Some loss of fisheries
ecosystem.
Presence of Fish 6 – 10
species.
Major
Consequence
(+/-) 4 points
Catastrophic
Consequence
(+/-) 5 points
C6
C7
land, rare flora and
fauna.
Significant widespread impact on
protected wildlife
(corals/mangroves/turtles/ any
marine mammals).
Significant impact on mangroves
habitat
Presence of Fish > 10 species.
Damage to an
extensive portion
of aquatic
ecosystem
resulting in severe
impacts on aquatic
population and
habitats and or
long term impact
on aquatic habitat.
Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area
7.1
Socio-economic
Environment:
Social Aspects give the mean
score from the
categories,
rounded to the
nearest decimal
<0.5%
7.2
<1.5%
<2%
2.5%
Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area
Not Likely
Possible
Limited
Significant
Severe
Significant
Severe
Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio
Not Likely
Possible
Limited
Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes
<1 year
Socio-economic
Environment:
Economic
Aspects - give
the mean score
<1%
<2 years
<3 years
<5 years
Permanent Change
Up to 250
Up to 500 or more
500
1000 or more
No of Jobs Gained or Lost
<50
Up to 75
Up to 100
Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income
<50
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
100
250
151
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
S.
No.
C1
Environmental
Component
Impacted
C2
from the
categories,
rounded to the
nearest decimal
Impact and Score5
Insignificant Consequence
(+/-) 1 point
Minor Consequence
(+/-) 2 points
C3
C4
7.3
Moderate Consequence
(+/-) 3 points
Major
Consequence
(+/-) 4 points
Catastrophic
Consequence
(+/-) 5 points
C5
C6
C7
<100
>100
Land Losers
<10
<20
<50
Losers of Homesteads
<5
Socio-economic
Aspects:
Cultural
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Minor repairable damage to
commonplace structures
<10
Minor repairable damage to
structures/ items of cultural
significance, or minor
infringements of cultural
values
<25
Moderate damage to
structures/ items of cultural
significance, or significant,
infringement of cultural
values/ sacred location
<50
>50
Major damage to structures/ items
of cultural significance, or major
infringement of cultural
values/sacred locations
Irreparable
damage to highly
valued structures/
items/ locations of
cultural
significance or
sacred value
Major ongoing long term health
effects likely to surrounding
communities and workers
Extreme health
risk- potential for
death in
community
Major effect- Severe
environmental damage. The
company is required to take
extensive measures to restore
polluted or damaged environment
to its original state. Extended
exceeding of statutory or
prescribed limits
Massive effectPersistent severe
environmental
damage or severe
nuisance extending
over a large area.
In terms of
commercial or
recreational use or
nature
conservation, a
major economic
loss for the
company.
Consequence Distance
8.1
8.2
Occupational /
Community
Health and
Safety:
Community
Health and
Safety
Risk to
Environment
Insignificant impact on
surrounding communities
Slight Effect- Local
Environment damage. Within
the fence and within system.
Negligible financial
consequences
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Minor complaints or exposure
to community. Maximum
occurrence limited to two
times per year
Minor effect- contamination.
Damage sufficiently large to
attack the environment.
Single exceeding of statutory
or prescribed criterion. Single
complaint. No permanent
effect on the environment
Ongoing complaints from
community. Significant
emission or discharge that
impacts on surrounding
population
Localized effect- Limited loss
of discharges of known
toxicity. Repeated exceeding
of statutory or prescribed
limit. Affecting neighborhood.
Spontaneous recovery of
limited damage within one
year
152
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Impact and Score5
S.
No.
Environmental
Component
Impacted
Insignificant Consequence
(+/-) 1 point
Minor Consequence
(+/-) 2 points
Moderate Consequence
(+/-) 3 points
Major
Consequence
(+/-) 4 points
Catastrophic
Consequence
(+/-) 5 points
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
Constant, high
exceeding of
statutory or
prescribed limits
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
153
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
6. Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact
After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 4-2 the probability of occurrence
also needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk. Table
4-2 provides probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for
estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.
Table 4-2: Probability of Occurrence
Description
Environment
Likelihood of
Containment
Failure,
Health and Safety
Probability
Event / Year9
C1
C2
C3.1 OR C3.2
C4
Continues or will
happen every
time
Has happened more than
once per year at the
location (in case of
expansion projects) or less
than once per year in the
organization / similar
installations
1 x 10-3
5
Often
Occur several
times
Has happened at the
location (in case of
expansion projects) or
more than once per year
in organization / similar
installations
1 x 10-4
4
Likely
Might occur at
least once
Has happened once in
organization or more than
once per year in Industry
1 x 10-5
3
Possible
Might occur
Heard of in the Industry
1 x 10-6
2
Rare
Very rarely
encountered
Never heard of in the
Industry
1 x 10-7 or lower
1
Frequent
7. Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk
The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the
probability of occurrence together. Thus
Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence
The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. Table 4-3 below assigns
significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures for
reducing the environmental impact risks and thereafter, formulating and implementing
Environmental Management Plans (EMPs).
To do this, environmental impact risk levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and
then evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows Table 4-3.
1
9
Based on published failure data, per recognized failure unit (such as km-years, unit of operation or others).
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
154
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria
Probability
Consequence
Rare (1)
Possible (2)
Likely (3)
Often (4)
Certain (5)
Insignificant
(1)
Minor
Moderate
Major
Extensive
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
1
2
3
4
5
2
4
6
8
10
3
6
9
12
15
4
8
12
16
20
5
10
15
20
25
8. Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk
Environmental risks are now clubbed into four levels from extreme risk to low risk activities.
Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such
that they are brought to a lower level of environmental risk.
High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a
manner that their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities
vis-à-vis moderate risk activities. Low risk activities do not require further mitigation. This is
summarized in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4: Environmental Risk Categorization
Scoring Negative Impacts (-)
Scoring Positive Impacts (+)
Colour Code and
Score Range
Type of Risk
Inference
Colour Code and
Score Range
Inference
25
Extremely Severe
Activity should not
proceed in current
form
25
Activity has
Extensive Positive
Benefits
Very Severe
Activity should be
modified to include
remedial planning
and actions and be
subject to detailed
ecological
assessment
15-20
Activity has Major
Benefits
8-12
Moderately Severe
Activity can
operate subject to
management and /
or modification
8-12
Activity has
Moderate Benefits
4-6
Less Severe
No action required
unless escalation
of risk is possible
4-6
Activity has Minor
Benefits
1-3
Minor / Negligible
Negligible Risk of
activity
1-3
Activity has mildly
positive impacts
15-20
9. Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all high risk and moderate risk
activities. A programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as
an Environmental Management Programme.
4.2.2
Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project
As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of
environmental aspects associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a negative impact and
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
155
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
‘o’ indicates a beneficial (positive) impact. Identified environmental impacts have been listed in
Table 4-5.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
156
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
CAPACITY
Table 4-5: Environmental Impacts
Ground Water (GW)
Soil (S)
Ecology & Biodiversity (EB)
Socio-Economic (SE)
Risk & Hazard (RH)
Solid & Hazardous
waste generation
(SHW)
Occupational Health,
Community Health &
Safety (OH / CH&S)
C3
Surface Water (SW)
C2
Noise and Vibration
(NV)
C1
Air Quality (AQ)
Project Activity
Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment
Landuse/ Landcover
(LU/LC)
S.No.
Impact (Type One
Time: O, Normal:
N, Abnormal: A,
Emergency: E,
Duration
Temporary: T,
Long-term /
Permanent: P)
(Type, Duration)
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
1
Remarks
C15
Construction Phase
1.1
Acquiring Right of way
(O&N,T)
1.2
Base camp construction
and operation
(O&N,T)
1.3
Excavation, Digging of
trenches and laying of
pipes
(O&N,T)
1.4
Filling of foundation
1.5
●
●
●
●
(O&N,T)
●
●
Preparation of access
roads
(O&N,T)
●
●
1.6
Transportation of
equipment and
workforce to site
(N,T)
●
●
1.7
Transport, handling,
stringing operations of
pipe line
(N,T)
●
●
1.8
Structural work/
Mechanical work (RCC,
welding, cutting,
bending of pipeline etc.)
(O&N,T)
●
●
1.9
Construction Materials
Management
(N,T)
Use of water for
construction activities
(N,T)
1.10
Domestic Waste
generation and disposal
(N,T)
1.11
Crossing of pipeline over
road or water bodies
(N,T)
1.12
Testing and
commissioning activities
(N,T)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SE: Negative Impact on Socio-economic condition, Pipeline may pass
through private land / agricultural land
o
AP: Generation of dust; NV: Noise due to vehicular movement; GW: water
consumption: S: Spillage of concrete mixture and construction materials;
SE: hiring of vehicles and transport equipment / potential damage to roads;
o
LC: Change in land cover due to excavation; AQ: Dust Generation; NV:
Noise and vibration due excavation operations; S: removal of topsoil; EB:
removal of Flora & Fauna/Mangroves: SE: Temporary job creation for
excavation; OH: Occupational risk due to excavation work
o
AP: Dust Generation; NV: Noise and vibration due filing of foundation; SE:
Temporary job creation;
o
AP: Generation of dust; NV: Noise due to vehicular movement; SE:
Temporary job creation; EB: Cutting of tree or clearing of vegetation if
required: SE: Temporary job creation;
●
AP: Generation of dust & air emissions due to vehicular movement; NV:
Noise due to vehicular movement; OH&S: Impact on health
AP: Air Emission due to vehicular movement; NV: Noise due to vehicular
movement;
AP: Air Emission due to construction work and vehicular movement; NV:
Noise due to Machineries and vehicular movement; EB: impact on flora and
fauna due to noise generation
●
●
●
●
●
S:Soil contamination due to spillage and leakage of chemicals/fuels; OH & S;
health risk due spillage of chemicals
●
GW: Resource depletion due to water consumption. Water consumption will
be minimized by effective water management
●
GW & SW: Domestic sewage will be disposed-off in Soak pit and Septic
tank.
●
●
●
N: noise generation during lying of pipeline; SW: Crossing of any surface
water body; EB: Cutting of flora fauna or tress
●
●
N: noise generated due to operation of pumps; GW: water consumption and
wastewater generation. Proper handling and disposal of wastewater to avoid
soil and ground water contamination; S: soil contamination due to
wastewater and solid waste disposal.
●
2
Operational Phase
2.1
Collection of Sewage and
Treatment in STP
o
o
o
o
The collection network of pipeline and sewage collection has a positive
impact on the project as the untreated sewage water is presently flowing to
Nakti creek which will be stopped. Overall impact will be positive.
2.2
Treatment of Waste
Waters in Common ETP
and then discharge
o
o
o
o
The treated waste water after matching the sea discharge norms will be
disposed off into creek which will have a positive impact on surrounding
environment
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
157
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
CAPACITY
C5
C6
C7
C8
2.3
Operation and
maintenance of pipeline
(N,P)
●
●
2.4
Air emissions from
Pumping Station stations
(N,P)
2.5
Usage of Water
(N,P)
2.6
Operation of DG Set
(N,P)
2.7
Pipeline damage or Burst
of pipeline/Leakage in
Pipeline
(A,T)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
●
Occupational Health,
Community Health &
Safety (OH / CH&S)
Ground Water (GW)
C4
Solid & Hazardous
waste generation
(SHW)
Surface Water (SW)
C3
Risk & Hazard (RH)
Noise and Vibration
(NV)
C2
Socio-Economic (SE)
Air Quality (AQ)
C1
Ecology & Biodiversity (EB)
Project Activity
Soil (S)
S.No.
Landuse/ Landcover
(LU/LC)
Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment
Impact (Type One
Time: O, Normal:
N, Abnormal: A,
Emergency: E,
Duration
Temporary: T,
Long-term /
Permanent: P)
(Type, Duration)
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
●
o
C15
LU & EB: crop as well as flora and fauna damage due to leakage of pipeline;
SE: Job creation;
AP: Air emission due to DG set operation. Adequate stack height will be
provided to control air pollution. N: Noise pollution due to DG set operation.
Sufficient green belt would be developed around the pumping station
location.
●
●
●
Remarks
GW: Adequate measures to be taken to reduce water consumption
AQ: Air emission from flue gas stacks, NV: Noise from operation of
Compressor and DG Set;
●
●
●
●
●
SW: Impact on Surface water due to leakage; GW: Impact due to
Percolation; Soil: Impact due to Leakage; EB: Impacts due to damage to
crop/Farming lands
158
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted
due to the project are:

Landuse/Landcover: No significant impact on land use and land cover as the pipeline is laid
underground and ROW is in a strip width of 5m all along the alignment route; which will only
be disturbed during the excavation and laying works etc.
Air quality: Negligible adverse impact on air quality is due to vehicle movements during
excavation, construction & Operation of pumping station, operation of DG Sets will lead to air
emissions but on very occasional basis.
Noise: Negligible impact on noise quality is due to vehicle movements during site preparation,
construction facility, DG sets are provided with acoustic enclosures and hence no noise pollution
will be created.
Surface Water: No impact on surface water as no withdrawal of surface water. The project
has a positive impact on surface water; as the untreated sewage water, which is presently
flowing to Nakti creek which will be stopped and disposal of treated waste water matching the
sea discharge norms will be disposed off into deep sea via a closed conduit pipeline.
Conservation of surface water sources, due to recycling of treated sewage waters, is also a
positive impact created due to the project.
Ground water: No impact on ground water is no withdrawal of anticipated. Negligable impact
on ground water in case of accidental leakages of pipeline, as ground water is not utilized for
any purposes. Overall impact on the ground water sources will also be positive as untreated
sewage waters are being disposed off at present into surface drainages.
Soil: Negligable impact on soil quality due to leakage of waste waters, oil and spillages of
hazardous waste. Overall impact will be positive as untreated sewage waters will be arrested
which is presently being disposed off into drains impacting soil quality.
Ecology and Biodiversity: Negligible impact due to leakage of pipeline.
Socio – Economic: Benefits due to disposal of treated wastewater in deep sea, which will
reduce the pollution in estuary portion of Nakti Creek. Farmers will get good quality of water in
Nakti Creek for farming thereby increasing their production of farming crops.
Occupational health, Community Health and Safety: Occupational risk during various
activity associated with construction of works, risk due to leakage of pipeline.








These are discussed in following sections of this chapter.
4.3
Landuse
4.3.1
Direct Impacts on Land Use due to the Project during construction phase
Onshore laying of pipeline starting from sump in project premises and then along the
road till landfall point.
This will lead to Short term temporary change in land use from land without scrub (LWS) to built
up land (pipeline will be laid). Once the pipeline is laid the land will be reversed to its original
condition.
Construction of suspended bridge for laying pipeline across river
Suspended bridge will be constructed across the river leaving the river untouched. Supports for
suspended bridge will be constructed which will change the land use of small portion of land from
LWS to built up land.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
159
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Onshore laying of pipeline passing through road and rail
This activity involves road cutting, very short term change and will be reversed immediately after
construction of that portion is over by clearing all solid waste and bringing back the land to its
original condition.
Construction of Pumping Station
This will change the land use from vegetation cover to built up land.
Construction of Chamber at landfall point
Change in land use from Mud Flat to built up land. This change will be within 2 x 2 mts which
covers 4 sq.mts of the area.
Offshore laying of pipeline across sparse mangroves and mudflat
Temporary change in land use from vegetation cover (mangroves) to built up land (pipeline will be
laid underground). This will be a temporary change as mangroves will regenerate.
Temporary change in land use from mud flat to built up land. As the pipeline will be underground
the land will come back to its original condition.
4.3.2
Operation Phase
The land will be restored back to near original conditions after completion of construction as in the
entire process the pipeline will be buried underground. No impact on land environment is
envisaged during the operation phase.
Table 4-6: Impact Scoring Land
Impact Scoring
Final
Code
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
Probability, P
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
1
Onshore laying of
pipeline starting
from sump in
project premises
and then along the
road till landfall
point.
-1
3
-3
Involves temporary
change of LWS (waste
land) to used land
2
Construction of
suspended bridge
for laying of pipeline
across river
-3.33
3
-10
3
Onshore laying of
pipeline passing
through road(road
digging) and rail
-1
3
-3
Very short term and
reversible(within days)
change
4
Construction of
Pumping Station
Involves Removal of
vegetation so
compensatory plantation
will be carried out
5
6
Construction of
Chamber at landfall
point
Offshore laying of
pipeling passing
Score
CxP
-3.33
3
-10
-3.33
3
-10
-1.6
3
-4.8
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Remarks
Involves vertical supports
for suspended bridge
hence change in land use
from scrub land to built
up land
Involves Removal of
mangroves but after
160
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Scoring
Final
Code
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
Probability, P
C1
C2
C3
C4
Remarks
CxP
through sparse
mangroves and Mud
flat
4.3.3
Score
C5
C6
construction activity
mangroves will
regenerate
Mitigation Measures
The following mitigation measures are suggested to manage the anticipated environmental
impacts:

Pipeline work will be limited to the demarcated area.

Once the Onshore pipeline is laid the land will be cleared of all waste and restored to its
original condition.
Once the Offshore pipeline is laid across Mudflat, the site will be cleared of all waste and the
land will comeback to its original condition.
Once the Offshore pipeline is laid across mangroves, the site will be cleared of all waste and
mangroves will regenerate.


4.4
Air Environment
Environmental impacts during construction phase, will be mainly due to civil works such as trenching,
sand filling, pipe laying, backfilling, concreting etc.; material and machinery transportation,
fabrication and erection etc. The construction phase impacts are temporary However, they require
due consideration with importance during project execution and also wherever applicable detailed
protocol/procedures shall be implemented to prevent/mitigate adverse impacts and occupational
hazards
4.4.1






Construction Phase
The construction phase involves site preparation and pipeline laying. During construction phase
proper preventive measures should be carried out for pollution control. At the time of excavation
works for proposed pipeline laying, it is necessary to control SPM levels through dust
suppression methods.
Preparation of site will involve excavation work. Substantial quantities of earthen material
generation from excavation will be used to construct temporary approach road for further
operation.
The first phase of pipeline construction usually involves the removal of top soil from the line.
Soil generated will be stored at proper place to avoid run-off in the River.
During dry weather conditions, it is necessary to control the dust emissions arising out of the
Transporation of machinery, material and equipment by proper water sprinkling
The top soil will be conserved and placed on pipeline route so landscape will not be altered.
Remaining soil will be used for development of land-scapes and horticulture if required.
Diesel powered construction machinery, vehicles etc. put in to operation at project site shall be
properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions as well as noise generation
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
161
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Pipeline laying

Transportation of pipes, ancillary materials, machineries will be transported. Vehicle movement
will be minimized to the extent possible.
4.4.2
Operation Phase
There will be no air emissions during the operation phase except DG sets at Pumping stations. DG
sets will be used during power failure only. Adequate stack height will be provided to DG sets.
Equipment/machinery at the Pumping Stations will be selected with State-of-the-art technology to
ensure minimal gasous emissions. Thus, the impact on air environment during the operation phase
will be minimal. Development of greenbelt will further reduce the noise and air pollution up to
some extent.
Flue Gas Stacks
There will be only one stack attached to the DG set. The details of flue gas stack is provided in
Table 4-7.
Table 4-7: Flue Gas Stack Details
Sr.
No.
Stack Attached
to
Capacity
No.
of
Stack
Stack
Height in
meter
Type of Fuel
used
Fuel
consumption
1
*DG Set
750 KVA
1
10
LDO
200 lit/hr
*Note: DG Sets will be used only during Power failure.
For the purpose of air quality modeling some additional details like stack diameter, exit gas velocity
and temperature etc. and emission rates of particular pollutant are required. These additional details
are provided in Table 4-8 along with the emission rates which are provided in Table 4-9.
Table 4-8: Stack Details
Stack Attached to
Stack Height
(m)
Stack Inner Dia.
(m)
Temp. of the gas
emission (K)
Exit Velocity
(m/s)
DG Set – 750 KVA
10
0.25
403
10
Table 4-9: Details of Gas Emission
Stack Attached to
Fuel Type
Oxides of
Sulphur (gm/
sec.)
DG set – 750 KVA
LDO
0.23
4.4.3
Oxides of
Nitrogen (gm/
sec.)
0.05
Particulate Matter
(gm/ sec.)
0.0046
About the Software
The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model
Improvement Committee (AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modeling concepts
into the EPA's air quality models. Through AERMIC, a modeling system, AERMOD, was introduced
that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and
scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated sources, and both simple and
complex terrain.
AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to
source releases and meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual
modeling periods (typically one hour or less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the
computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain within the same modeling
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
162
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
framework. In fact, with the AERMOD structure, there is no need for the specification of terrain
type (flat, simple, or complex) relative to stack height since receptors at all elevations are handled
with the same general methodology. To define the form of the AERMOD concentration equations,
it is necessary to simultaneously discuss the handling of terrain.
AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD
modeling system. It incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence
structure and scaling concepts.
Meteorological Parameters
Surface meteorological data at project site was collected for one season (October-December,
2014). The hourly meteorological data considered during this period were:
 Wind speed and Direction;
 Ambient atmospheric temperature;
 Cloud cover;
 Solar insolation;
 Humidity.
Following parameters were considered for dispersion modeling – Point source:



Quantity of fuel;
Emission rate of pollutants
Stack:
 Internal diameter at top of stack;
 Height of stack;
 Exit gas velocity;
 Exit gas temperature;
Assumptions
The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

The emission rate for SO2 was calculated based on Sulphur content in the fuel and emission
rate of NOx was calculated based on statutory limit for all stacks.
 The impacts of the pollutants were identified up to 7 km.
 The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT.
 The polar grid at interval of 10 degrees has been considered at intervals of
50,100,200,300,400,500,600,700,900,1000,1500,2000,……6000,6500,7000 m from the source
 Stability class was evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover.
 The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface
acts as a perfect reflector of plume and physico-chemical processes such as dry and wet
deposition and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.
Study has been conducted for post-monsoon season (October-December) of year 2014. The stack
emission concentrations used for dispersion modeling were taken as per CPCB guidelines issued
for conducting air quality modeling.
Emissions were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion
modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the dispersion
modeling software AREMOD of the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA).
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
163
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
4.4.4
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Air Quality Modeling
Particulate Matter (PM10)
The results of incremental GLC for particulate matter (PM10) due to the flue gases emission from
DG set are presented in the following Table 4-10.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
164
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
CAPACITY
Table 4-10: Incremental GLC of PM10 Pollutant (in μg/m3)
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
10
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
20
0.09
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
30
0.09
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
40
0.09
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
50
0.09
0.10
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
60
0.09
0.09
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
70
0.09
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
80
0.09
0.24
0.15
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
90
0.09
0.38
0.24
0.16
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
100
0.09
0.41
0.23
0.13
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
110
0.10
0.40
0.22
0.13
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
120
0.10
0.27
0.18
0.11
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
130
0.11
0.30
0.21
0.13
0.09
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
140
0.12
0.42
0.31
0.20
0.14
0.11
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
150
0.11
0.46
0.24
0.16
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
160
0.13
0.60
0.29
0.16
0.11
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.09
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
170
0.09
0.45
0.22
0.12
0.07
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
180
0.09
0.18
0.09
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
190
0.09
0.21
0.21
0.14
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
200
0.10
0.40
0.37
0.25
0.20
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
210
0.14
0.29
0.23
0.14
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
220
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.11
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
230
0.32
0.30
0.27
0.24
0.24
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
240
0.40
0.22
0.18
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS |APRIL 2015
165
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
CAPACITY
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
250
0.43
0.23
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
260
0.43
0.24
0.10
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
270
0.39
0.21
0.09
0.09
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
280
0.32
0.17
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
290
0.26
0.13
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
300
0.17
0.09
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
310
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
320
0.09
0.07
0.08
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
330
0.09
0.08
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
340
0.09
0.08
0.10
0.07
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
350
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
360
0.09
0.08
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
The Isopleth of PM10 pollutant is shown in Figure 4-1.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS |APRIL 2015
166
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Figure 4-1: Isopleth of PM10 Pollutant
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
167
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
CAPACITY
Oxides of Sulphur (SO2)
The results of incremental GLC for oxides of Sulphur (SO2) due to the flue gases emission from DG set are presented in the following Table 4-11.
Table 4-11: Incremental GLC of SO2 Pollutant (in μg/m3)
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
10
4.5
3.6
2.4
1.6
1.1
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
20
4.5
2.2
1.5
1.3
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
30
4.5
2.3
1.0
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
40
4.5
3.1
1.6
0.9
0.6
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
50
4.5
4.8
3.3
2.6
2.2
1.8
1.5
1.2
0.9
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
60
4.5
4.6
2.7
1.7
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
70
4.5
6.4
7.1
7.3
6.3
5.3
4.4
3.7
2.8
2.4
2.3
2.6
2.5
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.0
1.0
80
4.5
12.2
7.6
5.6
4.2
3.2
2.5
2.0
1.3
1.1
0.6
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
90
4.5
19.2
12.0
8.2
6.1
4.9
4.4
3.9
3.1
2.8
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.6
100
4.5
20.6
11.7
6.7
4.3
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.1
0.9
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
110
4.8
19.9
11.0
6.7
4.4
3.6
3.0
2.7
2.2
2.1
1.6
1.3
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
120
5.0
13.6
9.2
5.5
3.6
2.5
2.0
1.6
1.2
1.2
0.9
0.6
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
130
5.5
15.1
10.6
6.5
4.3
3.0
2.3
1.7
1.3
1.1
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
140
6.0
20.8
15.3
10.2
7.1
5.3
4.1
3.7
3.2
2.9
2.4
1.9
1.5
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.6
0.6
150
5.3
23.0
12.1
7.9
5.4
4.0
3.2
2.7
2.0
1.7
0.9
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
160
6.7
29.9
14.7
8.0
5.5
5.1
5.1
5.1
4.7
4.4
3.3
2.8
2.4
2.0
1.7
1.5
1.3
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.8
170
4.5
22.4
11.0
5.8
3.6
2.7
2.4
2.1
1.7
1.5
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
180
4.5
9.2
4.4
2.2
1.3
0.9
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
190
4.5
10.5
10.4
6.9
5.0
4.3
3.6
3.1
2.3
2.0
1.2
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
200
4.8
20.2
18.5
12.6
10.2
8.8
7.6
6.6
5.2
4.9
6.0
5.4
4.6
3.9
3.3
2.9
2.5
2.2
1.9
1.7
1.5
1.4
210
7.2
14.5
11.3
7.1
5.2
4.0
3.1
2.5
1.8
1.7
1.1
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
168
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
CAPACITY
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
220
11.4
9.6
8.5
5.3
230
16.1
15.1
13.3
12.0
240
19.8
11.2
8.8
5.8
250
21.6
11.3
5.0
260
21.5
11.9
270
19.3
280
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
5.3
4.6
3.9
3.3
2.4
2.1
1.3
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
12.1
10.9
9.6
8.5
6.8
6.2
4.4
3.3
2.5
2.0
1.7
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
4.9
3.9
3.2
2.7
1.9
1.6
0.9
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
3.9
3.6
3.0
2.5
2.1
1.6
1.4
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
5.1
2.8
2.8
2.3
1.9
1.6
1.2
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
10.7
4.4
4.7
5.0
4.4
3.8
3.3
2.5
2.2
1.5
1.1
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
15.9
8.6
3.3
3.5
3.6
2.9
2.4
2.0
1.4
1.2
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
290
12.8
6.5
3.5
2.6
2.1
1.5
1.2
0.9
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
300
8.7
4.4
2.5
1.5
0.9
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
310
5.2
3.4
2.8
1.8
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
320
4.7
3.6
3.8
2.6
1.8
1.2
0.9
0.7
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
330
4.5
4.0
4.4
2.8
1.8
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
340
4.5
3.9
4.8
3.3
2.2
1.6
1.2
0.9
0.6
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
350
4.5
2.8
2.0
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
360
4.5
4.2
2.5
1.4
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
The Isopleth of SO2 Pollutant is shown in Figure 4-2.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
169
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Figure 4-2: Isopleth of SO2 Pollutant
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
170
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
CAPACITY
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)
The results of incremental GLC for oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) due to the flue gases emission from DG set are presented in the following Table 4-12.
Table 4-12: Incremental GLC of NOX Pollutant (in μg/m3)
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
10
1.0
0.8
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
20
1.0
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
30
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
40
1.0
0.7
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
50
1.0
1.0
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
60
1.0
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
70
1.0
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.4
1.1
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
80
1.0
2.6
1.7
1.2
0.9
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
90
1.0
4.2
2.6
1.8
1.3
1.1
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
100
1.0
4.5
2.5
1.4
0.9
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
110
1.0
4.3
2.4
1.4
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
120
1.1
3.0
2.0
1.2
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
130
1.2
3.3
2.3
1.4
0.9
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
140
1.3
4.5
3.3
2.2
1.5
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
150
1.1
5.0
2.6
1.7
1.2
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
160
1.5
6.5
3.2
1.7
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
170
1.0
4.9
2.4
1.3
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
180
1.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
190
1.0
2.3
2.3
1.5
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
200
1.0
4.4
4.0
2.7
2.2
1.9
1.7
1.4
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
210
1.6
3.2
2.5
1.5
1.1
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
220
2.5
2.1
1.9
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
230
3.5
3.3
2.9
2.6
2.6
2.4
2.1
1.8
1.5
1.4
1.0
0.7
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
240
4.3
2.4
1.9
1.3
1.1
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
171
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
CAPACITY
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
250
4.7
2.4
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
260
4.7
2.6
1.1
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
270
4.2
2.3
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
280
3.5
1.9
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
290
2.8
1.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
300
1.9
1.0
0.6
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
310
1.1
0.7
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
320
1.0
0.8
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
330
1.0
0.9
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
340
1.0
0.9
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
350
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
360
1.0
0.9
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
The Isopleth of NOX Pollutant is shown in Figure 4-3.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
172
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD
CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
Figure 4-3: Isopleth of NOx Pollutant
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
173
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
The DG set of 750 KVA will be also installed at proposed STP area. The emission rate of flue gases are shown Table 4-9 and dispersion modeling were done for three major pollutants. The results are shown in Table 4-13, Table 4-14 & Table 4-15. Isopleths are
shown as Figure 4-4, Figure 4-5 & Figure 4-6.
Table 4-13: Incremental of GLC of PM10 Pollutant (in μg/m3) – DG set for Proposed STP
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
9500
10000
10
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
20
0.09
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
30
0.09
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
40
0.09
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
50
0.09
0.10
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
60
0.09
0.09
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
70
0.09
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
80
0.09
0.24
0.15
0.11
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
90
0.09
0.38
0.24
0.16
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
100
0.09
0.41
0.23
0.13
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
110
0.10
0.40
0.22
0.13
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
120
0.10
0.27
0.18
0.11
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
130
0.11
0.30
0.21
0.13
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
140
0.12
0.42
0.31
0.20
0.11
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
150
0.11
0.46
0.24
0.16
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
160
0.13
0.60
0.29
0.16
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.09
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
170
0.09
0.45
0.22
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
180
0.09
0.18
0.09
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
190
0.09
0.21
0.21
0.14
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
200
0.10
0.40
0.37
0.25
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
210
0.14
0.29
0.23
0.14
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
220
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
230
0.32
0.30
0.27
0.24
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
240
0.40
0.22
0.18
0.12
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
250
0.43
0.23
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
260
0.43
0.24
0.10
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
270
0.39
0.21
0.09
0.09
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
280
0.32
0.17
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
290
0.26
0.13
0.07
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
300
0.17
0.09
0.05
0.03
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
310
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
320
0.09
0.07
0.08
0.05
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
330
0.09
0.08
0.09
0.06
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
340
0.09
0.08
0.10
0.07
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
350
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
360
0.09
0.08
0.05
0.03
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
174
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure 4-4: Isopleth of PM10 pollutant - DG set for Proposed STP
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
175
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-14: Incremental GLC of SO2 Pollutant (in μg/m3) – DG set for Proposed STP
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
9500
10000
10
4.45
3.56
2.37
1.56
0.79
0.60
0.47
0.31
0.26
0.14
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
20
4.45
2.18
1.51
1.31
0.84
0.69
0.59
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.55
0.48
0.42
0.36
0.32
0.33
0.34
0.35
0.36
0.35
0.34
0.33
0.32
0.30
0.29
0.28
0.27
30
4.45
2.26
0.98
0.46
0.18
0.13
0.10
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
40
4.45
3.05
1.62
0.94
0.46
0.34
0.26
0.16
0.13
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
50
4.45
4.78
3.32
2.62
1.77
1.46
1.23
0.92
0.80
0.47
0.49
0.47
0.43
0.39
0.35
0.32
0.29
0.30
0.32
0.31
0.30
0.29
0.28
0.27
0.26
0.25
0.24
60
4.45
4.63
2.68
1.75
0.97
0.85
0.75
0.57
0.50
0.27
0.16
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
70
4.45
6.35
7.08
7.28
5.27
4.41
3.72
2.75
2.41
2.30
2.62
2.46
2.22
1.98
1.76
1.57
1.41
1.27
1.15
1.05
0.96
0.88
0.81
0.75
0.70
0.65
0.61
80
4.45
12.16
7.62
5.61
3.20
2.49
1.99
1.34
1.13
0.56
0.34
0.22
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
90
4.45
19.15
12.03
8.21
4.94
4.39
3.89
3.10
2.79
1.77
1.57
1.38
1.21
1.09
0.99
0.91
0.84
0.78
0.74
0.69
0.65
0.61
0.57
0.54
0.51
0.48
0.46
100
4.45
20.62
11.69
6.65
2.98
2.20
1.70
1.11
0.95
0.64
0.42
0.29
0.20
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
110
4.76
19.90
10.97
6.65
3.56
3.02
2.66
2.23
2.09
1.60
1.25
1.08
0.93
0.80
0.70
0.62
0.58
0.54
0.50
0.47
0.44
0.41
0.38
0.36
0.33
0.31
0.29
120
5.05
13.64
9.24
5.48
2.51
2.00
1.63
1.23
1.17
0.89
0.63
0.45
0.34
0.25
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
130
5.48
15.14
10.59
6.54
3.04
2.26
1.75
1.31
1.15
0.65
0.41
0.28
0.20
0.15
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
140
5.97
20.82
15.28
10.16
5.26
4.08
3.71
3.18
2.88
2.38
1.87
1.49
1.21
1.00
0.93
0.85
0.79
0.73
0.68
0.63
0.59
0.55
0.52
0.49
0.46
0.43
0.41
150
5.29
23.02
12.12
7.88
4.00
3.22
2.70
1.97
1.70
0.94
0.61
0.44
0.34
0.27
0.22
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
160
6.69
29.90
14.71
7.97
5.13
5.08
5.08
4.68
4.38
3.27
2.81
2.37
2.01
1.72
1.49
1.30
1.15
1.03
0.92
0.84
0.76
0.70
0.64
0.60
0.56
0.52
0.49
170
4.45
22.45
10.98
5.84
2.73
2.35
2.07
1.68
1.53
1.04
0.72
0.53
0.41
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
180
4.45
9.17
4.40
2.23
0.85
0.59
0.44
0.26
0.21
0.09
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
190
4.46
10.48
10.44
6.86
4.26
3.60
3.05
2.27
1.99
1.20
0.77
0.52
0.37
0.27
0.21
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
200
4.80
20.21
18.47
12.57
8.83
7.59
6.60
5.22
4.87
5.96
5.37
4.60
3.92
3.35
2.88
2.51
2.20
1.94
1.73
1.55
1.39
1.26
1.15
1.05
0.96
0.88
0.82
210
7.25
14.54
11.33
7.11
3.99
3.15
2.54
1.84
1.69
1.11
0.73
0.50
0.36
0.27
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
220
11.41
9.64
8.52
5.34
4.57
3.87
3.29
2.44
2.14
1.27
0.80
0.54
0.38
0.27
0.21
0.16
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
230
16.14
15.14
13.27
11.99
10.91
9.60
8.47
6.81
6.22
4.43
3.28
2.53
2.02
1.65
1.38
1.17
1.01
0.88
0.77
0.68
0.61
0.55
0.50
0.45
0.41
0.38
0.35
240
19.78
11.19
8.77
5.83
3.87
3.19
2.65
1.89
1.62
0.85
0.52
0.35
0.25
0.18
0.14
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
250
21.62
11.26
5.02
3.90
3.01
2.52
2.14
1.61
1.42
0.85
0.58
0.43
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.14
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.06
260
21.48
11.89
5.15
2.80
2.28
1.88
1.56
1.16
1.03
0.60
0.38
0.26
0.18
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
270
19.33
10.65
4.42
4.66
4.39
3.79
3.28
2.52
2.24
1.50
1.11
0.86
0.69
0.57
0.48
0.42
0.36
0.32
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.18
0.16
0.15
0.14
280
15.92
8.63
3.35
3.51
2.92
2.39
1.98
1.41
1.21
0.65
0.40
0.27
0.20
0.15
0.12
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.03
0.03
290
12.84
6.54
3.54
2.65
1.53
1.15
0.89
0.58
0.56
0.50
0.42
0.35
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.14
0.14
0.14
0.13
0.13
0.12
0.12
300
8.75
4.41
2.53
1.53
0.61
0.42
0.30
0.17
0.14
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.04
310
5.23
3.37
2.80
1.79
0.79
0.56
0.41
0.25
0.20
0.09
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
320
4.73
3.60
3.84
2.62
1.23
0.89
0.67
0.42
0.35
0.19
0.15
0.15
0.18
0.21
0.25
0.27
0.28
0.28
0.27
0.26
0.26
0.25
0.24
0.23
0.22
0.21
0.20
330
4.50
4.02
4.39
2.80
1.19
0.83
0.62
0.37
0.30
0.14
0.09
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
340
4.45
3.93
4.82
3.29
1.58
1.18
0.92
0.62
0.54
0.32
0.26
0.26
0.29
0.34
0.38
0.41
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.42
0.41
0.40
0.39
0.37
0.36
0.35
0.33
350
4.45
2.76
1.99
1.16
0.60
0.46
0.36
0.23
0.19
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
360
4.45
4.22
2.51
1.38
0.66
0.59
0.58
0.60
0.58
0.49
0.57
0.65
0.66
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.52
0.49
0.46
0.43
0.41
0.39
0.37
0.35
0.33
0.32
0.30
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
176
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure 4-5: Isopleth of SO2 Pollutant - DG set for Proposed STP
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
177
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-15: Incremental GLC of NOX Pollutant (in μg/m3) - DG set for Proposed STP
DISTANCE (METERS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
50
100
200
300
500
600
700
900
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
9500
10000
10
0.97
0.77
0.51
0.34
0.17
0.13
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
20
0.97
0.47
0.33
0.29
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.11
0.12
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.08
0.08
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.06
30
0.97
0.49
0.21
0.10
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
40
0.97
0.66
0.35
0.20
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
50
0.97
1.04
0.72
0.57
0.38
0.32
0.27
0.20
0.17
0.10
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
60
0.97
1.01
0.58
0.38
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.12
0.11
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
70
0.97
1.38
1.54
1.58
1.15
0.96
0.81
0.60
0.52
0.50
0.57
0.53
0.48
0.43
0.38
0.34
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.18
0.16
0.15
0.14
0.13
80
0.97
2.64
1.66
1.22
0.70
0.54
0.43
0.29
0.25
0.12
0.07
0.05
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
90
0.97
4.16
2.61
1.78
1.07
0.96
0.85
0.67
0.61
0.39
0.34
0.30
0.26
0.24
0.21
0.20
0.17
0.16
0.15
0.14
0.13
0.12
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.10
100
0.97
4.48
2.54
1.45
0.65
0.48
0.37
0.24
0.21
0.14
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
110
1.04
4.33
2.38
1.45
0.77
0.66
0.58
0.49
0.45
0.35
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.06
120
1.10
2.97
2.01
1.19
0.55
0.43
0.35
0.27
0.26
0.19
0.14
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
130
1.19
3.29
2.30
1.42
0.66
0.49
0.38
0.28
0.25
0.14
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
140
1.30
4.53
3.32
2.21
1.14
0.89
0.81
0.69
0.63
0.52
0.41
0.32
0.26
0.22
0.20
0.19
0.16
0.15
0.14
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.09
150
1.15
5.00
2.63
1.71
0.87
0.70
0.59
0.43
0.37
0.20
0.13
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
160
1.46
6.50
3.20
1.73
1.12
1.11
1.10
1.02
0.95
0.71
0.61
0.52
0.44
0.37
0.32
0.28
0.22
0.20
0.18
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.11
170
0.97
4.88
2.39
1.27
0.59
0.51
0.45
0.36
0.33
0.23
0.16
0.12
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
180
0.97
1.99
0.96
0.48
0.19
0.13
0.09
0.06
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
190
0.97
2.28
2.27
1.49
0.93
0.78
0.66
0.49
0.43
0.26
0.17
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
200
1.04
4.39
4.02
2.73
1.92
1.65
1.43
1.13
1.06
1.30
1.17
1.00
0.85
0.73
0.63
0.54
0.42
0.38
0.34
0.30
0.27
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.18
210
1.58
3.16
2.46
1.55
0.87
0.68
0.55
0.40
0.37
0.24
0.16
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
220
2.48
2.10
1.85
1.16
0.99
0.84
0.71
0.53
0.47
0.28
0.17
0.12
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
230
3.51
3.29
2.88
2.61
2.37
2.09
1.84
1.48
1.35
0.96
0.71
0.55
0.44
0.36
0.30
0.25
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.08
240
4.30
2.43
1.91
1.27
0.84
0.69
0.58
0.41
0.35
0.19
0.11
0.08
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
250
4.70
2.45
1.09
0.85
0.65
0.55
0.47
0.35
0.31
0.18
0.13
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
260
4.67
2.58
1.12
0.61
0.50
0.41
0.34
0.25
0.22
0.13
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
270
4.20
2.32
0.96
1.01
0.95
0.82
0.71
0.55
0.49
0.33
0.24
0.19
0.15
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
280
3.46
1.88
0.73
0.76
0.63
0.52
0.43
0.31
0.26
0.14
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
290
2.79
1.42
0.77
0.58
0.33
0.25
0.19
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
300
1.90
0.96
0.55
0.33
0.13
0.09
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
310
1.14
0.73
0.61
0.39
0.17
0.12
0.09
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
320
1.03
0.78
0.84
0.57
0.27
0.19
0.15
0.09
0.08
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.04
330
0.98
0.87
0.95
0.61
0.26
0.18
0.13
0.08
0.07
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
340
0.97
0.86
1.05
0.72
0.34
0.26
0.20
0.14
0.12
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.09
0.09
0.09
0.09
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.08
0.08
0.07
350
0.97
0.60
0.43
0.25
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
360
0.97
0.92
0.55
0.30
0.14
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.11
0.12
0.14
0.14
0.14
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.07
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
178
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure 4-6: Isopleth of NOX pollutant - DG set for Proposed STP
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2014
179
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
4.4.5
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Results
The worst combined environmental situation is predicted as the sum of maximum monitored value
of a parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring location. This is a conservative estimate
and probability of such occurrence is unlikely. The predicted results are summarized below in
following tables. Table 4-16. Shows the incremental increase in GLC due to the stack emission
from DG set of 750 KVA capacity.
Table 4-16: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC - DG set at Pumping station
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Name of Village/
Industry
(Distance from
Pumping station in
km/Direction)
Gandhidham
[5.2 Km, NNW]
Adipur village
[6.8 Km, NNW]
Shinai Village
[6.5 Km, WNW]
Kidana Village
[1.5 Km, NW]
Bharapar Village
[2.5 Km, SW]
Pollutant
Average Monitored
Baseline
Concentration
(µg/m3)
Incremental
GLC
(µg/m3)
Total Predictive
GLC due to
proposed project
(µg/m3)
PM10
91
0.01
91.01
SO2
9.4
0.40
09.80
NOx
15.7
0.10
15.80
PM10
68
0.01
68.01
SO2
9.3
0.4
09.70
NOx
16.2
0.10
16.30
PM10
59
0.00
59.00
SO2
9.5
0.10
09.60
NOx
16.6
0.00
16.60
PM10
63
0.00
63.00
SO2
9.1
0.20
09.30
NOx
16.9
0.00
16.90
PM10
54
0.01
54.01
SO2
9.4
0.50
9.90
NOx
16.4
0.10
16.50
Table 4-17: 24 hr Average Incremental Increase in GLC – DG set at Proposed STP area
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
Name of Village/
Industry
Average Monitored
Baseline
Concentration
Incremental
GLC
Total Predictive
GLC due to
proposed project
(Distance from
porposed STP in
km/Direction)
Pollutant
Township near to
Welspun facility
PM10
60
0.01
60.01
SO2
8.8
0.43
9.23
[3 Km, NE]
NOx
16.4
0.09
16.49
PM10
91
0.01
91.01
SO2
9.4
0.63
10.03
NOx
15.7
0.14
15.84
PM10
68
0.01
68.01
SO2
9.3
0.73
10.03
NOx
16.2
0.16
16.36
PM10
59
0.00
59.00
SO2
9.5
0.01
9.51
NOx
16.6
0.00
16.6
Gandhidham
[6.6 Km, SE]
Adipur village
[5.5 Km, SE]
Shinai Village
[8.5 Km, S]
(µg/m3)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
(µg/m3)
(µg/m3)
180
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
S.
No.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Name of Village/
Industry
(Distance from
porposed STP in
km/Direction)
Pollutant
Kidana Village
5
[10 Km, SE]
4.4.6
Average Monitored
Baseline
Concentration
(µg/m3)
PM10
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Incremental
GLC
(µg/m3)
Total Predictive
GLC due to
proposed project
(µg/m3)
63
0.01
63.01
SO2
9.1
0.41
9.51
NOx
16.9
0.09
16.99
Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures for air quality impacts during construction phase:
 Periodic checks of construction machinery to ensure compliance of emission standards.
 Water sprinkling on unpaved roads.
General Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Control during Operation Phase
 Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.
 Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.
 Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.
 All trucks/tankers shall be PUC Certified from time to time.
 DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.
Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions
mentioned in the above sections, the impact scores on air environment is presented in Table
4-18 as below:
Table 4-18: Impact Scoring of Air Environment
Impact Scoring
Code
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
Probability,
P
Final Score
CxP
Remarks
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
1
Construction phase
1.1
Base camp construction and
operation
3
2
6
Low Impact
1.2
Excavation, Digging of
trenches and laying of pipes
3
2
6
Low Impact
1.3
Filling of foundation
2
3
6
Low Impact
1.4
Preparation of access roads
3
2
6
Low Impact
1.5
Transportation of equipment
and workforce to site
4
3
12
Moderately
Impact
1.6
Transport, handling,
stringing operations of pipe
line
3
3
9
Moderately
Impact
1.7
Structural work/ Mechanical
work (RCC, welding, cutting,
bending of pipeline etc.)
2
3
6
Low Impact
2
Operational Phase
2.1
Operation and maintenance
of pipeline
3
3
9
Moderately
Impact
2.2
Air emissions from Pumping
Station stations
1
1
1
Minor /
Negligible
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
181
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Scoring
Code
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
Probability,
P
Final Score
CxP
Remarks
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
2.3
Operation of DG Set – At
STP and Pumping Station
2
2
4
Low Impact
4.5
Noise Environment
Construction Phase
Activities related to construction of temporary base camp, construction of approach road
transportation, site preparation operation of machinery, operation of DG sets etc. add noise to the
ambient levels. The noise levels due to construction activities are estimated to be around 70-90 dB
(A). Such limited time exposure is not expected to last for more than few months and shall not
exceed the stipulated standards of CPCB. However, base camp will be established away from
habitation area (as far as possible) to reduce the noise impact.
Estimated peak noise levels (due to loudest equipment used) during different phases of pipeline
construction are given in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19: Estimated Peak Pipeline Construction Noise Emissions due to Equipment10
Construction Phase
Activity
Loudest
Equipment
Related to the
Activity
Clearing / Grubbing
Noise Level (dBA, Leq) at Distance of
15 m
30 m
60 m
Bulldozer
85
79
73
Trenching /
Earthwork
Bulldozer/backhoe
80
74
68
Positioning Pipe
Cranes
85
79
73
Backfilling
Bulldozer/backhoe
85
79
73
The Department of Energy, US, has estimated noise levels at pipeline construction sites. These
noise levels are presented Table 4-20.
Table 4-20: Estimated Noise Levels, 150 m from Site11
Activity
Noise Level, Leq, 150 m from site
Support facility construction
68
Access roadway construction
68
Drilling of shafts
67
Pipeline construction
69
Noise levels generated by commonly used construction equipment are given in Table 4-21.
1
Source: Federal Transit Administration 1995. These levels assumes a basic sound level drop-off rate of 6.0 dB
10
per doubling of distance.
11
Source: US Department of Energy, 1992.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
182
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-21: Typical Construction Equipment Noise Levels12
Noise Level at 15 m
Equipment
(dBA, Leq)
Backhoes
80
Shovel
82
Dozers
85
Scrapers
89
Truck
88
Paver
89
Pumps
76
Generators
81
DG Sets
81
Jack Hammers
88
Pile drivers
101
Based on the above and the fact that most of the pipeline is passing through open area with
sparse or negligible population within it is expected that the noise exposure to the workers will be
at levels well below the stipulated norms. Impacts of noise on surrounding population due to
construction activities are expected to be insignificant and will be only temporary.
Mitigation Measures

Though the effect of noise on the nearby inhabitants due to construction activity will be
negligible, major noise prone activities should be restricted to only daytime.
The construction machinery should be maintained in good condition to minimize the noise
generation.

Operation Phase
Noise levels generated by various equipment at Pumping stations are given in Table 4-22.
Table 4-22: Noise Levels at Typical Pumping Station
Noise Generating areas
Noise level at source (dBA)
Pumps and Motor
85
DG sets
81
Table 4-23: Impact Scoring of Noise
Impact Scoring
Code
C1
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
Probability, P
C3
C4
C2
Final Score
Remarks
CxP
C5
C6
2
Low risk
Preparation of Site & Construction
1.1
Preparation of site
1
2
1
12
Source: Transit Noise and Vibration Impact Assessment, Federal Transit Administration, April 1995
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
183
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Scoring
Code
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
Probability, P
Final Score
Remarks
CxP
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
1.2
Vehicle movement for
transportation of materials
and equipment
1
2
2
Low risk
1.3
Excavation work
1
2
2
Low risk
1.4
Filling of foundation
1
2
2
Low risk
1.5
Heavy fabrication work
including metal cutting (Gas
cutting, welding)
1
2
2
Low risk
1.6
Usage of Energy and Power
1
2
2
Low risk
5
Low risk as
acoustical
enclosure will
be provided
Operational Phase
2.4
Operation of DG Set
1
5
Mitigation Measures

DG set shall be provided with acoustic enclosures. DG set will be operated only during
power failure.
Vibration pad shall be proposed to controlling vibration.
Tree plantation will be proposed in boundary of the pumping station to control the noise
pollution in nearby vicinity.
Earplugs will be provided to workers during the operation of DG sets and Pumps.



4.6
Water Environment
Construction Phase
During the construction phase of the project, the major impacting activities include:




Excavated earth will be stockpiled at safe site from where loosen soil will not run-off in to river
course.
Concreting Water contaminated with cement is highly alkaline and can cause severe pollution.
The placing of concrete in, or close to, any watercourse must be controlled to minimize the
risk of such water discharging to the watercourse. Effluent produced from the washing out of
any concrete mixing plant or cleaning of ready mix concrete Lorries must not be allowed to
flow into any drain or watercourse.
The use of machinery in the riverbed during pipe laying can cause air and oil pollution and will
damage the river bed and banks. Deployment of oil booms and straw bales downstream or
temporary over pumping or diversion of flow
Water required during hydrostatic testing of pipeline – There will be one time water
requirement for hydrostatic testing. Efficient use of water will be made to reuse the test water
in different test sections. Water will not be tapped from different sources along the pipeline
route, without unduly disturbing its normal users.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
184
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH


EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
After jointing works get over hydro testing for leakage testing will be done, used water will be
disposed into the River after filtering.
Drinking water required at the base camps during construction phase - The water will be
made available from nearby villages through tankers. The domestic sewage from the
construction camps will be disposed off into septic tank and soak pits. Wastewater generation
during construction phase of the pipeline will be minimal and temporary in nature.
Operation Phase


The water requirement will be only at pumping Station for domestic purpose and effluent
generated from the domestic use will be disposed into septic tank and soak pit.
Treated Effluent Disposal pipeline in deep sea will improve the quality of surface water as
presently the city sewer is directly discharged into waterbody/creak without any treatment
which is a lifeline for many farmers and fishermen.
Impact on Ground Water Resources & Water Quality
Likely impact scores on ground water environment is presented in Table 4-24 as below:
Table 4-24: Impact Scoring of Ground Water
Impact Scoring
S No
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
1
1.1
Probability
,P
Final Score,
CxP
Remarks
4
Low Impact
1
Negligible Impact
as sewage will be
disposed into
septic tank and
soak pit.
4
Low Impact as
minimum water
will be used for
testing and
commissioning
activities
Construction Phase
Use of raw water
1.2
Disposal of Sewage
1.3
Testing and
commissioning
activities
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
Operation Phase
2.1
Reusing treated
sewage waters in
Welspun city
2
5
10
Beneficial impact
as we are not
discharging any
untreated sewage
waters in Nakti
Creek
2.2
Use of raw water
2
2
4
Beneficial impact
as we conserve
waters
2.3
Disposal of Treated
water into deep sea
via pipeline
2
2
4
Beneficial impact
as surface water
quality will
improve
2.4
Pipeline damage or
burst of
pipeline/leakage in
pipeline
2
1
2
Negligible Impact
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
185
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Water Resources
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce ground water related impacts:

Sewage will be disposed into septic tank and soak pit. Regular cleaning will be carried out to
avoid overflow the tank.
Hazardous waste will be stored in HDPE drum to avoid leakage of oil.
Treated water will be disposed into deep sea after proper treatment and as norm identified in
EP rules.


Impacts on Surface Water Quality
Likely impact scores on surface water environment are presented in Table 4-25.
Table 4-25: Impact Scoring of Surface Water
Impact Scoring
Code
Impacting Activity
Consequence,
C
Probability
,P
Final
Score, C x
P
Remarks
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
4
Law Impact
+10
Beneficial
impact as we
are not
discharging
any untreated
sewage waters
in Nakti Creek
1
1.1
Construction Phase
Crossing of pipeline over
road or water bodies
2
2
2.1
2
Operation Phase
Reusing treated sewage
waters in Welspun city
2
5
2.1
Disposal of Treated water
into deep sea via pipeline
2
2
+4
Beneficial
impact as
surface water
quality will
improve due to
treated water
dispsoal
2.2
Pipeline damage or burst
of pipeline/leakage in
pipeline
2
1
2
Negligible
Impact
Elimination of pollution of estuary waters due to disposal of untreated sewage. Thus improving the
environment at large in the estuary portion of Nakti creek.
4.7
Soil Environment
The impacting activities and their impacts over the soil quality has been assessed in Table 4-26,
from where it has been observed that the soil quality get impacted by activities like excavation
work and storage of construction materials. On the basis of that, impact scoring with respect to
soil quality was carried out and presented in Table 4-26.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
186
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-26: Impact Scoring – Soil
Impact Scoring
Code
Impacting Activity
C1
C2
Consequence, C
Probability, P
Final
Score
CxP
C3
C4
C5
C6
6
less risk,
Care shall be taken
to avoid spillage of
concrete materials
on ground. It is
recommended to
cover ground with
protecting sheets to
avoid soil and
ground water
contamination.
4
less risk,
Protect topsoil
stockpile where
possible at site.
1
Basis of scoring
Construction Phase
1.1
Base camp
Construction and
Operation
1.2
Excavation, Digging of
trenches and laying of
pipes
2
2
3
2
1.3
Construction material
management
2
2
4
less risk, as proper
storage facility will
be provided at site
to avoid leakage and
spillage
1.4
Testing and
Commissioning
activities
1
2
2
Negligible risk
4
Less risk,
Care shall be taken
to avoid leakage.
2
2.1
4.7.1




Operation Phase
Pipeline damage or
burst of
pipeline/leakage in
pipeline
2
2
Mitigation Measures
The top soil generated during the excavation work will be used for low lying area for filling
purpose.
Efforts shall be made to prevent accidental spillage of any oil/grease from construction
materials and during equipment maintenance.
Solid waste generated during the construction activity will be disposed authorized vendors
and as per GPCB rules.
The greenbelt area shall be delineated before starting of earth work. Tree plantation
(large size species) shall be done in this area so that they would grow to considerable
size by the time of commissioning of the proposed project. The plantation shall be
maintained without disturbance during construction period.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
187
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
4.8
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Biological Environment
Construction Phase

Since laying of the pipeline will be carried out using environmentally suitable techniques
depending on the sensitivity of local area, no interference with the aquatic environment is
envisaged during construction phase.

There may require some tree cutting to clear the path, for which compensated plantation will
be carried out.

Negligible impact on aquatic ecology is expected during construction phase of the proposed
pipeline, but this will be for limited period.
Operation Phase


During the operation phase only pumping station will be run which will not have any impact
on aquatic environment. The only possible impacting source will be leakage of pipeline, but
this will be detected and immediate action will be taken against it
Also there is no ecologically important area (e.g. National Park, Sanctuary) in the study area
so impact on such areas is not expected.
4.8.1
Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project
The environmental aspects and impacts related to the ecology and biodiversity of the study area
have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the
project. Potential impacts on ecology and biodiversity are given in Table 4-27. Whereas the
scoring of the impacts are presented in Table 4-28.
Table 4-27: Aspect – Impact Identification
Sr.
No.
Project Activity
Terrestrial
flora
Aspect
1
Terrestrial
fauna
Aquatic
flora
Aquatic
fauna
Construction Phase
1.1
Excavation, Digging of
trenches and laying of
pipes
Removal of
flora & Fauna
Yes
Yes
-
-
1.2
Preparation of access
roads
Cutting of trees
and clearing of
vegetation
Yes
Yes
-
-
1.3
Crossing of water bodies
and intertidal belt
Destruction of
benthos and
mangroves
-
-
Yes
Yes
1.4
Structural/mechanical
work (RCC, Welding,
Cutting Bending of
pipeline etc.)
Generation of
Noise
-
Yes
-
-
1.5
Vehicular movements
and labor movemnets
Generation of
Noise
-
Yes
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
2.1
Operation Phase
Operation and
maintenance of
pipeline/Burst of
pipeline
Flora & fauna
damage due to
leakage of
pipeline
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Yes
188
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-28: Aspect – Impact Scoring
Impact Scoring
Code
Aspect
Consequence
C
Final Score
CxP
Significance
1.1
Removal of flora & Fauna
1
2
2
Negligible Impact
1.2
Cutting of trees and
clearing of vegetatio
1
3
3
Negligible Impact
1.3
Destruction of benthos
and mangroves
2
2
4
Low Impact
1.4
Generation of Noise
1
1
1
Negligible Impact
1.5
Vehicular movements
and labor movements
1
2
2
Negligible Impact
4
Low Impact
1
Construction Phase
2
2.1
4.9
Probability
P
Operation Phase
Flora & fauna damage
due to leakage of
pipeline
2
2
Socio-economic Environment
Construction Phase
The work force during construction phase would be significant. The construction work force may
temporarily migrate to project site, some may be with families. Sites for construction and workers
camp should be clearly demarcated within / outside the CRZ area. Contractors shall ensure
provision for necessary basic needs and infrastructure facilities such as water supply, sanitary
facilities, housing, domestic fuel etc. to the families of construction workforce.
Welspum shall take due care to include necessary clauses in respective construction tender/work
awards for maintaining strict compliance of occupational health standards for workers during duty
period including provision and usage of personal protective equipment (PPE) such as noise
protection, hand gloves etc.
The following are the positive impacts predicted during the construction period:




The proposed activities will generate indirect employment in the region due to the
requirement of workers in site preparation activities, supply of raw material, auxiliary and
ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.
The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to site activities
and technology.
Residential/built-up land will not be acquired for the proposed pipeline; hence rehabilitation
and resettlement will not be associated with the project. There will not be major changes in
the land use pattern.
The proposed project activities do not involve loss or disturbance to sensitive areas and
cultural heritage.
Operation Phase


Benefits due to disposal of wastewater in deep sea will reduce the pollution in river
No adverse impact is expected on sanitation and community health.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
189
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
4.10
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Communities
This includes,
10.
11.
12.
13.
Hazards Identification,
Selection of Potential Loss Scenarios,
Simulation of release source model, and
Plotting of contour maps
A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is presented in chapter 7 i.e. Additional
Studies of this report (please refer Chapter 7)
4.10.1 General Safety Measures
Considering the various chemicals handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be
provided at the site.


















Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided. Instruction/Notice to wear the same
will be displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work.
Provision of safety shower with eye washer.
MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will be available at office and with responsible persons.
Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be available at the site.
Regular training programme for safety awareness.
Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.
Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.
Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended.
Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicalsfumes/vapours and to keep well within below permissible limit.
Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers
also.
Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.
Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.
Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.
Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.
Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.
Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.
Work permit systems will be strictly followed
Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will
be discussed in the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.
4.10.2 Mitigation Measures







Medical checkup would be carried out,
During site preparation proper care would be taken by Welspun, appropriate PPEs will be
provided to site workers and staff members,
Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when
required
Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
Welspun will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may
cause health problem.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
190
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
5
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1 Description of Study area
The study area starts from the Welspun City in Varsamedi Village and ends at Landfall point in the
Nakti Creek in alignment of the Outfall point as decided by NIO.
A list of villages falling in the study area of the possible alignment routes are as under in Table
5.1.
Table 5.1: List of Villages in the Study Area
District
Taluka
No. of Village
Name of Village/Town
Kutch
Anjar, Gandhidham
10
Varsamedi, Adipur, Gandhidham, Meghpar,
Galpadar, Shinay, Kidana, KASEZ area, Bharapar,
Tuna
5.2
Selection of Survey Route - Outcome of the Reconnaissance Survey
Outcome of the reconnaissance survey resulted in three possible alignment alternatives having
common features as under:
-
The Pipeline laying works will require various crossings namely: river, National & State Highway,
Internal roads, Railway, along the creek and natural drainage.
The alignment alternatives were selected having minimal crossings to be encountered.
The alternatives were selected having minimal ROU / ROW in private lands.
The alternatives selected will necessary require permissions principally from Gandhidham and
Adipur Corporation, National Highway & State Highway authorities, Railway authorities,
Irrigation Department, GMB and KASEZ Authorities, ROU and ROW of private lands.
Pumping Station is proposed to be located around PS 4 location of Gandhidham Municipal
Corporation in the KASEZ Land.
A Land of around 5 acres need to be acquired at PS 4 location to setup a new pumping station
and ancillary structures.
-
-
5.3
Alignment Alternatives
Three possible Alignment Alternatives were found during the reconnaissance Survey as under:
Onshore Segment – Gravity Pipeline:
 Alternative – I – Starting from Welspun Premises upto Prabhat Road Junction following the
route of rising main of sewage pumping for recycling plant, further down along IFFFCO
Udhyognagar road meeting SH-6 and further along SH – 6 and KASEZ road upto PS 4 location
(Length ~ 17.2 Kms).
 Alternative – II – Starting from Welspun Premises upto Prabhat Road Junction following the
route of rising main of sewage pumping for recycling plant, further passing through Government
/ Private land upto junction of KASEZ Road and further along KASEZ road upto PS 4 location
(Length ~ 16.6 Kms).
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
191
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
 Alternative – III – Starting from Welspun Premises upto Prabhat Road Junction following the
route of rising main of sewage pumping for recycling plant, further via Kidana Road upto PS 4
location (Length ~ 15.3 Kms).
Onshore + Offshore Segment – Pumping Main:

Alternative – I –
o
Onshore – Along Sakar Drainage further parallel to Road along salt pans to Tuna upto LFP
1 location (Length ~ 3.75 Kms)
o

Offshore – From LFP 1 Via Nakti Creek upto DP 1 (Length ~ 11 Kms)
Alternative – II –
o
Onshore – Along Sakar Drainage further parallel to Bharapar Road crossing the proposed
Railway line to Tune Port upto LFP 2 location (Length ~ 6.3 Kms)
o

Offshore – From LFP 2 Via Nakti Creek upto DP 1 (Length ~ 7.5 Kms)
Alternative – III –
o
Onshore – Along Sakar Drainage further parallel to Bharapar Road crossing the
proposed Railway line to Tune Port upto LFP 3 location (Length ~ 5.1 Kms)
o
5.4
Offshore – From LFP 3 Via Nakti Creek upto DP 1 (Length ~ 8.9 Kms)
Assessment of Alignment Alternatives
A. Assessment of the alignment alternatives for Onshore Upto Pumping Station
Location in terms of locational features is presented as below:
Sr.
No
Onshore Alignment Alternative
– Upto Pumping Station
Location
Advantages
Disadvantages
1
Alternative – I – Starting from
Welspun Premises upto Prabhat
Road Junction following the route
of rising main of sewage pumping
for recycling plant, further down
along IFFFCO Udhyognagar road
meeting SH-6 and further along SH
– 6 and KASEZ road upto PS 4
location (Length ~ 17.2 Kms)
Pipeline following the
route of Sewage Pumping
main. Hence pipeline will
be laid in trench common
to the sewage pumping
main
Pipeline in the crowded streets
of SH – 6 and on the IFFCO
Udhyognagar Road and further
in SEZ area is very difficult.
Moreover permission from SEZ
for laying along their main
road may not be granted.
2
Alternative – II – Starting from
Welspun Premises upto Prabhat
Road Junction following the route
of rising main of sewage pumping
for recycling plant, further passing
through Government / Private land
upto junction of KASEZ Road and
further along KASEZ road upto PS
4 location (Length ~ 16.6 Kms)
Pipeline following the
route of Sewage Pumping
main. Hence pipeline will
be laid in trench common
to the sewage pumping
main
Pipeline alignment is selected
avoiding the crowded streets
of SH-6 and along IFFCO
Udhyognagar Road (on back
side of the habitation) but the
Pipeline laying in the SEZ area
is very difficult. Moreover
permission from SEZ for laying
along their main road may not
be granted.
3
Alternative – III – Starting from
Welspun Premises upto Prabhat
Road Junction following the route
of rising main of sewage pumping
for recycling plant, further via
Pipeline following the
route of Sewage Pumping
main. Hence pipeline will
be laid in trench common
to the sewage pumping
Around 850 m stretch of
pipeline alignment passes
through Kidana village and its
narrow streets. Necessary
permissions and careful laying
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
192
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
Sr.
No
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
Onshore Alignment Alternative
– Upto Pumping Station
Location
Advantages
Disadvantages
Kidana Road upto PS 4 location
(Length ~ 15.3 Kms)
main. Further pipeline is to
be laid along Kidana Road
passing through village
Kidana
operations need to be carried
out in this area.
Out of the above three alternatives Alternative III seems to be the most feasible as the
alternatives is principally avoiding the entry to Kandla SEZ area. Only hindrance is the Kidana Village
as the alignment crosses the village in a stretch of 850 m which needs to be properly addressed.
B. Assessment of the alignment alternatives for Offshore from Pumping Station
upto LFP in terms of locational features is presented as below:
Sr.
No
Offshore Alignment
Alternative – From Pumping
Station Location upto LFP
Advantages
Disadvantages
1
Alternative – I –
Onshore – Along Sakar Drainage
further parallel to Road along salt
pans to Tune upto LFP 1 location
(Length ~ 3.75 Kms)
Offshore – From LFP 1 Via Nakti
Creek upto DP 1 (Length ~ 11
Kms)
Pipeline laid along natural
drainage and further upto
LFP – 1, which has shortest
stretch mud flat banks upto
waters of Nakti creek.
Longest Offshore length.
Least destruction to
Mangroves. Falls under stable
coast zone as per the
Shoreline Changes Maps
prepared by Anna University
for MOEF.
2
Alternative – II –
Onshore – Along Sakar Drainage
further parallel to Bharapar Road
crossing the proposed Railway
line to Tuna Port upto LFP 2
location (Length ~ 6.3 Kms)
Offshore – From LFP 2 Via Nakti
Creek upto DP 1 (Length ~ 7.5
Kms)
Pipeline laid along natural
drainage and further upto
LFP – 2 via Bharapar Road
having longest onshore
length and shortest offshore
length.
Destruction to mangroves is
more as stretch of mud flat
banks upto waters of Nakti
creek is high. Pipeline falls
under low Erosion area as
per the Shoreline Changes
Maps prepared by Anna
University for MOEF.
3
Alternative – III –
Onshore – Along Sakar Drainage
further parallel to Bharapar Road
crossing the proposed Railway
line to Tune Port upto LFP 3
location (Length ~ 5.1 Kms)
Offshore – From LFP 3 Via Nakti
Creek upto DP 1 (Length ~ 8.7
Kms)
Pipeline laid along natural
drainage and further upto
LFP – 2 via Bharapar Road
having shorter onshore
length and relatively higher
offshore length than
Alternative II
Destruction to mangroves is
more as stretch of mud flat
banks upto waters of Nakti
creek is high. Pipeline falls
under stable coast zone as
per the Shoreline Changes
Maps prepared by Anna
University for MOEF.
Out of the above three alternatives Alternative III has been selected.
5.5
Selected Alignment Alternative
Thus final selected alternative for alignment of pipeline is just near the above selected
alternatives for offshore section is as under:
Onshore Segment Upto Pumping Station location:
Alternative – III – Starting from Welspun Premises upto Prabhat Road Junction following the
route of rising main of sewage pumping for recycling plant, further via Kidana Road upto PS 4
location (Length ~ 15.3 Kms)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
193
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
Onshore-Offshore Segment after Pumping Station location upto Disposal Point:
Alternative – II –


Onshore – Along Sakar Drainage further parallel to Bharapar Road crossing the proposed
Railway line to Tuna Port upto LFP 2 location (Length ~ 5.86 Kms)
Offshore – From LFP 2 Via Nakti Creek upto DP 1 (Length ~ 8.92 Kms)
Final selected alternative is highlighted above in the report.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
194
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
PROGRAMME
6
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1
Environmental Monitoring
6.1.1
Construction Phase
Environmental auditing during construction phase shall comprise checking:

Appropriate permits, certificates, authorizations and

Compliance with EMP and local governmental regulations
Environmental Management Plan, Implementation & Monitoring during Construction Phase
Typical checklists are presented in Table 6-1 and Table 6-2.
Table 6-1: Project Start-Up Checklist
Environmental Aspect
Yes / No
Comments
Yes / No
Comments
Awareness of environmental issues for personnel at site
Display of telephone numbers of emergency services at site
Establishment of solid waste management system at both
construction site and labour camp.
Establishment of wastewater management system at both
construction site and labour camp.
Availability of fire-fighting equipment at construction site
Table 6-2: Monthly Checklist
Environmental Aspect
Review of Environment Management
Training on environmental awareness to personnel at site
Compliance of construction activities with approved methods
Compliance with fire safety requirements
Dealing with public complaints if any
6.1.2
Operation Phase
Environmental Quality Monitoring schedule shall be decided in consultation with the State Pollution
Control Boards. Environment monitoring plan is given in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3: Environment Monitoring Plan
Sr.No.
Activity
Schedule
Air Pollution Monitoring

Ambient air monitoring of parameters – NOx,
PM & SOx at Pumping Stations.
Quarterly
Water Pollution Monitoring
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
195
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
Sr.No.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
PROGRAMME
Activity
Schedule

Treated effluent monitoring of parameters- as
the parameters mentioned in CC & A. Monitoring
of outlet of Common ETP will be carried out on
daily basis for analysis of principal parameters of
pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil and Grease, Sulphates
and Chlorides as per CCA norms. Online
monitoring system will be installed at Pumping
Station Location for TOC, pH, Flow and DO.
On Daily basis

Treated sewage monitoring of principal
parameters of pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil and
Grease, Sulphates and Chlorides - Inlet and
Outlet quality of STP as required for RO.
On Daily basis
Noise Quality Monitoring

Ambient Noise Levels
Noise recordings will be carried out near
the operating equipments on regular basis

Records of generation, handling, storage,
transportation and disposal of other solid,
aqueous and organic hazardous wastes as
required by hazardous waste authorization
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping
As per the NOC received from GPCB
Environmental Statement
Environmental statement under the EP (Act)
1986

Once in a year
During operation phase, discharge of treated wastewater will have little detectable impact on
marine environment, ongoing monitoring shall be undertaken. Monitoring of the marine
environment focuses on the following elements.

Water Quality (Nutrients, Physical –Chemical, microbiological);

Sediment Quality (Nutrients, metals, pesticides);
6.2
Environment Management Cell
The responsibilities of the various members of the environment management cell are given in
Table 6-4.
Table 6-4: Environment Management Cell
S.
Designation
Proposed responsibility
1.
Director (Construction and
Operations) Pipelines
Responsible for providing all the necessary funding and
administrative support to the EMP and be ultimately
responsible for carrying out this project with total
commitment to environmental matters.
2.
Senior Manager – Environment
and Safety
Responsible for coordinating the activities of monitoring and
managing compliance of the EMP. The responsibilities
include technical, community and administrative matters
related to the EMP, including liaison with the general public
in the project area, other parties and regulatory bodies on
environmental issues related to the project.
No.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
196
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
S.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
PROGRAMME
Designation
Proposed responsibility
3.
Manager - Environment
Secondary responsibility for environment management and
decision making for all environmental issues
4.
Manager - Safety
Secondary responsibility for environment management and
decision making for all safety issues
5.
Environmental Officers
Responsible for monitorin g the compliance of the EMP and
will report to the Environmental Manager.
6.
Construction Contractor
Responsible for ensuring full compliance with environmental
matters related to construction activities, as laid down in the
EMP. The construction contractor will ensure that all his
workers are properly briefed in environmental matters in
terms of DOs and DON'Ts while they work on the project.
7.
Site Engineers
Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate
procedures
No.
6.3
Regulatory Framework
The following EHS regulatory requirements are applicable to the activities being planned, and the
checklist given in Table 6-5 may be taken into consideration prior to actual commencement of
operations. This checklist requires to be reviewed at quarterly intervals.
Table 6-5: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements
S.
Action Required /
Applicable Legislation / Rule /
Permit
Requirement
1.
CRZ clearance as per the CRZ
Notification dated 6th January,2011
and amended till date
Permit to establish facility
Before commencement of
the project
2.
Consent to Establish/ NOC from the
GPCB under water and air act
Permit to establish facility
Before commencement of
the project
Permit to discharge air
emissions from the flue
gas stacks
Application to be filed with
the GPCB once the CRZ
clearance and NOC is
obtained after the
commencement of the
project
Permit to discharge of
wastewater
Application to be filed with
the GPCB once the CRZ
clearance and NOC is
obtained after the
commencement of the
project
No.
3.
Consent to Operate under the Air
Act from the GPCB
Timing of Action
4.
Consent to Operate under the Water
Act from the GPCB
5.
Consent to Operate under
authorization to generate, transport
and dispose hazardous wastes from
the GPCB
Permit to generate and
dispose hazardous wastes
Application to be filed with
the GPCB once the CRZ
clearance and NOC is
obtained after the
commencement of the
project
6.
The Public Liability Act, 1991 (PLI)
Insurance to be taken
Welspun will take insurance
under PLI
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
197
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
S.
No.
7.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Applicable Legislation / Rule /
Permit
Requirement
Factory License from the DISH
(Department of Industrial Safety
Health)
A basic safety license to
run the Factory
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
PROGRAMME
Action Required /
Timing of Action
Application prior to
construction and also
commissioning
198
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7
ADDITIONAL STUDIES – CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
7.1
Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis
7.1.1
Introduction
An emergency is considered to be a situation of process deviation that may lead to or actually
leads to a major accident/disaster with potential short term and/or long term risk and damage
consequences to life and property in and/or around the factory.
A Disaster is a catastrophic consequence of a major emergency/accident that leads to, not only
extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long
time and requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those
affected.
Since the occurrence of a disaster is very remote for this project, the report focuses on emergency
situations and discusses the contents of an Emergency Plan (EP) and Contingency Plan (CP).
EP is a guide, giving general considerations, directions and procedures for handling emergencies
likely to arise from deviations to planned operations. The site specific document contingent to –
and demonstrating suitable implementation of the EP is called the CP. The CP, being site specific,
will require to be updated once the construction, and later on, production commences.
7.1.2
Emergency Plan: Structure
The EP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing on continual improvement of
emergency response planning and arrangements. A structure working on a Plan, Do, Check &
Review (PDCR) cycle has been therefore suggested. Another advantage of doing this is to have a
system that is in synchronicity with commonly used EHS systems such as ISO 14001 and OHSAS
18000.
7.1.3
Policy
Welspun’s Health and Safety Policies guide the Emergency Response Plan. These policies are to be
made accessible to all at site and to other stakeholders. The policies have been framed
considering legislative compliance, stakeholder involvement, continual improvement, and
management by objectives.
7.1.4
Planning
Event Classification and Modes of Failure
Hazards that can lead to accidents in operations are discussed in this section. Important
hazardous events are classified in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1: Event Classification
Type of Event
Explanation
BLEVE
Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapour Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic
failure of refrigerated or pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling
points, followed by early ignition of the same, typically leading to a fire ball
Deflagration
Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity
and initiation of the reaction at lower energy levels
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
199
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Type of Event
Explanation
Detonation
A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front
advances in the unreacted substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the
unreacted material
Explosion
A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave
Fire
Fire
Fireball
The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge
before forming a flammable/explosive mixture.
Flash Fire
A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back
fire
Spill Release
‘Loss of containment’. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit’s own
equipment / tanks causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or
fire
Structural Damage
Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily)
of structural support and direct structural failures
Vapour Cloud
Explosion
Explosion resulting from vapour clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing
liquids and gases
Identification of Possible Emergency Situations
Broadly, two situations can arise:
 Emergency situations involving loss of containment of hazardous materials. For the proposed
facility, the following credible containment loss scenarios may be envisaged:
 Loss of HSD from Storage Tank.
Consequence analysis of all the above mentioned containment loss scenarios has been discussed
and related consequence isopleths are provided at the end of Chapter 7.
 Emergency situations not involving loss of containment are generally more likely to occur and
the following are possible:
 Falls due to working at heights (during construction/repair and maintenance).
 Electric shock caused by contact with faulty electrical equipment, cables, etc.
 Chronic health issues related to inhalation or ingestion of dust.
 Falls on floors made slippery by aqueous solutions or solvents.
 Burns by splashes of liquids, by steam or hot vapors, by contact with hot surfaces.
 Exposure to adverse environmental factors (for e.g. high temperature).
Emergency situations involving containment failure as mentioned above have been modeled for
their consequence distances using the software ‘PHAST’ version 6.51, prepared by DNV Technica,
UK.
7.1.5
Consequence Assessment
Toxic, flammable and explosive substances released from sources of storage as a result of failures
or catastrophes, can cause losses in the surrounding area in the form of:
 Toxic gas dispersion, resulting in toxic levels in ambient air,
 Fires, fireballs, and flash back fires, resulting in a heat wave (radiation), or
 Explosions (Vapour Cloud Explosions) resulting in blast waves (overpressure).
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
200
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Consequences of Fire/Heat Wave
The main consequence is a heat wave that results in heat being exerted on the surrounding life
and property, causing damage. The term used to define excess heat is called radiation and is
expressed in kilowatt per m2 or kw/m2. The dose is the amount of heat radiation received in unit
time and is expressed as kilowatt-hour / m2 or kwh/m2. Some important damage thresholds,
expressed as ‘radiation dose’ include:
 Fatal to humans: 37.5 kwh/m2
 First Degree burns to humans: 12.5 kwh/m2. This is also the limit where burning of wood
(and consequent damage to environment and property) takes place.
 First Degree burns to humans: 4 kwh/m2
Consequences of Explosions
In case of Vapour Cloud Explosions (VCE’s), the main consequence is a blast wave that results in
great pressure being exerted on the surrounding life and property, causing damage. Some
important damage thresholds with respect to overpressure include:
 Fatality: 1 bar (16 psi)
 Ear drum rupture of humans: 0.41 bar (6 psi)
 Structural damage to buildings: 0.2 bar (3 psi)
 Glass damage: 0.03 bar (0.5 psi)
Consequences of Containment Failure and Release of Material into Environment
Release of LDO into Environment
It is expected that Welspun would have 1 storage tank for HSD having a capacity of 10 KL.
The consequence scenarios considered are loss of HSD due to 25mm, 50mm and catastrophic
rupture in the storage tank.
Consequence analysis is provided in Table 7-2.
Table 7-2: Effect Distance due to Release of HSD
Scenario
Reference
Scenario
Description
25 mm leak
from storage
tank
Release
Phase
Liquid
Consequence
Met
Data
Jet fire
Early pool fire
HSD
Late pool fire
50 mm leak
from storage
tank
Liquid
Jet fire
Early pool fire
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Effective Distance in meter to
Radiation Level
4
kW/m2
12.5
kW/m2
37.5
kW/m2
3.6/B
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
4.0/D
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
5.0/D
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
3.6/B
14.67
10.06
5.30
4.0/D
14.63
10.07
5.32
5.0/D
14.80
10.38
5.70
3.6/B
39.07
2.85
10.03
4.0/D
39.23
22.29
9.98
5.0/D
39.87
23.43
10.13
3.6/B
2.26
N.R.
N.R.
4.0/D
2.20
N.R.
N.R.
5.0/D
2.16
N.R.
N.R.
3.6/B
22.33
14.91
6.49
201
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
Scenario
Reference
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Scenario
Description
Release
Phase
Consequence
Late pool fire
Jet fire
Catastrophic
Rapture
Early pool fire
Late pool fire
Met
Data
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Effective Distance in meter to
Radiation Level
4
kW/m2
12.5
kW/m2
37.5
kW/m2
4.0/D
22.35
15.01
6.54
5.0/D
22.59
15.42
6.86
3.6/B
39.11
21.42
9.94
4.0/D
39.28
21.94
9.89
5.0/D
39.88
23.25
10.03
3.6/B
-
-
-
4.0/D
-
-
-
5.0/D
-
-
-
3.6/B
-
-
-
4.0/D
-
-
-
5.0/D
-
-
-
3.6/B
37.80
21.00
8.98
4.0/D
38.00
21.52
8.98
5.0/D
38.48
22.65
8.95
N.R.: Not Reached
The effect contours generated for the release and catastrophic rupture of HSD storage tank are
presented in Figure 7-1 to Figure 7-2.
Figure 7-1: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather
4/D
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
202
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Figure 7-2: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather
5/D
Figure 7-3: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 50 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather
4/D
Figure 7-4: Late Pool fire effect contour due to 50 mm leak in HSD storage tank at weather
5/D
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
203
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Figure 7-5: Late Pool fire effect contour due to Catastrophic Rupture of HSD storage tank at
weather 4/D
Figure 7-6: Late Pool fire effect contour due to Catastrophic Rupture of HSD storage tank at
weather 5/D
7.2
7.2.1
On-site Emergency Plan
Introduction
The primary purpose of this plan is to prepare the Welspun for wastewater disposal pipeline
for dealing with emergency situations arising out of human negligence and natural calamities.
It is also intended to suggest preventive measures so that such emergency situations do not
arise as far as possible.
This plan is also meant to fulfill the statutory responsibility of the factory as per Factory Act
Section 41-B (4) of the Factories Act, 1948 requires that every occupier of a hazardous factory
shall draw up an On-site emergency plan and detailed disaster control measures for his factory
and make it known to the workers and the general public in the vicinity, the safety measures
to be taken in the event of an accident taking place.
An On-Site Emergency Plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies within the
factory and not affecting outside public or environment.
An Off-Site Emergency plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting
outside public and the environment outside the premises. This plan (on-site and off-site) has
the following outcomes:
 Identifies the hazardous substances
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
204
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 Identifies failure hazards due to failure of control measures and equipment at different
stages of all processes
 Identifies Procedure and facilities to be used in case of an emergency for immediate
control and to minimize the effect of such situation
 Identifies details relating to alert system
 Provides and organization chart for fixation of responsibilities and contact persons during
an emergency
 Makes arrangement to create and maintain awareness and emergency preparedness in
personnel handling emergency by making provision of training, rehearsals, mock drill etc.
 Safeguards employees and people in the vicinity
 Minimizes damage to the environment and/or property
 Compilation of data for use in District disaster/Emergency plan prepared by the District
Collector etc
In order to understand the effect and damage consequences arising out of abnormal situations,
definitions which are accepted by all the concerned Government, Semi Government bodies and
institutions are mentioned hereunder.
Accident
An accident is an unplanned event, which has probability of causing personal injure or property
damage or both. It may result in physical harm in the shape of injure or decease to people,
damage to property, loss to the company, a near mess or any combination of these effects.
Major Accident
A major accident is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event, resulting from uncontrolled
developments during and industrial activity, which caused, or has the potential to cause
 Serious adverse effects Immediate or delayed resulting to death, injuries, poisoning or
hospitalization to a number of people inside the installation and or to persons outside the
establishment or
 Significant damage to crops, plants or animals significant contamination of land, water
or air or
 An emergency intervention outside the establishment e.g. evacuation of local population,
stopping of local traffic or
 Significant changes in the process operating conditions, such as stoppage or suspension
of normal work in the concerned plant for a significant period of time, or
 Any combination of above effects.
Emergency
An emergency could be defined as any situation, which presents a threat to safety of persons
and or property, it may require outside help also.
Major Emergency
A major emergency occurring at a work is one that may affect several departments within it
and or may cause serious injuries, loss of life, extensive damage to property or serious
disruption outside the works. It will require the use of outside resources to handle it effectively.
Usually the result of a malfunction of the normal operating procedures, It may also be
precipitated by the intervention of an outside agency, such as a server electrical, storm,
flooding, crashed aircraft or deliberate acts of arson or sabotage.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
205
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Emergency due to operating conditions such as uncontrolled reaction, small fire, small gas leak,
spill, failure of power, water, air steam, cooling media, scrubbing media etc, and which can be
locally handled by plant personnel alone without outside help is not considered as major
emergency. Operating instructions in the Safety manual shall cover this area, though the
outside emergency plan will also be helpful.
Hazard
Risk is the likelihood of an undesired vent i.e. accident, injury or death occurring within a
specified period or under specification circumstances. It may be either a frequency or a
probability depending on the circumstances.
The on-site Emergency Plan
The on-site emergency plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting
public and the environment inside the premises. The manufacturer should provide the
necessary information on the nature, extent and likely effects of such incidents.
The off-site Emergency Plan
The off-Site emergency plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting
public and environment outside premised. The manufacturer should provide the necessary
information on the nature, extent and likely effects of such incidents.
7.2.2
Objectives of the Emergency Plan
An emergency cannot always be prevented but it can be controlled within units and its effect
can be minimized by using the best resources available at the time.
Emergency planning is a management function and it should not be considered in isolation.
Management should evaluate the activities operations and processes carried out within the
works before starting to plan an emergency operation.
A check must be made to ensure that all required steps have already been taken which are
included in emergency planning.
Considering our number of employees, materials and processes, availability of resources,
location of site and size, company has prepared this emergency plan. The plan contains clear
instructions for all staff members. The objectives of the emergency plan are as under:
 To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environmental impact assessment
 To prevent the emergency turning into a disaster
 To safeguard employees and people in vicinity
 To minimize damage to property or/and the environment
 To inform employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards/risks
assessed safeguards provided residual risk if any and role to be played by in the event
of an emergency.
 To be ready for mutual aid if need is arise to help neighboring unit. Normal jurisdiction
is for the own premises only, but looking to time factor in arriving the external help or
off-site plan agency; the jurisdiction must be extended outside to be extent possible in
case of emergency occurring outside.
 To inform authorities and mutual aid centers to come for help
 To effect rescue and treatment of casualties
 To identify and list any dead
 To inform and help relatives
 To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and restore normalcy
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
206
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 To provide authoritative information to the news media
 To preserve records, equipment etc. and to organize investigation into the cause of the
emergency and preventive measures to prevent its reoccurrence
 To ensure safety of the works before personnel re-enter and resume work
7.2.3
Health & Safety Policy
Welspun recognizes the importance of managing health, safety and environmental matters
effectively as an integral part of its activities. It has been our continuous endeavor to provide
an environment which ensures health, safe working conditions and safe practices, of Welspun’s
guiding principle that all accidents are preventable and all identified health risks are confinable.
 Provide and maintain facilities, plant, and equipment, systems and working conditions,
which are safe without risk to the health of employee, visitors, contractors and the public
 Provide information, instruction, training and supervision for all staff to enable them to
carry out their duties in a safe, environmentally responsible and effective manner
 Take full account of health, safety and environmental considerations in project, planning
and decision making
 Develop and maintain appropriate emergency response procedures and contingency
plans commensurate with the risk to its activities
 Seek to achieve continuous improvement in its health, safety and environmental
performance based on the recommendations made through periodic audits
 Seek to co-operate actively with the appropriate authorities and other relevant bodies to
resolve issues and improve performance
7.2.4
Storage and Operational Hazards & Control
The safety measures applicable and adopted for the factor in general are given below.
 Earthing provided on all relevant equipment and tanks to avoid any electrical hazard
 Lightening arrestors have been provided on the buildings
 Fire extinguishers and Life-boy units are kept ready as per details given later
 Safety showers ad eyewash showers are provided
 Information regarding material hazards has been made aware among workers and staff
Other Hazards and Control
Hazards, which cannot be, classified as either storage or process and vessel hazards are listed
here. This includes hazards due to piping or structure collapse, loss of wastewater disposal
capacity due to major equipment failure, such as pump failure or blockage in diffuser etc. site
associated hazards like, snakebites, hazards likely from outside or neighboring plants etc.
7.2.5
Risk and Environmental Impact Assessment Plan
Environmental Impact Assessment may be defined as a document containing environmental
analysis which includes identification, interpretation, prediction and mitigation of impacts likely
to be caused by proposed action or project.
The Environmental elements that are likely to be affected are to be identified and categorized
as air, water land, sound, ecology, human aspects economics and resources.
Identification and evaluation is necessary for solid, liquid wastes, quantity and quality, gaseous
emission, displacement. Human settlement, landscape, vegetation, water courses, aquatic
flora, fauna, hazards etc.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
207
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
To consider the social risk, we have to find out the details about the people those who are at
work on site and for the people those who are living and or working in the vicinity.
Off-site Population details can be calculated from the following aspects.
 Location and number of people normally reside at night
 Day time variation to this data
 The number and location or more vulnerable people
 Proportion of people outdoors
Identification, analysis and assessment of hazards and risk provide vital information to risk
management. From the nature of project – Operational activities it is not anticipated for
potentialities of major incidents. However, following risks like fire, excess waste water inflows
etc. entering river system are discussed below.
Based on available information and data, company has made the hazard identification of their
works, while doing so, best available technology is used in design, instillation, operation and
maintenance of processes, plants, equipment and machinery.
Following list gives the idea of surrounding vicinity and emergency time facilities such as

Surrounding area population, residential premises

project-location (pipeline route with pumping station)

Approaches to the project site

Hospital, nourishing home

Fire Station

Police Station

Railway, bus station and other transport centers

Mutual aid center

North direction, wind direction, wind velocity etc.
This key plan is also kept in the emergency center so that proper and immediate action can be
taken by the concerned authority. Various hazards that can be divided in following different
categories applicable to pipeline operation are explained below. These hazards should be taken
into consideration because pipeline receives treated effluent from CETP, Vapi.
Fire Hazards
Activities at project site are mainly dealing with disposal of treated effluent (running of
electrically driven water pump), lubricating oil and diesel. However, risk of fire dose exists,
electrical fire and plantation fires. The fire may take place because of any one of the following
reasons.

Electrical short circuiting

Electrical spark

Accidental plantation grass fire
To control fire hazards following action are taken.
 Short circuit proof wiring is installed
 Regular preventive electrical maintenance is in place to take care of loose connections,
soundness of overload relays etc.
 Annual maintenance of bus-bars, tripping mechanisms, transformers, MNC’s is strictly
planned and carried out
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
208
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 Appropriate fire extinguishers are placed near D.G. set/ diesel storage area and regularly
monitored
 Team of gardeners is working round the year to prevent grass fires from plantation area
Excess waste water Inflow Than the Current Design Capacity
In case of emergency such as excess waste water inflow, company will run the additional
pumps which are always kept ready as standby. Incase catastrophic failure of standby pump
excess treated effluent outflow will be diverted in to the River.
Corrosion Hazards
In present project question of Corrosion Hazard is ruled out as the pipeline material will be
HDPE and also in MS we have epoxy lining inside the surface of the pipe.
Hazards From Critical Equipment Failure and or Damage Pipeline/Diffuser
Though this is not hazard in the normal sense, it has direct impact on environment. From failure
of pump can result in loss of treated effluent disposal capacity, which will lead to bypassing of
treated effluent in to the River. Such critical equipments are Pumps, Transformer, standby D.G.
Set etc. To control such emergency following provisions are made
 For above all critical equipment, standby spare equipment of each size is provided. This
standby equipment is periodically swapped into use to ensure they are in operative
condition
 Well-planned preventive maintenance schedule is implemented and executed
meticulously. Critical spare parts stocks are ensured
 Well-trained fitters and electricians are on permanent role call of the Company.
Competent mechanical and electrical engineers are supervising the above workmen and
ensuring quality work and strict adherence to maintenance schedule and prompt
attendants breakdown jobs
 Full time storekeeper ensures adequate spares stock and other consumables required for
smooth operational activities
Hazards from Natural Calamities like earthquake and floods
Extent of damages from such events can not be imagined, to combat such eventualities
following procedures will be taken place.
 Quick response systematic operations shutdown procedures are in place Personnel are
trained to carry out these operations and drills carried out periodically
 After the incident is cleared, systematic checking of each equipment and installations
for their operational soundness will be carried out. Elaborate checklist for this action is
prepared. After checking and rechecking operation will be restarted in logical sequence
Control Measures provided
Looking to the nature of operations and materials handled following process controls and
facilities have been employed.
 Control of all parameters is done by adequate control valves, flow measurement, level
checking etc.
 Procedures and actions have been well defined and known to all operating personnel for
safe shutdown of plant in case of power failure and other contingency requirement
 750 KVA D. G. Set is provided for as power back-up system for running the pumps in
case of power failure
 Sufficient space provided for free movement. Safe heights are considered in designing
plant layout
 Guard-railing are provided for walKWays and work areas where needed
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
209
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 Testing and inspection schedules for appropriate equipment are carried out
 All elevated structure are provided with lighting arrestors
 All exposed various parts of moving machinery are provided with suitable guards for
personnel safety
 Electrical trip out systems is in place catering to overload, high voltage etc.
 Adequate earthing is provided covering all equipment, which need earthing protection
Operational Safety
 All operators and maintenance personnel are trained to combat any leakage, overflows
and spillages
 Aprons, hand gloves, Dust masks and harness are provided and usage is ensured
 First – Aid box is provided with adequate provisions
 Following preventive maintenance to avoid failure will be done
(I.) Periodic internal and external inspection of tanks
(II.) Vibration test and observation
(III.) Periodic inspection of piping and preventive maintenance
Other Hazards and controls
The company besides hazards dealt with so far there are few more hazards such as
Maintenance Hazard, Physical Injuries and Snake bites let-us see how to overcome these
hazards one by one
Maintenance Hazard
 Safety permit system will be followed
 Preventive maintenance will be carried out
 Adequate inventory of spare parts will be maintained
 Only compatible parts will be used
 Scaffolding/ladders/safety belts will be used
 Protective appliances will be utilized for protection against fall, hand injury, head injury
etc
 Maintenance procedures will be used
 All physical hazards will be eliminated
 Safe lifting tackles/tools will be used
 Lifting tackles are maintained and examined periodically for safety
 Hand tools, power tools are used with approved types and good quality
Physical Injuries Controls
 Electrical Shocks in pump-room
Hazard from Snakebites
 Adequate lighting is provided on walKWays and work areas and it is ensured all lighting
fixtures are in use and working condition
 Round the year, full time gardeners ensure, walk ways and work areas are free from tall
grasses and bushes
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
210
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Arrangement exists with Haria Rotary Hospital for immediate treatment on emergency basis.
Plant personnel are trained on basic first aid to be carried out before shifting for professional
treatment.
7.2.6
Emergency Organization
The company has identified the various hazards in the earlier sections and assessed the risks
involved inside the factory premises. This section deals with building the organization structure
for emergency arising out of the assessed risks. Further subsequent topics suggest the Key
Personnel nominated to combat emergency with their specific responsibilities and duties. This
preparedness helps in making best use of the resources involved and also avoids confusion /
panic arising at the time of an emergency. All such Key Personnel should be available in all
shifts and on call on off-duty or on holidays.
Incident Controllers
Primary duty of an incident controller (I.C.) is to take charge at the scene of the incident. The
first instance, Shift in charge (S.I.) will act s\as I.C. arrives on site of Incident scene and takes
charge of the situation. The major responsibilities/duties of the Incident Controller are as
follows:
 Assess the scale of the emergency and if he feels that a major emergency exists or is
likely, then activate On-Sit (& Off-Site if required) plan with or without consultation of
site Main Controller
 Assume duties of Site Main Controller pending latter’s arrival. Nominate his deputy to the
incident in that case
 Direct all operations within the affected area with the following priorities
(a) Secure safety of the personnel
(b) Minimize damage to the plant, property and environment
(c) Minimize loss of materials
 Direct rescue and fire fighting operations until the arrival of the fire brigade
 Search for casualties
 evacuate non-essential workers to assembly points and carry out head counts
 Set up communication point and establish telephone/messenger contact with the
Emergency Control Center.
 Give advice and information as required to the fire brigade and other mergence services
 Brief the Site Main controller and keep him informed of the developments
 Preserve evidences that will be necessary for subsequent inquiry into the cause of the
emergency and conduction preventive measures
Site Main Controller
The site Main Controller has the overall responsibility for directing operations and for calling
outside help from emergency Control Center. The nominated person is usually a senior Manager
or a top executive or a director. The major responsibilities of the Site Main Controller are as
follows:
 Consult incident controller, decide whether a major emergency exist, if yes, then declare
major emergency, ensure outside emergency services and mutual aid is called, activate
Off-Site plan and if necessary, inform nearby factories and population
 ensure that Key Personnel are called in
 Exercise direct operational control on parts of the factory outside affected area
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
211
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 Continuously review and assess possible development to determine the most probable
cause of events
 Direct safe closedown and evacuation of plants in consultation with incident controller
and key personnel
 Ensure that casualties receive adequate attention, arrange for hospitalization if necessary
and the relatives are properly advised
 Inform and liase with Chief Officers of the fire and police services. District emergency
authority, factory inspectorate and experts on health & safety. Provide advice on possible
effects on area outside the factory
 Ensure proper accounting for personnel and rescue of missing persons
 Control traffic movement within the factory
 Issue authorized statement to news media
 Control rehabilitation of affected areas and victims on cessation of the emergency. Do
not restart the flow unless it is ensured that it is safe to start and cleared by the
authorities
Other Key Personnel
Other Key Personnel are required to provide advice to and implement the decisions made by
the Site Main Controller in light of the information received on the developing situation at the
emergency. Such key personnel includes senior persons responsible for functions such as
safety, security, fire, gas and spill control, pollution control, communication system, medical
services, engineering, operation, technical services, stores and personnel. Their major
responsibilities include (under the direction of Site Main Controller)
 Decide action needed to shutdown plants; carry out emergency engineering work etc.
 Evacuate personnel
 Arrange for supplies of equipment, utilities fuel, water, power etc.)
 Carry out atmospheric tests
 Liase with emergency planning authorities and services
 Liase with hospitals, mutual aid centers, relatives of casualties etc
 Arrange for mutual aid help
 Arrange for outside shelter evacuation camps
 Any other work as may be assigned by the Site Main Controller
Essential Workers
Essential workers are a task force of workers/technicians trained in various disciplines of
emergency control. Such teams must be available at all times to get the work done by the
incident Controller and Site Main Controller. Such work will include
 Fire fighting, gas leak and spill control till a fire brigade takes charge
 Help fire brigade and mutual aid teams if required
 Shutdown plant and make it safe
 Carry out emergency engineering work e.g. isolation equipment, material, process,
providing temporary bypass lines, safe transfer of material urgent repairing or
replacement, electrical work etc.
 Keep provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipment, materials
etc.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
212
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 Move equipment, arrange special vehicles and transport to and from the scene of the
incident
 Search, evacuate, rescue and provide welfare services
 Give first-aid and medical help
 Move tankers or other vehicles from area of risk
 Carry out atmospheric tests and pollution control
 Main assembly points to record arrival of evacuated persons
 Assist casualties and record details of casualties
 Assist communication centers, if required
Assembly Points
Assembly point is a specified place where all non-essential workers (i.e. those who are not
assigned any duty) shall report. All assembly points should be clearly marked by a conspicuous
notice and an identification mark. They should be located in a safe place. Away from the areas
of risk and least affected by down wind direction. It may be in the open or in a building,
depending on the hazard involved. Each assembly point should
 Be managed by nominated person
 Have means of communication with Site Main Controller to receive instructions
 Suitable PPE’s if necessary to further pass through vulnerable area
Emergency Control Centre
Emergency Control Center is a place from which all emergency operations are directed and
coordinated. It will be attended by Site Main Controller, Key Personnel; Senior Officers form
fire Brigade, Police, Factory Inspectorate, District Authorities and Emergency Services. The
center should contain
 An adequate number of external telephones with latest telephone directory
 An adequate number of internal telephones
 Factory plans showing
a) Areas having large inventories of raw materials including tanks, reactors, drums
and compressed gas cylinders Sources of radioactive materials if any
b) Sources alarm brass bells, given safety equipment etc.
c) Stock of other fire extinguishing materials
d) Firewater system and additional sources of water
e) Assembly points, lunch room etc.
 Nominal rolls of employees, work permits, gate entries and document for head count
 Other details like employee’s blood group and addresses
7.2.7
Preventive, Safety & Emergency Arrangements
The arrangements made or to be made for Company May arrangements may not be feasible
for a unit like this, but are taken care of by alternate arrangements with nearby bigger units
or maintained by the industrial Estate or District Administration.
Fire and toxicity Control Arrangements
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
213
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
These arrangements should include adequate amount of firefighting, extinguisher, and
detectors to control the toxic effect of spill or a leak.
Medical Arrangements
The medical at a factory level include first-air box and trained first-aides, eye showers near
storage/use of dangerous chemical, sufficient stock of medicines/antibiotics for emergency etc.
It shall also include arrangement with nearby hospitals/PHCs for regular medical checkup of
the staff, usage of hospital facilities by the staff for any medical advice/treatment, Use of
ambulance at short notice and mutual air arrangements with nearby factories.
Transport and Evacuation Management
The evacuation arrangements include making safe authorized passages/routes for escape,
Decision on evacuation procedures and transportation arrangements etc.
Other Arrangements
Arrangements not classified in this section earlier, but necessary for proper emergency
monitoring and control shall be described here.
7.2.8
Emergency Communications
Alarm Systems and Phones
Any person noticing an emergency should be able to rise, or cause to be raised an alarm. All
employees should be trained to operate such emergency alarms and all such points should be
known to them. There should be adequate number of point’s form where an employee can
raise an alarm directly, by actuating an audible/visible warning or indirectly via signal or
message to a permanently manned location.
The main alarm should be audible in every part of the factory, and provision for a big bell
(independent of power) is suggested in case of a total power failure and telephones.
Messenger/runner can also be employed in such a case. The public address system (PAS)
and/or internal telephones throughout the factory will also server the purpose of a quick
communication.
Declaring Major Emergency
The declaration of major emergency requires proper thought and matured judgment and should
not be done in haste. This is the scope of activities activated after declaration puts many
agencies on action, disturbing the running system, which may be costly at times, or the
consequences may be serious.
However, it should also be taken without wasting time, as may early actions save the
emergency going out of hand saving lives and property. The decision to declare a major
emergency basically restes on the experience and knowledge of the persons empowered to
take such decisions and so, it is advisable to restrict the authority nominated to declare it. The
number of persons nominated is not restricted as it depends on the size of the works, as long
as the nominated persons meet the above criteria.
Emergency and Statutory Communication
The statutory information of the factories act must be made known before hand in the form of
safety manual or safety booklet, to the workers so that they can prepare themselves to prevent
or control and emergency. Such information may include:
 Statutory requirements U/s. 41-B, 41-H of the Factories Act
 Al list of hazardous processes carried out in the factory
 Location and availability of MSDS
 Physical and health hazards involved in the factory
 Measures taken by the management to ensure their works safety
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
214
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 PPEs required to be used during their daily working
 Meaning of various labels and makings on the containers/bags/drums etc.
 Measures to be taken in case of spillage or leakage of hazardous substances
 Signs and symptoms manifested on exposure to hazardous substances
 Role of workers via-a-vie the emergency plan, particularly the evacuation procedures
 Any other information considered necessary
Key Personnel outside normal working hours
Generally the key personnel and essential workers will be available in all shifts or on short call.
However, it may not materialize many times or more persons may be required to handle the
emergency. In such cases, the updated lists of such personnel can be contacted and notifies.
The Outside Emergency Services and the Authorities
The outside emergency services like the fire brigade, ambulance should be informed in the
shortest possible time. The list of such services along with their phone numbers and addresses
should be updated regularly and sufficient copies available. The emergency must also be
immediately conveyed to the Government Authorities such as District Emergency Authority.
Police Collectorate and the local factory inspectorate.
The statutory information to above authorities must be supplied beforehand so that they are
prepared to operate their Off-site emergency control or the district emergency plan. Feedback
from them is also necessary to modify the factory’s own on-site plan.
The neighboring factories and the general public
A major emergency may be directly notifies to the nearby industrial units to enable them to
protect their employees, take preventive measures in their premises for any adverse effects
and assist as per mutual and plan.
Generally, the police when alerted will take steps to safeguard members of the public However,
the statutory information required as per section 41-B of the factories act must be supplied
before hand to the general public for their emergency preparedness.
7.2.9
Action Plan
Pre Emergency Activities
The pre-emergency activities include periodic activities carried out in a company for detection
of unsafe acts, precaution of unsafe acts, tests carried out to ensure safety measures are in
place and working and tests carried out to ensure emergency organization structure,
arrangements and communication systems are in place and understood by all concerned. These
activities are enumerated below.
 Safety surveys the safety surveys conducted can be either internal or third party.
The internal safety survey is carried out by task force of members from the factory itself and
is supposed to identify by various hazards, check workability of preventive and safety systems
and equipment already in place and suggest extra requirements/modifications.
The third party safety survey is conducted by experts/consultants from outside and is primarily
intended to take stock of existing safety measures and equipment. Check in-built safety
systems/devise, if required and suggest modifications/additions in the system.
 Fire System Testing
Fire system includes fire hydrants, fire appliances, fire pumps, water monitors, foam monitors,
automatic fire alarms, smoke detectors and other available equipment. The testing includes,
preparing and maintaining record of the fire systems, drawing test plans, recording findings,
replacing/modifying defective equipment/accessories and checking capacities and delivery
pressures of fire pumps.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
215
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 Mutual Aid Scheme
The mutual aid scheme envisages entering into agreement with the neighboring organizations
for getting and extending help to each other in an emergency. The scheme will be operated by
a “coordinator” for this purpose.
 Mock Drills
The mock drills are a part of preparedness exercise to ensure performance of the man and the
machine and to know the drawbacks of the system for taking corrective measures. Welspun
Enviro Management Organisation has been carrying out mock drills regularly once in a year.
 Training
Regular training of employees is one of the crucial factors in ensuring preventive safety
measures in place and also ensuring emergency preparedness. It also goes a long way in
changing the mental attitudes of the workers and staff towards safety. Welspun organizes
regular training of the employees on handling safety equipment, demonstration of safe and
unsafe acts and their roles in an emergency.
 Other Activities
 PPEs
Store adequate number of personal Protective equipment and to train workers in use of such
PPEs
 Communication
Maintain adequate number of internal and external phones and install wind balloons for
indicating wind direction
 Emergency Lights
Install and maintain Emergency Lights in emergency control center, communication rooms and
select plant areas. Keep sufficient number of torches/batteries in emergency control room.
 Hospitals
Keep liaison with city hospitals to ensure that they have the staff needed to handle emergency
cases, have adequate stock of antidotes required. Keep list of blood donors ready.
 Statutory Information to the workers, to the public and to the Government authorities
Emergency Control
A successful emergency handling depends on correct decisions and actions on-site. The staff
are expected to work in a coordinated manner to meet he emergency situation, remove the
emergency conditions and bring the plant to normally with a the help of resources available.
Some major points are highlighted below
 Type of Hazard and hazard level
The type of hazard and hazard level poised by the emergency will dictate the decisions taken
to bring the emergency under control and decisions regarding evacuation and plant shut-down.
 Mutual Aid
The mutual aids and can be called and utilized as per need. They may be especially useful in
supply of equipment not available or not working or finished in your premises. They can also
be helpful in certain Off-site activities.
 External Authorities/Experts
Outside authorities like police, district emergency authority, Collector, Factory Inspector, health
and medical officers and experts on safety, health, pollution control etc. will especially be
helpful in providing resources, mobilizing resources, off-site activities etc.
 Medical Treatment
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
216
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Urgent medical treatment to the injured will ensure that the casualties are restricted to a
minimum. Proper first-air facilities should be kept ready.
 Accounting for personnel
It is advisable to have a daily presence list of personnel attending the factory to facilitate proper
accounting. The persons should be allowed to leave only after recording their whereabouts.
 Restarting
The factory/plant should not be restarted unless it is ensured that all fires are extinguished.
Gas leakage plugged and gas clouds dispersed area thoroughly examined, evidence collected
and relevant authorities satisfied to give a restart signal.
Post-Emergency Activities
Post Emergency activities comprise of steps taken after emergency is over so as to establish
the reasons of the emergency and preventive measures identifies. Some major steps are
highlighted below
 Collection of records
 Conducting enquiry and concluding preventive measures
 Making insurance claims
 Preparation of enquiry reports and suggestion scheme
 Implementation of recommendations
 Rehabilitate affected persons within and outside the plant
 Restart the plant
7.3
Off-site Emergency Plan
A major accident, major emergency or a disaster may affect areas outside the works. The risks
involved can be due to a large five, a big explosion or release of flammable substances. The
effects can be immediate or delayed and can cover a wide area. This section deals with
measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting public and the environment outside the
premises of the factory.
The two main purpose of an offsite emergency plan are to provide the following information to
the Local/District Authorities, Police, fire brigade, Doctors, Neighboring industries.
 Basic information of risk and environmental impact assessment (Section 3) appraise them
of the consequences, protection/prevention measures and control plans and to seek their
help to communicate with the public in an emergency. This information from every
industry enables the district authorities to educate the public what can go wrong, the
measures taken and required to be taken and to train them of their individual role in an
emergency.
 Assist district authorities for preparing off site emergency (contingent), plan for the
district or a particular area to organize rehearsals from time to time and initiate corrective
actions based on the lessons learnt.
7.3.1
Major risks and their Effects
Fire
A major fire without any explosion risk releases heavy thermal radiation and smoke this may
have the following effects.
 Evacuate nearby people residing or working or if time is less, ask them to stay indoors
with their houses shut to shield themselves from the adverse effects people residing in
shanty houses should preferably be evacuated
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
217
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 The smoke hampers control and rescue operations resulting in delay of these activities
and increasing more chances of casualties and damage
 Road and/or rail traffic in affected areas may have to be halted or diverted
Explosion
An explosion may have the following effects
 Scatter debris over wide areas, resulting in damages at places located quite far away.
This in trun can result in secondary fires/explosions releases. It becomes necessary to
evacuate people from the areas likely to be affected
 The blast can cover considerable distances resulting in casualties and damage due to
sound shock. This in turn means that part of the resources available for fighting
emergency will have to be diverted, as the effect is immediate
 Road/rail traffic in affected areas may have to be halted or diverted
7.3.2
The Off-Site Action Plan
The offsite action plan is largely a matter of effective co-ordination of existing services and
their readiness for the specific hazards and problems. Which may arise in the incident the plan
is usually prepare by local authorities or by the District emergency Authority, after receiving
information of likely hazards, risks and events from every industry in the region? It is customary
to appoint an emergency planning officer to liaise with the factories for this purpose. The role
of the main agencies involved in off site plan is described below.
Factory Management
The site main controller to provide accurate information and correct assessment of the
situation. He is also to prove a copy of the onsite and off site plan to the district authorities,
factory inspectorate and emergency services in advance to enable them to prepare District/Area
off site plan.
 Emergency Coordinating Officer
Most likely senior police officer or a senior fire officer will liaise with site main controller and co
– ordinate various emergency services.
 Local Authorities
Prepare area off site plan appoint emergency planning officer make various services aware of
their role, carry out rehearsals, maintain good communication systems, inform police, public,
news media and announce public protection measures, termination of emergency and
subsequent public precautions. Also preferably maintain separation distances as recommended
by ILO
 Fire Authorities
Responsibility of control of fire and explosion familiar with the location on site of hazardous
storage areas, water and foam supply points and FFEs
 Police and Evacuation Authorities:
Overall control of the emergency, appoint a senior officer as emergency coordinating officer,
protect life & property, control traffic movements, evacuate public, identify dead and deal with
casualties, inform relatives of dead and injured.
 Medical Authorities
Medical authorities, including Doctors, Surgeons, Hospitals, ambulances should have the
knowledge and experience to handle effects fo thermal radiation. Toxic releases etc. and be
equipped with appropriate equipment and treatment facilities.
 Factory Inspectorate
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
218
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Ensure that EHS organization responsible for producing an offsite plan has made proper
arrangement for emergencies of all types made rehearsals to test the plan and advise on control
operation during an emergency and safe rehabilitation of affected areas.
7.3.3
First -Aid
Introduction
The following rules are intended only for the initial treatment of minor injuries with the help of
a trained first-aid, every injury must receive mediate medical attention.
It is important that you know,
 Who is the FIRST-AIDER in your department/section
 The location of the First-Air box and its key
 The location of the nearest telephone and hospital telephone number
Chemical Burns
 All corrosive chemicals should be washed off the skin immediately with plenty of water.
Use the nearest safety shower
 If drops of corrosive liquid splash on the face, the eyes must be kept closed until the
drops are washed away with copious amount of water
 Chemical splashes in the eye must be immediately washed out with plenty of water the
eyelids should be forcibly held apart so that entire surface of the eye is thoroughly
irrigated and the contaminants flashed out. Send the injured person immediately to the
medical center
 The flushing should be carried out for at least 15 minutes, if required, continue flushing
until a transport arrives and on the way to the medical center
Eye Injuries’
 With splashes of irritant chemicals in the eye. First aid should be immediate as detailed
above
 Loose, unattached foreign bodies under or on the eyelid should be removed with a wet
part of clean cotton or an applicator, if the particle on the corner or attached to the
surface of the eye, refer immediately to the medical center
Electric Shock
 Turn off the current at the main switch before attempting to rescue a person in contact
with a live circuit. It this is not possible stand on a dry mat or wood and use rubber
gloves, a coat or dry wooden material to protect the hands
 Render artificial respiration, if necessary
Poisoning
 Whenever you handle poisonous substances ensure that
 Suitable instruction and protective equipment are provided
 Handling and operational methods are as safe as possible
 Antidotes are available at hand.
 Poisoning by swallowing is a rare occurrence. More important are the hazards through
inhalation and skin absorption.
 Call or send for the medical officer, ambulance or first aid whichever is quickest do this
at once and when the doctor arrives, give precise details of the poison. If the poison is
known, the specific antidote will be known and available. Keep any vomited material for
examination.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
219
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 Remember that swift action on may help in saving a life
Inhalation
Where poisonous, vapor fumes or dust have been inhaled, remove the patient form exposure
as quickly as possible using suitable protective equipment and breathing apparatus. Keep the
patient warm and lying down till medical air is available. If breathing has stopped start artificial
respiration immediately
Skin contact
When poisoning results from contact with or absorption through the skin, remove all
contaminated clothing at once, preferably under a safety shower and flush the affected areas
with plenty of water.
After through removal of the chemical, keep the patient warm, preferably lying down and send
for medical treatment.
Swallowing
When poisoning is caused due to swallowing, swift action is necessary, if the patient is vomiting
give him warm water to drink freely, to aid in vomiting, and to dilute any chemical retained in
the stomach.
Never induce vomiting when the poison is suspected to be corrosive: dilute the poison by giving
large amounts of water
(Note: Corrosives cause yellow or grey burns on the lips and the skin)
After the stomach has been evacuated by free vomiting, keep the patient warm, preferably
lying down and watch for symptoms of shock.
In case of sever poisoning, if breathing has stopped, start artificial respiration and continue till
the doctor takes charge
Unconscious patient
 The following medical air is even more urgent for the type of emergency, while help is
being sought
 Lay the patient on his stomach, head to one side, mouth open, with head unsupported
this allows any vomit to escape through the mouth and prevents it from falling down the
wind pipe into the lungs
 To leave an unconscious patient on his back may cause his death
 If breathing fails or becomes slow or irregular, start artificial respiration at once and
continue until medical air arrives
 Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious patient. Always remember that a case
of poisoning is a REAL MEDICAL EMERGENCY and that while you are giving the above
treatment, someone else must simultaneously take steps obtain prompt medical air or
transport to the medical center
Snake bites
 If possible assess the nature of snake poisonous or non-poisonous form patient or nearly
witnesses
 Immediately tic rope/handkerchief etc. at the upper side of snakebite to minimize poison
spreading all over the body.
 Shift to hospital for symptomatic treatment
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
220
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
8
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL
PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
PROJECT BENEFITS
PROJECT BENEFITS
The benefits accrued due to the proposed project are summerised below:

Elimination of pollution of estuary waters due to disposal of untreated sewage. Thus
improving the environment at large in the estuary portion of Nakti creek.

Treated waste water along with the rejects from RO will be disposed of into sea matching the
sea disposal norms.

Treated waters will be diffused through a scientifically designed diffuser system into deep
marine waters as per NIO recommendations and not disposed in the estuary / creek portion.

Fresh Water Conservation – Additional requirement will be fulfilled by recycling treated sewage
waters. Conservation of fresh water sources will provide sustainable water infrastructure to
surrounding villages and locals, other industries of the region.

The proposed activity will generate indirect employment in the surrounding area due to
requirement of workers in the site preparation activities, supply of materials, auxiliary and
ancilliary works, which whould marginally improve the economic status of the people.

The activities whould result in an increase local skill levels through exposure to site activities
and technology.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
221
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
9
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.1
Introduction
9.1.1
General
The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) describes both generic good practice measures and site
specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential adverse impacts
associated with the proposed activities. EMP describes the measures for minimizing impacts that are
likely to arise during different phases of the project such as pre-construction, construction and
operation. The measures have been suggested for various stages involved in the construction of a
pipeline viz. clearing (if required), trenching, stringing, bending, welding, joint coating, lowering-in,
concreting – cast in situ / precast, backfilling, fabrication and tie-ins, hydrostatic testing and restoration.
9.1.2
Purpose of EMP
The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts, to instruct contractors
and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the
programme, the EMP lists the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of potential biophysical and
socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation that could otherwise give rise
to another impact, the following information is presented:



A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that WIL will implement.
The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action.
The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully
met.
Welspun is committed to the adoption of these measures and will carry out ongoing inspection to
ensure their implementation and effectiveness by its contractors.
9.2
Legislative Compliance
The obligations that need to fulfill during the construction and operation phase of the pipeline are
summarized in Table 9-1
Table 9-1: Obligations of Project Proponent under Environmental Legislations
Sr.
No.
1.
Acts and Rules
Obligation
The Water [Prevention and Control Of
Pollution] Act – 1974 and Rules there
under Section - 25/26 Restriction on
discharge of effluent
To obtain a valid No Objection Certificate (NOC) / Consent to
Establish before commencement of construction and then
obtain and Water Consent to Operate (its amendment) before
the commencement of pipeline operations.
Not to permit any poisonous toxic matter to enter in to any
stream, sewer, land, storm water drain.
2.
The Air [Prevention and Control Of
Pollution] Act – 1981 and Rules there
under Section - 21 Restriction on
discharge of gaseous emissions
To obtain a valid No Objection Certificate (NOC) / Consent to
Establish before commencement of construction and
Consolidated consent conditions (Water, Air and Solid – as
above) to Operate before the commencement of pipeline
operations
3.
The Water [Prevention and Control Of
Pollution] Cess Act-1977 as amended
in 2003 and Rules there under.
Will continue to remain applicable
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
222
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
Sr.
No.
4.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Acts and Rules
Obligation
The Environment [Protection] Act –
1986, amended in 1991 and Rules.
To meet emission, effluent and ambient environmental quality
standards specified in the Rules.
To ensure that minimum height of stack to be provided with
each generator using the following formula:
H = 14 Q0.3
Where
H = Total height of stack in meter
Q = Emission rate of SO2 in kg/hr
5.
Environment (Protection) second
Amendment Rules, 2002
To comply with the Environment (Protection) second
Amendment Rules, 2002, Sub section 94:
The maximum permissible sound level for diesel Generator
(DG) sets, shall be 75 dB (A), at 1 meter from the enclosure
surface.
6.
The Hazardous Wastes [Management
and Handling] Rules – 1989 as
amended in 2009 and its latest
ammendments
To obtain authorization from SPCBs for handling and disposal
of Hazardous wastes, if any.
7.
Manufacture, Storage and Import of
Hazardous Chemicals 1989 and
amended in 2009.
To identify the hazardous chemicals, which can cause major
accidents and to store Hazardous Chemicals as per provision
of these rules.
8.
Public Liability Insurance Act – 1991,
Rules there under.
To obtain public liability insurance policy
9.
Central Motor Vehicle Act – 1988 and
Rules there under.
To obtain and maintain PUC certificate for transport vehicles
10.
Noise Pollution Regulation and Control
rules, 2000.
The ambient noise levels in the premises are maintained
below the prescribed limits.
11.
The Petroleum and Minerals, Pipelines
(Acquisition of Right of User in Land)
Act, 1962
The pipeline RoU will be acquired as per these rules. Marginal
clearance of vegetation along the RoU will require being
compensated as per the provisions of the state government,
including provisions relating to compensatory afforestation, as
applicable.
9.3
Environmental Management Plan
Environmental Management Plan covering mitigation measures to be adopted and sets out how they
will be implemented in terms of monitoring and timing is given in below Table 9-2.
Table 9-2: Environmental Management Plan
S.
No.
Potential Impact
Action
Parameters for
Monitoring
Timing
1
Route Finalization and
Land Acquisition for
ROW/ROU
It will be ensured that all
necessary protocols are
followed and legal
requirements implemented.
Check list of legal
documents and legal
compliance registers /
documents.
Pre-deployment of
topographic survey
team or site
clearance crew.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
223
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
S.
No.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Potential Impact
Action
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Parameters for
Monitoring
Timing
During finalization of
route among various
feasible options,
specific attention will
be given to guidelines
/ requirements /
recommendation of
SPCB, DOE – State
Government, Forest
Conservation Act and
Rules.
2
3
4
5
Soil Erosion
Habitat disturbance of
flora and fauna
Drainage and Effluent
Management
Fuels and Lubricants
Management
Area extent of site clearance
will be minimized by staying
within the defined
boundaries.
Site boundaries not
extended / breached.
Prior to onset of site
clearance.
Topsoil stockpile will be
protected wherever possible
at edge of site.
Effective cover in
place.
Duration of
programme until
demobilization.
Site boundaries will be
marked.
Clear boundaries
marks in place.
Prior to
commencement of
site clearance.
For cleared area, topsoil will
be retained in stockpile
where possible on perimeter
of site for subsequent respreading onsite during
restoration.
Topsoil stockpile in
place on site edge.
Duration of
programme until
demobilization.
All bulldozer operators
involved in site preparation
will be trained to observe
the defined site boundaries.
Maintenance of
integrity of boundary
markers.
Duration of site
preparation.
Areas will be protected
whenever there are
crossings.
Permissions for crossings
To avoid any type of
contamination/
discharge in the
surroundings
Control of traffic and
taking necessary
permissions to work
At time of laying
pipeline across rivers
/ road and railways.
Ensure drainage system and
specific design measures are
working effectively.
Design of pipelines to
incorporate existing
drainage pattern and
avoid disturbing the
same.
Duration of
programme on
continuous basis
Wastewater like sewage and
industrial effluent generated
will be treated as per SPCB
norms before disposal.
Properly operate and
maintain the Common
ETP so that final
treated waste water
to sea disposal is
ensured meeting the
prescribed marine
disposal norms.
Strict inventory of all fuels
and lubricants brought to
the site will be maintained.
Upto-date inventory in
place.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
Duration of
programme on
continuous basis
224
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
S.
No.
6
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Potential Impact
Waste Management
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Action
Parameters for
Monitoring
Timing
All fuels and lubricants will
be placed in Proper storage
area.
Integrity of storage
area
Duration of
programme
All used and unused
lubricants no longer
required, will be transported
offsite. Used lubricants/oil
will be sent to authorize reprocessors.
Low inventory (or
absence) of used /
unused lubricants no
longer required
onsite.
Duration of
programme
Waste management plan will
be implemented that
identifies and characterizes
every waste arising from the
proposed activities and also
identifies the procedures for
collection, handling and
disposal of each waste.
Major wastes identified
include (but may not be
limited to) waste oils,
packing and cleaning
materials, miscellaneous
scrap, waste oil and sewage.
Comprehensive Waste
Management Plan in
place and available
for inspection on-site.
Hazardous waste
disposal records.
Prior to site
clearance.
Solid waste is to be
disposed of by
sanitary land filling
method at a site
approved by the State
Pollution Board.
Duration of
Programme
7
Site Contamination
Installation of impervious
liners (e.g.; clay, concrete)
in place for: fuel, lubricants
and wastes generated
during pipeline construction.
Evidence of protective
measures in place
Daily throughout the
duration of
programme.
8
Water consumption
and disposal and
related impacts
Water consumption will be
optimized and water reuse
will be attempted.
Quantity of water
consumed and
wastewater generated
Construction and
commissioning of
pipelines
No untreated discharge will
be made to watercourse,
ground water or soil.
No discharge hoses in
vicinity of
watercourses.
Duration of
programme with
particular emphasis
during site layout
design and site
construction as well
as operation of
pipeline.
Wastewater generated will
be treated as per SPCB
norms before the disposal
into sea.
As per consent
condition given by
SPCB
During the operation
of pipeline
List of all noise generating
machinery onsite along with
age will be maintained.
Equipment maintained
in good working
order.
Written record of
maintenance for all
equipment.
List of age of all plant
deployed under contract will
be recorded.
Prior to
commencement of
work by contractors.
Written record of
maintenance for all
equipment.
Night working will be
minimized.
Working hour records
Construction
activities
Generation of vehicular
noise will be minimized.
Maintenance records
of vehicles
Construction
activities
9
Noise and Vibration
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
225
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
S.
No.
10
11
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Potential Impact
Air Emissions
River Hydraulics
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Action
Parameters for
Monitoring
Timing
Good working practices
(equipment selection and
siting) will be implemented
to minimize noise and also
reduce its impacts on human
health (ear muffs, safe
distances and enclosures).
No machinery running
when not required.
Duration of
programme
Acoustic mufflers /
enclosures for Gas Turbine
Compressors, DG sets)
Mufflers / enclosures
in place.
All equipment will be
operated within specified
design parameters.
(Construction and
operational phases for all
activities).
Proper maintenance
of equipments to
minimize the
emissions
Vehicle trips will be
minimized to the extent
possible.
Vehicle logs
Any dry, dusty materials
(chemicals, etc ;) will be
stored in sealed containers.
Open containers of
dusty materials.
Compaction of soil during
pipeline laying and other
construction activities.
Construction logs
Construction
activities, laying of
pipelines
DG sets will be provided
with adequate stack height.
Stack monitoring
During operation of
DG sets
Diesel shall be utilized as a
fuel in the DG Sets.
Quantity of fuel
consumption
Duration of
Programme
Construction shall be
expedited and use of
equipment and mainline
construction activities within
rivers shall be limited to
minimum.
Comprehensive
Management Plan in
place
Construction
activities and laying
of pipelines
The provisions of the
Emergency Response
Plan will be
monitored.
Programme duration
Duration of
programme.
River crossings will be
constructed as parallel to
the axis of the river as far as
practicable without any
obstruction to water way.
All material and structures
related to construction shall
be cleared from the river
and it's vicinity after
construction.
Spill prevention and control
measures shall be taken. No
storage of oil or lubricants
shall be located near river or
drains feeding the rivers.
12
Non-routine events
and accidental
releases.
Emergency Response Plan
will be drawn up.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
226
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
S.
No.
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Potential Impact
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Action
Parameters for
Monitoring
Timing
Utmost care will be taken
during the operation of
pipelines and ensuring
prompt detection of leaks.
Pipeline monitoring
records
Programme duration
13
Emergency
preparedness, such as
fire fighting
Fire protection and safety
measures to take care of fire
and explosion hazards, will
be assessed and steps taken
for their prevention.
Mock drill records, on
site emergency plan,
evacuation plan
During operation
phase
14
Environmental
Management Unit/Cell
The Environmental
Management Cell/Unit will
be set upto ensure
implementation and
monitoring of environmental
safeguards and other
conditions stipulated by
statutory authorities.
A Letter from
management
indicating formation
of Environment
Management Cell
Duration of
Programme
9.4
Greenbelt Management
9.4.1
General Principles in Greenbelt Design
General principles in greenbelt design considered for this study are:



Agro-climatic zone
Water quantity and quality available in the area
Soil quality in the area
Greenbelt is designed to minimize the predicted levels of the possible air and noise pollutants.
To ensure a permanent green shield around the periphery planting is recommended. Native and fast
growing trees (which grows upto 10-15m) with maturity period of around three years shall be planted
at 3.0 meter interval along with fast growing ground covers to enhance the water holding capacity,
improve the organic content and check the soil erosion.
Table 9-3: Details of Recommended Plant species for Greenbelt Development
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
Local Name
TREES AND SHRUBS
1
Tamarindus indica
Amli
2
Cassia auriculata
Aval
3
Acacia nilotica
Baval
4
Zizyphus sp.
Bor
5
Acacia planifrons
Chatri Baval
6
Prosopis juliflora
Gando Baval
7
Cordia dichotoma
Gundi
8
Balanites aegyptica
Ingori
9
Euphorbia nivulia
Kanthoro Thor
10
Capparis aphylla
Kerdo
11
Prosopis cineraria
Khijado
12
Azadirachta indica
Limdo
13
Calotropis gigantia
Moto Akdo
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
227
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
Local Name
14
Moringa oleifera
Sargawo
15
Ficus benghalensis
Vad
16
Sygygium cumunii
Jambu
17
Cassia fistula
Garmalo
18
Cocos nucifera
Coconut
19
Phoenix species
Palm
20
Nerium indicum
Karen
21
Delonix regia
Gulmohar
22
Ficus sp.
-
23
Bongainvillea spectabilis
Bougainvel
24
Cuscuta reflexa
Amarvel
25
Tinospora cordifolia
Galo
26
Celastrus paniculata
Malkankan
27
Sorghum halepense
Baru
28
Cynodon dactylon
Daro
29
Cymbopogon jwarancusa
Gandharu
30
Dichanthium annulatum
Jinjavo
31
Apluda mutica
Bhangoru
32
Themeda cymbaria
Ratad
33
Avicennia marina
Cher
34
Rhizophora mucronata
Karod
GRASSES
MANGROVES
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
228
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
10
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
10.1
Summary of Impacts
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Due to the temporary nature of the pipeline laying/construction operations most impacts, are likely to
be short term. The impacts that shall be most significant and of primary concern are summarized in the
subsequent section.
10.2









10.3








Impact due to Pipeline Route Selection
Completely avoiding areas covered in the EIA Notification 2006, namely national parks /
sanctuaries / coral reefs and notified ecologically sensitive areas.
Safety of people, environment, property and maintenance of ecological balance.
Safe operations and control including easy access for maintenance since pipeline alignment is
laid along the road and approaches.
Minimizing or avoiding contact with mangroves, forests, mines, and military areas.
Avoiding / minimizing rocky, marshy and cultivated areas.
Favourable ground profile and hydraulic gradients.
Minimum rail, road, nallahs, canals and stream crossings.
Shortest possible route after considering above factors, thereby reducing overall risk.
Easy access to the route during construction, operation and maintenance of pipeline.
Impacts during Construction of the Pipeline
Earth work excavation, embankment formation, transport of construction materials, handling,
laying and jointing of pipelines - These activities would cause a general increase in levels of dust
and suspended particulate matter in the ambient air. However, this increase in concentration would
be of temporary nature and localized.
Impact from sediments being washed into the water bodies while the pipeline is laid across them.
The pipeline will not be laid in rainy season, which will avoid adverse impacts on water body.
Drinking water for base camps will be made available through tankers. The domestic sewage from
the construction camps will be disposed in soak-pits and septic tanks.
Water consumption during hydro-testing of pipeline - Efficient use of water will be made to reuse
the test water in different test sections. Water will be sourced from nearest sources along the
pipeline route, without unduly disturbing its normal users.
The pipeline will be buried all along its length hence impact on landuse pattern will be marginal and
reversible.
Some quantity of earth excavated for pipeline laying will become surplus after installation of the
pipeline and may be required for disposal. However as this excess of earth will be taken to low
lying area for filling purpose, the aesthetics of the pipeline RoU and soil quality will not be affected.
Noise Generation - The major human settlements are at a distance from the pipeline route where
the noise levels due to construction activities are estimated to be around 70-90 dB(A). Such onetime exposure is not expected to last for more than few weeks and shall not exceed the stipulated
standards.
The selection of the pipeline route has been done in such a way that there are no eco-sensitive
areas which may be affected during the construction of the pipeline.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
229
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH





SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The probability of leak from a pipeline is very remote as the material of selection has high amount
of flexibility and elasticity and can easily adapt to ground level contours. Moreover the pipeline
joints are leak proof as they are monolilthic welded joints. Below ground pipeline route will not
have any disturbances / changes / impacts due to human interventions.
Employment generation during the construction activity which will have beneficial impact on local
peoples.
10.4

EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
Impacts during Operation of the Pipeline
No air emissions will be generated during the operation phase except at Pumping stations.
Adequate stack height will be provided for DG sets at Pumping stations. Thus the impact on air
environment during the operation phase will be minimal.
The Pumping stations will be kept in a built-in-area that will reduce the noise level to minimum.
The exhaust will be affixed with acoustic enclosures to reduce the noise level from the DG sets on
site. The incremental noise level due to the proposed operations will be minimal.
Surface water quality will be improved due to treated wastewater disposal into deep sea and most
importantly the untreated sewage water disposal to creek is stopped.
There will be no significant impact on ecological environment during the operational phase of the
project and the treated waste water is being disposed off into deep sea at specified disposal point
where sufficient dilution is available.
10.5
Mitigation and Environmental Management Plan
10.5.1
General
The mitigation measures to reduce environmental impacts, described in this EIA, can be divided into
the following categories:


Those which can be regarded as good working practice.
Project decisions taken by Welspun with environmental protection in mind.
Such measures are designed to avoid, eliminate or reduce potential impacts that may occur to the
environment in the course of the proposed activities. They are described in detail in Chapter 4.
10.5.2
Post Project Monitoring Programme
The implementation of mitigation measures during construction and operation phases will be
monitored. The monitoring plan would provide for periodic revision, if necessary in light of the baseline
status to indicate progress in project implementation and changing environmental conditions so as to
provide a basis for evaluation of project impacts.
The post monitoring programme during operation phase would include the following:





Regular and adequate surveillance/inspection of pipeline particularly at crossings, close to
transport network and settlements and upto landfall point.
Leakage identification, if any and arresting the leakages with a minimum possible time.
Regular Treated Water Quality monitoring with online meters as well as laboratory analysis
results. Proper records will be maintained.
Water quality monitoring at the outfall location twice in a year.
Regular Flow Measurements will be recorded made at the WIL premises as well as the
Pumping Station location.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
230
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,
KUTCH
10.6
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Conclusions
The most positive impact of the proposed pipeline project is improvement of water quality of surface
water of Nakti Creek and the drainages and general environment at large.
No any Eco sensitive areas excluding mangroves as well Eco sensitive zone is covered in entire Pipeline
route.
The negative impacts during the construction period are very minimal and which is temporary.
The entire stretch of the creek and marine environment will be protected and will have a positive
impact on the fields, flora and fauna. The mangroves will not be affected. Temporary disruption of
mangroves will occur but since pipeline is buried the mangroves will regenerate.
Due to stoppage of untreated sewage waters to creek, this will have a positive impact on the protection
of mangroves and also aqauatic life.
Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of mitigation measures and
EMP, the proposed activities of the project will have negligible impact on environment and will benefit
the local people and environment at large.
10.6.1
Overall Postiive Impact due to proposed Pipeline Project
1.
Reduction of pollution of estuary waters due to disposal of untreated sewage. Thus improving the
environment at large in the estuary portion of Nakti creek and the drainage discharges.
2.
Treated waste water along with the rejects from RO will be disposed of into sea matching the sea
disposal norms.
3.
Treated waters will be diffused through a scientifically designed diffuser system into deep marine
waters as per NIO recommendations and not disposed in the estuary / creek portion.
4.
Fresh Water Conservation – Additional requirement will be fulfilled by recycling treated sewage
waters. Conservation of fresh water sources will provide sustainable water infrastructure to
surrounding villages and locals, other industries of the region.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
231
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
11
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANTS
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
11.1
Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental
Consultants
Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of
varied experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable
solutions on “Environment for Development”.
The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team
comprise of Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, SocioEconomic Experts, Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial/Analytical Chemists. The
company’s strength lies in Project Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating
Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical
Models for Air, Water and Soil Assessment and Expertise in Public Consultation.
The company has two sister concerns namely: Kadam Pollution Control Pvt. Ltd dealing in operation
and maintenance contracts of sewage, effluent and water treatment plants, Kadam Projects dealing
in supply of Effluent and Sewage treatment plants on turnkey basis.
Customer services are mainly categorized into:



Consultancy services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site
assessment and due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits/
statements, risk assessments and HAZOP, energy audit, environmental health and safety
management systems and waste management systems.
Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and
executing effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste
management systems, bio gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine
disposal systems, Remediation work etc.
Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling
(we have amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment amongst
environmental companies in the country). The company has a well-equipped laboratory with
modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need of statutory and advisory
environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and hazardous solid waste. Laboratory has
received NABL Accreditation.
The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies
covering the industrial and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints,
Chemicals, Oil and Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our
clientele encompasses the top 50/Blue Chip Indian companies ( Reliance Industries, ONGC, Infosys,
ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL, GSPC/GSPL, Sun Pharma, NTPC, Reliance Energy/Reliance Power,
Welspun and many others) who have placed implicit trust in us over the decades. We are increasingly
working with several multinationals (such as : ABB, Alstom , Areva , GM, Hindustan Lever,
Honeywell, Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst others) who value our deep rooted general domain and
India centric functional knowledge, reasonable costs and comparable services as those offered by
our multinational competitors. Their continued patronage is our biggest testimonial.
The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat.
KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality Management System.
The company is accredited for 27 sectors by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation
scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
232
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD., KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE FOR 25 MLD CAPACITY
DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANTS
Clearance studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Functional Area Experts for undertaking
Environmental and related studies in eleven approved sectors.
Kadam’s laboratory is accredited with NABL and also gazette by MoEF under EP Act.
11.2
EIA Team Members
Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC team with active co-operation from Welspun.
The project was carried out under the overall guidance of Mr. Anand Kunte (Project Manager)
Welspun team members include:

Shri Asim Chakarvorty (Director)

Mr. Chotubhai Chaudhari – (Project Coordinator)

Dr. Rameshkumar KT (Sr. GM - Environment)

Mr Dhananjay Saha

Mr. Chirag Thakkar (Officer-Environment)
KEC team members include:

Mr. Anand Kunte (Project Manager)

Ms. Jitixa Upadhyay (EIA Coordinator, Team Member, Risk and DMP)

Ms. Rutuja Malap (Project Engineer for Design, Environmental Engineer/Team Member for
EIA)

Mrs. Sheetal Kadam (Director, FAE-LU)

Ms. Kundan Ajudiya (Team Member for EIA, Chemical Engineer)

Ms. Parul Patel (Team member for AP & AQ)

Mr. Jayesh Gajjar (Draftsman)

Mr. Mahendra K. Jadhav (Field Monitoring In charge; Environmental Scientist)

Mr Manjay (Field Chemist)

Mr. R. G. Kotashthane (Chief Chemist)

Ms. Vaishali Patel (Sr. Chemist)

Mr. Viraj Vyas (Draftsman)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
233
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
ANNEXURES
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
234
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
Annexure 1: Consent for Welspun India Limited (Textile Division)
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
235
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
236
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
237
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
238
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
239
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
Annexure 2: Concession Agreement for 35 year with Nagarpalika.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
240
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
241
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
242
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
243
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER
DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
Annexure 3: Treatability cum Adequacy Report of ETP and STP
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
244
WELSPUN INDIA LTD., ANJAR,
KUTCH
Feasibility & Treatability cum Adequacy Study
Report for Common ETP, its Augmentation and New
STP
APRIL 2015
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment
for
Development
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
QUALITY SHEET
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED
Feasibility & Treatability cum Adequacy Study
Report for Common ETP, its Augmentation and New
STP
© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), April, 2015
This report is released for the use of the Welspun India Limited, Regulators and relevant stakeholders
solely as part of the subject project’s CTE application and EIA for CRZ clearance process. Information
provided (unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used
for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.
PROJECT DETAILS
Name of
Publication
Feasibility & Treatability cum Adequacy Study Report for Common ETP, its
Augmentation and New STP of Welspun India Limited located at Anjar.
Project Number
1419588352
Prepared By
Kundan Ajudiya
Checked and
Approved By
Anand Kunte
Report No.
Version
5
Released By
(Director)
0
Released
April, 2015
Sameer Kadam
CONTACT DETAILS
Vadodara (Head Office)
871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+91-265-3001000; F: +91 265 300106
DISCLAIMER
Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan.
Kadam also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However,
it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims
any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is
not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
1
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY
STUDY REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND OF PROJECT ............................................................... 4
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
BACKGROUND – ABOUT THE CLIENT ................................................................................. 4
PRODUCTION PROCESS AND ZERO DISCHARGE FACILITY AT WELSPUN INDIA LTD ..................................... 4
EXISTING & PROPOSED MODE OF TREATED WASTEWATER DISPOSAL ................................................. 4
NEED FOR CHANGE OF DISPOSAL MODE OF TREATED WASTEWATER BY WIL.......................................... 5
PROJECT CONCEPT: ................................................................................................. 5
2 DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION .......................................................................................................................... 7
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
EXISTING DESIGN FLOW OF COMMON ETP .......................................................................... 7
EXISTING DESIGN BASIS COMMON ETP ............................................................................. 7
TREATMENT UNITS OF COMMON ETP ............................................................................... 7
EXISTING TREATMENT SCHEME DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP ...................................................... 8
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF EXISTING COMMON ETP........................................................... 12
2.5.1
Treated Effluent Quality observed at the outlet of Common ETP on daily basis ................. 13
2.6
TREATABILITY OF COMMON ETP .................................................................................. 18
2.7
ADEQUACY OF EXISTING COMMON ETP AND PROPOSED AUGMENTATIONS .......................................... 18
3
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED STP, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION............ 20
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
4
20
20
21
21
23
24
25
CHARACTERSTICS OF OUTLET FOR SEA DISPOSAL PIPELINE PROJECT ....................... 26
4.1
4.2
4.3
5
DESIGN FLOW OF STP ............................................................................................
INLET DESIGN BASIS OF STP - 30 MLD CAPACITY .................................................................
DESIGN OUTLET CHARACTERSTICS OF STP - 30 MLD CAPACITY ...................................................
DESCRIPTION OF UNITS OF STP ..................................................................................
LIST OF CIVIL UNITS OF PROPOSED STP ..........................................................................
TREATABILITY OF PROPOSED STP .................................................................................
ADEQUACY OF PROPOSED STP ....................................................................................
CHARACTERSTICS OF COMMON ETP – INLET AND OUTLET ......................................................... 26
CHARACTERSTICS OF STP – OUTLET AND RO REJECTS ............................................................ 26
COMBINED CHARACTERSTICS OF ETP OUTLET AND STP RO REJECTS .............................................. 27
CONCLUSIONS ............................................................................................................... 28
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS |OCTOBER 2014
2
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY
STUDY REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENT
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Products Manufactured & Quantity at WIL premises .......................................................... 4
Table 2-1: Design Basis for Common ETP at WIL premises ................................................................ 7
Table 2-2: List of civil units with dimensions in Existing Common ETP ................................................ 7
Table 2-3: Inlet and outlet characteristics of Existing Common ETP as a part of performance evaluation
study. .........................................................................................................................12
Table 2-4: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2013 .....................14
Table 2-5: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2014 .....................15
Table 2-6: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2013 – Third Party
Analysis .......................................................................................................................16
Table 2-7: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2014 – Third Party
Analysis .......................................................................................................................17
Table 2-8: Percentage Reduction / Treatability of common ETP ........................................................18
Table 2-9: Adequacy of existing Common ETP and its augmentation .................................................18
Table 3-1: Design Inlet Characteristics of Proposed STP ...................................................................20
Table 3-2: Design Outlet Characteristics of Proposed STP .................................................................21
Table 3-3: List of Civil Units of Proposed STP ..................................................................................24
Table 3-4: Percentage Reduction / Treatability of Proposed STP .......................................................24
Table 3-5: Adequacy of Proposed STP of 30 MLD capacity ................................................................25
Table 4-1: Inlet and Outlet of Common ETP of WIL .........................................................................26
Table 4-2: Outlet of Proposed STP and RO Reject Waters of WIL ......................................................26
Table 4-3: Characterstics of Common ETP outlet and Sea Discharge pipeline combined outlet compared
with CPCB Standards for Marine Discharge .....................................................................27
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS |OCTOBER 2014
3
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED,
ANJAR, KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND OF PROJECT
1.1
Background – About the Client
Welspun City, situated in Anjar Town, is a diversified manufacturing base spread over 2500 acres,
which was established in 2004. It presently employs more than 25,000 locals at its facility in Anjar.
The Welspun Group of Companies harbors the following companies at its Anjar facility:
1.2

Welspun Corp Ltd (Plate and Pipeline),

Welspun India Ltd (Textile Division) &

Welspun Steel Ltd (Sponge Iron Plant with Captive Power Plant)

Welspun Captive Power Generation Ltd (Power Plant)

Welspun Gujarat Stahl Rohen Ltd – (Standby Power Plant)
Production Process and Zero Discharge Facility at Welspun India Ltd
Welspun India Limited (WIL) is the major effluent generation unit as it manufactures textiles terry
towels and has a state of the art Common Effluent Treatment Plant with Zero Discharge facility
leading to recycling and reuse of treated waste waters.
The industrial effluent generated form the entire Welspun city is treated in common ETP followed
by RO & MEE with ZLD system.
The production details of Welspun India Ltd (WIL) is given in below table .
Table 1-1: Products Manufactured & Quantity at WIL premises
Sr. No
Products
Total Quantity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Terry Towels
Bed Sheets
Cotton Yarn
Fiber Yarn
Cotton Tarpaulin
Garments
Knitted Garments
4830 MT/M
9100000 Meters/M
3720 MT/M
2333 MT/M
418 MT/M
100000 Pcs/M
900000 Pcs/M
The production process involves bleaching, dyeing & finishing operations of Terry towel, printing
and finishing of the material.
1.3
Existing & Proposed Mode of Treated wastewater Disposal
Currently the Welspun India Limited have a ZLD facility. The treated effluent from the common
ETP will be further treated by UF/RO and MEE and totally recycled and reused in plant premises.
Now WIL intend treated water disposal into deep sea after tertiary treatment in Common ETP with
norms specified for sea disposal.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
4
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED,
ANJAR, KUTCH
1.4
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
INTRODUCTION
Need for Change of Disposal Mode of Treated wastewater by WIL
Currently the total water demand for Welspun city is around 16.4 MLD which includes use in
industrial processes and for drinking & sanitary purposes. Welspun mainly satisfies its water demand
by obtaining water from the Narmada River, supplied by the GWIL.
Being a Zero Liquid Discharge plant, wastewater recycle & reuse and rainwater harvesting are
practiced at the Anjar unit of Welspun. Narmada river water is directed to a storage tank of 20 ML
capacity located within the premises of Welspun industries. Other than the storage tank of 20 ML
capacity, the excess water is diverted to WIL lagoon of 100 ML capacity and Welspun lagoon of
3000 ML capacity.
Gujarat Water & Infrastructure Limited (GWIL), supplies raw Narmada water to the region, however,
the same is becoming a challenge for the industries and its growth.
Also presently, no Municipal Sewage Treatment Plant is available in the city of Anjar, Gandhidham
& Adipur. Large quantity of untreated sewage generated in Anjar, Adipur & Gandhidham region is
causing environmental damage & health related problems to the residence of these cities. The
untreated sewage flows to the agricultural lands and other water bodies causing environmental
concerns.
Looking to the above and also present inconsistency of fresh water availability, further expansion
needs, Welspun India Ltd has decided recycle and reuse sewage waters of Gandhidham-Adipur and
Anjar towns back to the industrial use by putting up a Sewage Treatment Plant and recycling of
treated sewage waters after UF and RO system.
Thus as a part of Clean Environment campaign by Government of India, WIL has decided to set up
a 30 MLD Sewage treatment plant (in Ist Phase) at Anjar and reuse the entire city sewage for in
plant use after the RO process.
The present Zero discharge option adopted at WIL will not solve this concept. The reuse of
entire sewage waters for plant use will be feasible only if the surplus waters from RO
Rejects along with the biologically treated waste waters from the Common Effluent
Treatment plant are adopted to sea discharge meeting the marine discharge norms.
Thus Sea Discharge option will be a feasible solution to this concept.
1.5
Project Concept:
A block diagram of the project concept is presented as below:
As highlighted above, due to sewage recycling in Welspun City, to cater for future needs of
water requirement by industry, surplus Treated waste water from ETP along with RO Rejects
(from recycling of treated sewage waters), matching with the SEA discharge norms, will be
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
5
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED,
ANJAR, KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
INTRODUCTION
discharged via an Onshore and offshore Pipeline conveyance system designed for 25 MLD
capacity. The pipeline network is gravity as well as rising main with an intermediate Pumping
Station, located near PS4 of Gandhidham-Adipur Nagarpalika.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
6
WELSPUN INDIA
LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS
AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION
2 DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS AUGMENTATION,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
2.1
Existing Design Flow of Common ETP
The existing common ETP is designed for 10,000 m3/day capacity to treat effluents coming
from various units of Welspun city like process, utilities and washings etc.
2.2
Existing Design Basis Common ETP
The basis of design of the Common Effluent treatment plant is presented in Table 2-1 as under:
Table 2-1: Design Basis for Common ETP at WIL premises
Sr. No
Parameters
Units
Influent
Characteristics
Treated Effluent
Characteristics
1
Design Flow
m3/day
15000
15000
2
pH
10 – 12
7.0 – 7.5
3
Temperature
Deg C
45 - 50
< 30
4
Total suspended solids
mg/l
200 – 300
< 50
5
COD
mg/l
2500
< 240
6
BOD5
mg/l
850
< 75
7
Ammonical Nitrogen
mg/l
30 – 40
< 15
8
Phosphate
mg/l
5 – 10
<5
9
Phenolic compounds
mg/l
3–5
<2
10
Oil & Grease
mg/l
< 20
< 10
11
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l
2700
2500
12
Fluorides
mg/l
2
<1
2.3
Treatment Units of Common ETP
The common ETP consists of primary, secondary biological and tertiary treatment. The civil
component of existing common ETP with unit sizing’s are described in below table and layout of
existing common ETP is presented in figure 2.1.
Table 2-2: List of civil units with dimensions in Existing Common ETP
No.
Description
Size / Capacity
Volume
1
Collection Tank
9.0 m x 9.0 m x 6.6 m
535.0 m3
2
Screening
2.5 m x 1.6 m x 1.9 m
-
3
Lifting Sump
5.0 m x 5.0 m x 5.0 m
125.0 m3
4
Homogenizing Tank 2 Nos
107. m x 16.0 m x 6.5 m
10000.0 m3
5
Neutralization Tank
1.5 m x 8.0 m x 7.0 m
100.0 m3
6
Distributor
-
350.0 m3
7
Biological Oxidation Tank
107.0 m x 16.0 m x 6.5 m x
2 nos.
20000.0 m3
8
Biological Lamella Clarifier
12.0 m x 12.0 x 6.3 m
715.0 m3
9
Tertiary Lamella Clarifier
9.3 m x 9.m x 5.7 m
390.0 m3
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
7
WELSPUN INDIA
LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS
AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION
No.
Description
Size / Capacity
Volume
10
Circular Clarifier
52.0m Dia x 5 m depth
10000.0 m3
11
Fishes Basin
2.0 m x 2.0 m x 0.5 m
2.0 m3
12
Quartz Filtration Plant
10000 cu.m/day
13
Resin Filtration Plant
10000 cu.m/day
14
Ultra Filtration Plant
10000 cu.m/day
15
Softener & decarbonizers
10000 cu.m/day
16
Reverse Osmosis Plant
10000 cu.m/day
17
Nano-Filtration
18
Evaporation
800 cu.m/day
1100 cu.m/day
Figure 2-1: ETP Flow Diagram of Common ETP at WIL
2.4
Existing Treatment Scheme description of Common ETP
The treatment scheme of existing Common ETP at WIL premises is as under:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
8
WELSPUN INDIA
LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS
AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION
Collection:
The untreated wastewater from various processing & manufacturing units flows by gravity to effluent
treatment plant in an open underground collection tank having capacity of 535 cu.m. From here the
effluent is pumped to lifting sump through screens.
Mechanical Screenings:
This pretreatment unit is a device, designed to cater the flow of 800 cu.m/hr, fabricated in SS, with
mesh of uniform size, which is used to retain the coarse solids found in wastewater. The floating
impurities are also captured in this unit. The screenings are discharged in SS trough & removed
manually from here.
Lifting Sump:
The effluent from screening is flow into lifting sump. Here 5 nos. of submersible pumps (each of
cap. 208 m3/hr) are installed to lift incoming effluent to homogenation tank.
Homogenation Tank:
The homogenation tank has a normal working volume of 10,000 cu.m with 24 hrs; Equalization for
uniform flow & quality. The purpose of equalization is simply damping of flow-rate variations so that
constant flow-rate is achieved with considerable amount of constituents concentration. The contents
of the tank are mixed with 2 nos. of flow jet, 2nos. of flow makers, 351 nos. fine air bubble diffusers
at bottom of the tank. Two blowers of 1000 cm/hr each are also installed for aeration purpose. The
equalized wastewater passes into neutralization tank through an opening at bottom for subsequent
treatment.
Neutralization Tank:
The alkaline homogenized effluent (with pH of 11-12) is neutralized with the dosing of sulphuric acid
98% in neutralization tank of 100 cu.m holding volume. The neutralized effluent having
approximately pH - 7.5 is pumped to distributor by means of 3 nos. of submersible pump of cap.
208 cu.m/hr. The acid mixing is carried out by blower-air in the air grid laid at the bottom of the
tank.
Distributor:
The neutralized effluent is distributed to oxidation tank by distributor with working volume of 350
cu.m. The effluent is thoroughly mixed with air by means of air grid. The recycled secondary sludge
is also distributed to two oxidation tanks from here.
Extended Oxidation Tanks: 2 nos. each of 10000 cu.m holding capacity
This is an aerobic biological treatment in which organic compounds present in wastewater (which
contribute to COD & BOD values) are consumed by microorganisms as food in a controlled
environment of cultivated biomass & efficient aeration. The capacity of the each tank is 10000 cu.m
aggregating 20000 cu.m i.e. 48 hrs of hydraulic retention period for max capacity.
The removal of BOD, coagulation of non-settleable solids & stabilization of organic matter are
accomplished using bacteria. The system is comprised of disc type diffusers submerged in
wastewater, header pipes, air mains, blowers & appurtenances through which air passes & flow
makers. The diffusers are mounted on air manifolds in grid pattern to provide uniform aeration
throughout the tank. The function of diffusers is transferring oxygen to bacteria in the tank. The
flow makers are used to give momentum to mixed liquor/ contents of the tank, so the settling of
biomass is eliminated. The effluent then overflows to secondary lamella clarifier by gravity. Nutrients
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
9
WELSPUN INDIA
LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS
AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION
like Urea & DAP are also dosed in the tank on continuous basis. Sodium hypochlorite & antifoam
dosing system are also installed to eliminate sludge bulking due to filamentous growth of microbes
& remove foam from oxidation tank respectively.
Secondary Lamella Clarifier:
The clarifier capacity is 1500 cu.m. The tank is having parallel hexagonal tube packs (made of thin
PVC hexagonal tubing, inclined at 60 Deg angle from horizontal for improving settling efficiency of
conventional clarifier. The clarified effluent overflows in the launders & passes to mixers.
Mixers:
The clarified effluent passes into the 2 nos. mixers for pretreatment for color removal. Here
chemicals like alum; polyelectrolyte & decolorant are added to the effluent for removal of colloidal
solids & traces of color respectively. From here the flocculated effluent passes to tertiary lamella
clarifier.
Secondary Clarifier:
This unit is having volumetric capacity of 12000 cu.m. The function of clarifier is to separate activated
sludge solids from mixed liquor. Solid separation is final step in production of well-clarified, stable
effluent flow in BOD & SS and represents critical link in operation of extended aeration system. A
revolving mechanism with scrapper at bottom & gear mounted assembly helps in transport &
removal of settled sludge from clarifier. The treated water overflows in the launder & then fed to
filtration plant. The sludge from the bottom of clarifier flows into the recycle tank & from here it is
recycled in oxidation tank through distributor. The excess sludge is wasted in belt press.
Sludge handling unit (for biological unit)
The sludge handling unit having capacity of 8-20 cum/hr is a combination of reactor drum,
dynamic thickener followed by a belt press the complete unit is of Interco Italian make.
Automatic poly-preparator unit with dosing pumps is also provided for proper polymer dosing.
The treated water overflows in the launder & then to holding sump. From here the treated effluent
is fed to filtration section.
Quartz Filters
This is the very first stage of a water recovery system & its main purpose is the removal of suspended
solids from water coming from a biological treatment plant.
The media material used is quartzes sand and gravel of special & different granulometrics in multi
– layer. This equipment is fully automatic & very efficient with an achievable filtration up to 100
microns.
Resin Filters
The resin filtration is an alternative to activated carbon filtration. For resin filters, a regenerable
weak anionic Purolite Resin is used in place of activated carbon.
Following advantages have been acknowledged; The resin require regeneration but as the
regeneration for these resins is possible to be performed on - line with caustic soda at & with
sodium chloride, so the expensive load and unload of activated carbon for its regeneration are
avoided. The operating cost of resin filtration is less than half in comparison to activated carbon,
even in the less favorable situation. By placing resin filters at this stage give a reduction of 20 - 50
% of COD and a great color removal is achieved.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
10
WELSPUN INDIA
LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS
AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION
Softeners & Degasser
The softeners & degassers are used to reduce Ca, Mg and alkalinity from the treated water so that
the membrane life of RO & efficiency can be improved of latter stages of recovery units.
Ultra-Filtration
The ultra-filtration is done before RO for proper pre-treatment. UF ensures a constant quality of
water at low cost. After UF, the water is free from suspended solids, collides & bacteria.
Reverse Osmosis (3- stages)
Through reverse osmosis it is certainly possible to obtain the best quality of recovered water, since
this technology allows separating the whole organic substance and also part of the inorganic
substance (salinity, hardness, some kinds of metal) from the water. The quality of permeate, i.e.
osmotized water, is such that it can be used in dye baths, in boilers and in any other section where
a great quantity of raw material is required. The system comprises of cartridge filters & specific
membranes for three -stage RO to suit this specific & typical nature of waste water , i.e. dye
house waste water.
Physico – chemical unit
The reject of 3rd stage RO is again treated in physico-chemical unit. In-order to reduce the
carbonates and bi-carbonates of Ca, Mg and silica the following chemicals are used lime, soda ash,
ferric chloride and poly.
Sludge Handling Unit (for physico – chemical plant)
The sludge handling unit having capacity of 4-8 cum/hr is a combination of reactor drum, dynamic
thickener followed by a belt press the complete unit is of Intereco, Italy make. An automatic
poly-preparation unit with dosing pumps is also provided for proper polymer dosing. The treated
water overflows in the launder & then to holding sump. From here the treated effluent is fed to
filtration section.
Multi Media Filter (MMF):
The removal of suspended solids from water coming from a physico – chemical treatment plant. The
media material used is quartzes sand and gravel of special & different granulometrics in multi –
layer. The equipment is fully automatic & very efficient with an achievable filtration up to 50 microns.
Ultra-Filtration (4th – stage)
The Ultra-filtration is done before RO for proper pretreatment. UF ensures a constant quality of
water at low cost. After UF, the water is free from suspended solids, collides & bacteria.
Reverse Osmosis (4th – stage)
The system comprises of cartridge filters & specific membranes for three -stage RO to suit this
specific & typical nature of wastewater (i.e. high salinity water).
Wind Evaporators:
We have installed 11 Nos. of Wind Evaporators each is having 7 modules for concentrating the RO
Rejects. The residual slats collected from the Wind evaporator is further dried and is disposed as
Solid waste in TSDF operated by GPCB approved Operator.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
11
WELSPUN INDIA
LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
2.5
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS
AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION
Performance Evaluation of Existing Common ETP
As a part of performance evaluation of existing ETP, Kadam collected effluent samples from the
existing running ETP and the analysis was carried out in KEC Laboratory at Vadodara. The quality
of ETP inlet and after Biological Treatment is presented as below:
Table 2-3: Inlet and outlet characteristics of Existing Common ETP as a part of performance
evaluation study.
Sr. No.
Parameter
Unit
ETP Inlet
ETP outlet after
Tertiary treatment
1
pH
-
8.40
7.78
2
Temperature
◦C
34 - 45
28
4
COD
mg/l
1233
122
5
BOD
mg/l
330
35
6
Total dissolved solids
mg/l
3040
2448
7
Suspended solids
mg/l
75
< 10
8
Oil & grease
mg/l
<5
<5
9
Chloride
mg/l
743
618
10
Sulphates
mg/l
237
161
11
Ammonical nitrogen
mg/l
31
5
12
Total residual chlorine
mg/l
BDL
BDL
13
Arsenic
mg/l
< 0.001
< 0.001
14
Mercury
mg/l
< 0.001
< 0.001
15
Lead
mg/l
<0.1
<0.1
16
Cadmium
mg/l
<0.5
<0.5
17
Copper
mg/l
<0.08
<0.08
18
Zinc
mg/l
<0.1
<0.1
19
Selenium
mg/l
<0.01
<0.01
20
Nickel
mg/l
<0.1
<0.1
21
Fluoride
mg/l
0.35
0.20
22
Free ammonia
mg/l
4.63
0.17
23
Hexavalent chromium
mg/l
<0.003
<0.003
24
Cyanide
mg/l
<0.003
<0.003
25
Sulphide
mg/l
<0.2
<0.2
26
Phenolic Compounds
mg/l
<0.001
<0.001
27
Manganese
mg/l
<0.04
<0.04
28
Iron
mg/l
0.57
0.61
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
12
WELSPUN INDIA
LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
2.5.1
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS
AUGMENTATION, TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY
EVALUATION
Treated Effluent Quality observed at the outlet of Common ETP on daily basis
The outlet of common ETP is monitored on daily basis in plant premises by Welspun EHS team.
Third Party inspection is also been carried out for inlet and outlet quality checks of the existing
Common ETP.
The summary of last two years data of effluent quality measured at inlet, after Biological
treatment by Welspun as well as Third Party results is presented in Tables as below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
13
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS AUGMENTATION,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
Table 2-4: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2013
EQUALIZATION TANK
Month
pH
TDS
COD
mg/l
mg/l
BIOFILTER
pH
COD
NEW OXIDATION TANK
pH
mg/l
TEMP
D.O.
MLSS
°C
mg/l
mg/l
Frequency
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
March
9.1
1966.0
872.0
7.4
741.6
7.7
36.1
April
10.6
2224.0
897.4
7.1
702.2
7.6
May
9.8
2277.1
824.4
7.0
711.9
June
11.0
2297.5
878.2
7.1
July
9.8
2128.1
907.5
August
10.3
2232.9
September
9.9
OLD OXIDATION TANK
SVI
pH
CLARIFIER OUTLET
D.O.
TEMP
MLSS
SVI
pH
COD
mg/l
°C
mg/l
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
mg/l
% OF COD
REDUCTION
IN
BIOLOGICAL
PLANT
Daily
Daily
Daily
1.3
3422.7
134.4
7.7
1.6
36.0
3407.3
130.9
7.7
112.3
87.0
37.3
1.2
4025.0
113.0
7.7
1.4
37.0
4020.0
106.0
7.7
138.3
84.5
7.5
37.5
2.1
3299.5
126.1
7.5
2.1
37.3
3180.5
128.7
7.6
152.2
81.3
744.7
7.5
38.0
1.9
3505.9
147.3
7.5
1.7
37.9
3517.0
150.6
7.6
141.8
83.6
7.2
794.6
7.6
38.1
1.8
3562.5
129.9
7.7
1.4
38.0
3427.8
129.5
7.7
128.5
85.8
934.8
7.0
805.1
7.7
37.0
1.5
4154.9
160.6
7.7
1.7
36.9
4114.7
164.8
7.8
131.2
85.9
2707.9
946.4
7.0
841.3
7.7
37.1
1.2
4001.1
179.8
7.7
1.4
36.7
3946.9
179.8
7.7
131.4
86.0
October
9.2
2240.6
923.5
6.9
788.6
7.5
38.0
1.2
3348.0
184.9
7.4
2.1
37.6
3238.3
184.9
7.5
118.3
87.1
November
9.3
2301.4
949.5
7.1
810.2
7.5
35.6
1.6
3375.3
200.8
34.0
1.4
35.2
3294.4
196.5
7.5
136.1
85.6
December
9.2
2039.7
975.0
7.1
822.1
7.5
34.7
2.0
2612.8
217.5
7.5
0.9
34.5
2660.5
211.0
7.6
134.7
86.1
Average
9.8
2241.5
910.9
7.1
776.2
7.6
36.9
1.6
3530.8
159.4
10.2
1.6
36.7
3480.7
158.3
7.6
132.5
85.3
Note: All values are in mg/l except pH. Equalization tank is same as Homogenization tank.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
14
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS AUGMENTATION,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
Table 2-5: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2014
EQUALIZATION TANK
Month
pH
TDS
COD
mg/l
mg/l
BIOFILTER
pH
COD
NEW OXIDATION TANK
pH
mg/l
TEMP
D.O.
MLSS
°C
mg/l
mg/l
Frequency
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
January
9.0
2171.6
926.0
7.2
785.2
7.6
34.7
February
8.8
1894.3
908.8
7.5
795.5
7.7
March
8.8
1907.5
1042.1
7.5
896.6
April
10.6
2346.3
1298.7
7.3
May
8.9
2243.7
1079.0
June
8.9
2096.7
OLD OXIDATION TANK
SVI
pH
CLARIFIER OUTLET
D.O.
TEMP
MLSS
SVI
pH
COD
mg/l
°C
mg/l
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
mg/l
% OF COD
REDUCTION
IN
BIOLOGICAL
PLANT
Daily
Daily
Daily
1.4
3788.8
182.6
7.7
1.8
34.3
3191.2
204.6
7.6
136.2
85.2
34.4
1.4
3247.5
226.2
7.7
2.6
33.4
2134.4
203.6
7.7
167.1
81.2
7.7
36.8
1.0
3230.8
85.4
7.7
1.2
36.8
2985.2
91.9
7.7
209.2
79.7
1066.4
7.6
38.3
1.3
4445.9
113.1
7.6
1.8
38.2
4094.5
113.7
7.6
199.5
84.5
7.3
933.6
7.5
38.4
1.2
5023.0
109.7
32.6
1.6
38.3
4526.9
104.1
7.6
168.0
84.3
970.3
7.7
841.5
7.6
38.8
1.5
4138.9
92.7
7.7
1.2
38.7
3725.2
93.5
7.7
154.9
84.0
July
8.4
2018.1
1032.8
7.6
890.2
7.7
38.7
1.2
4478.6
101.4
7.7
1.1
38.6
3475.8
109.2
7.7
158.5
84.6
August
8.2
1968.7
984.3
7.5
845.8
7.6
38.9
0.7
3989.0
116.5
7.7
0.8
38.7
3252.3
120.3
7.7
179.5
81.7
September
8.0
1937.3
948.5
7.4
804.7
7.6
39.8
1.4
4141.3
137.3
7.6
2.1
39.2
3416.7
135.3
7.7
211.5
77.7
October
9.1
2562.5
1059.3
7.0
890.6
7.4
38.2
0.6
3956.3
182.7
7.4
1.8
38.2
3295.9
178.7
7.5
175.4
83.0
November
8.8
2258.7
1129.0
7.0
975.2
7.4
38.4
0.5
4277.6
160.8
7.4
1.9
38.2
3416.4
153.9
7.4
169.5
85.0
December
9.0
2216.5
1096.4
7.0
951.5
7.5
37.2
0.4
4531.4
164.7
7.5
1.9
37.0
3474.6
180.5
7.5
177.9
83.7
Average
8.9
2135.1
1039.6
7.3
889.7
7.6
37.7
1.1
4104.1
139.4
9.7
1.6
37.5
3415.8
140.8
7.6
175.6
82.9
Note: All values are in mg/l except pH. Equalization tank is same as Homogenization tank
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
15
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS AUGMENTATION,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
Table 2-6: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2013 – Third Party Analysis
Sr. No.
Parameters
Third Party Analysis Results of ETP Outlet samples -Year 2013
Unit
Date of Sampling
Jan
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
31.01.13
18.03.13
16.04.13
28.05.13
19.06.13
15.07.13
10.08.13
18.09.13
17.10.13
21.11.13
11.12.13
Average
1
pH
pH Unit
7.45
7.45
7.41
7.38
7.38
7.29
7.32
7.39
7.42
7.26
7.31
7.4
2
BOD (5 days at 27 °C)
mg/l
64
58
57
78
78
75
71
68
65
68
64
67.8
3
COD
mg/l
174
168
165
230
230
221
235
227
220
218
223
189.6
4
Oil & Grease
mg/l
1.1
1.1
1.3
4.2
4.2
3.9
3.3
3.1
2.9
2.5
1.9
2.4
5
Sulphates
mg/l
0.3
0.6
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.1
1
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.09
3.7
6
% Na
%
38
32
30
35
35
31
28
26
23
25
20
27.6
7
Ammonical Nitrogen
mg/l
13.5
12.8
12.3
15.4
15.4
13.5
12.5
11.2
10.9
11.2
10.5
12.7
8
Sodium Absorption Ratio
mg/l
7
7
9
16
16
15
13
12
11
10
9
159.9
9
TDS
mg/l
1455
1412
1440
1650
1650
1587
1325
1311
1296
1198
1056
1254.0
10
TSS
mg/l
50
48
52
64
64
71
67
62
60
65
62
57.5
11
Temperature
°C
35
32
37
32
32
31
29
31
30
32
30
34.9
12
Color
Pt. Co.
50
45
43
65
65
72
70
37
64
65
66
129.7
13
Chlorides
Scale
880
854
831
850
850
821
811
798
784
780
784
777.5
14
Sulphates
mg/l
405
387
378
360
360
349
326
312
308
310
307
312.9
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
16
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR, KUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP, ITS AUGMENTATION,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
Table 2-7: Treated Effluent Quality for Final Outlet – Summary of Results of Year 2014 – Third Party Analysis
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Unit
Date of Sampling
Third Party Analysis Results of ETP Outlet samples -Year 2014
Jan
Feb
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
09.01.14
08.02.14
14.03.14
05.04.14
31.05.14
23.06.14
28.07.14
13.08.14
17.09.14
08.10.14
12.11.14
09.12.14
Average
1
pH
pH
Unit
7.24
7.39
7.35
7.31
7.25
7.35
7.46
7.35
7.38
7.46
7.55
7.2
7.4
2
BOD (5 days at
27 °C)
mg/l
61
65
66
64
59
55
59
45
42
40
38
33
52.3
3
COD
mg/l
219
215
265
281
276
315
310
298
290
280
260
230
239
4
Oil & Grease
mg/l
2
2.4
3.1
3.6
2.9
1.9
1.5
1.2
1.1
1
1
1
1.9
5
Sulphates
mg/l
0.08
0.06
0.08
0.07
0.09
0.08
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.1
% Na
%
22
25
27
25
24
26
29
26
25
24
22
20
24.6
mg/l
10.8
11.2
12.9
11.8
16.1
18.8
15.9
14.2
13.5
13.2
11.8
10.9
13.4
mg/l
10
9
10
12
14
18
20
18
16
15
13
11
13.8
6
7
8
Ammonical
Nitrogen
Sodium
Absorption Ratio
9
TDS
mg/l
1060
1056
1123
1041
1094
1525
1665
1425
1430
1410
1320
1180
1277.4
10
TSS
mg/l
65
62
59
54
52
50
52
45
43
41
40
36
49.9
11
Temperature
°C
32
30
30
30
30
31
30
30
31
30
28
24
29.7
12
Color
Pt. Co.
64
60
62
60
57
50
54
40
42
40
38
37
50.3
13
Chlorides
Scale
789
780
723
765
750
710
719
658
670
650
610
580
700.3
14
Sulphates
mg/l
301
305
289
256
242
315
318
298
270
260
240
215
275.8
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
17
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP &
PROPOSED STP
FEASIBILITY CUM TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT
It can be observed from the above tables that the Treated Waste Water from Common ETP always
matches the Marine Disposal norms and can be safely discharged to Marine Environment with a diffuser
system.
2.6
Treatability of Common ETP
It can be seen from the above the stage wise percentage reduction of common ETP is given in below
table.
Table 2-8: Percentage Reduction / Treatability of common ETP
Parameters
S.
No.
Description
COD
Valu
e
BOD
%
Reduction
Valu
e
SS
%
Reduction
850
Valu
e
%
Reduction
1
Inlet Collection Tank
2500
2
After Primary
Treatment
300
1875
25
725
15
62
60
3
Aeration Tank
280
85
80
89
50
20
4
Final ETP Outlet
240
15
72
10
45
10
Note: All values are in mg/lit except pH.
2.7
Adequacy of existing Common ETP and Proposed Augmentations
The adequacy of Existing and Proposed Expansion Units of Common ETP with Recycling UF and RO and
their proposed augmentations proposed is described as below;
Table 2-9: Adequacy of existing Common ETP and its augmentation
Sr
No
Unit Description
Existing Units
Details
Proposed
Augmentation Details
(Additional Units)
Nos
Capacity
Nos
Capacity
Retention
Time at 15
MLD
capacity
Remarks
1
Collection Tank
1
535 cu.m
-
-
50 min
OK
2
Mechanical Screen
1
800 cu.m/hr
1
800 cu.m/hr
Catering to
total flow of
19000 cu.m
per day
OK
3
Lifting Sump
1
125 cu.m
-
-
12 min
OK
4
Homogenizing
(Equalization) Tank
1
10000 cu.m
-
-
16 Hrs
OK
5
Neutralization Tank
1
100 cu.m
-
-
10 min
OK
6
Biological Oxidation
Tank
2
10000 cu.m
1
10000
2 days
OK
7
Clarifier
1
10000 cu.m
-
-
16 Hrs
OK
8
Biological Lamella
Clarifier
1
900 cu.m
-
-
1.44 Hrs
OK
9
Tertiary Lamella
Clarifier
1
500 cu.m
-
-
48 min
OK
10
Quartz Filtration
Units
8
1540 cu.m
per day
Quartz &
resin
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
OK
18
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED
Sr
No
Unit Description
FEASIBILITY CUM TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT
Existing Units
Details
Nos
8
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ETP &
PROPOSED STP
Proposed
Augmentation Details
(Additional Units)
Retention
Time at 15
MLD
capacity
Remarks
Capacity
Nos
Capacity
1540 cu.m
per day
filters will
be
replaced
by micron
filters
900 cu.m/hr
– 18 hrs of
operation
Mixing
Tank
8x8x3m
SWD + 1 m
FB – 190
cu.m
10 min
OK
11
Resin Filters
12
Treated Waste
Water Mixing Tank
13
Ultra Filtration
Plant
4
2640 cu.m
per day
1
5000 cu.m
per day (1st
Phase)
Total 15000
cu.m per day
OK
14
Ultra Filtration
Plant
-
-
3
15000 cu.m
per day (2nd
Phase
Total for
45000 cu.m
per day
OK
15
Reverse Osmosis
Plant
4
2640 cu.m
per day
1
5000 cu.m
per day (1st
Phase
Total 15000
cu.m per day
OK
16
Reverse Osmosis
Plant
-
-
3
15000 cu.m
per day (2nd
Phase)
Total for
45000 cu.m
per day
OK
Thus in the proposed augmentations of Common ETP from 10 MLD to 15 MLD, following items will be
added/replaced/isolated:

Addition of mechanical screening mechanism.

Addition of one new Biological oxidation tank.

Replacing the existing Quartz and Resin Filters by Micron Filters for better efficiency

Existing UF and RO with expansion for total capacity of 15 MLD (Ist Phase) will be utilized for
recycling of treated sewage waters.

Existing ETP waters after biological treatment and tertiary Micron Filters will be sent for disposal
in pipeline system.

One new Treated waste water tank will be constructed to mix the treated waste waters from
ETP and RO Reject waters before drainage in the gravity pipeline manhole.

Existing Wind Evaporators will be isolated and will not be used for any further activities.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
19
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
3 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED
ADEQUACY EVALUATION
3.1
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED STP,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
STP,
TREATABILITY
&
Design Flow of STP
Average design flow rate: 30 MLD = 1250 cu.m/hr = 0.347 cu.m/sec
Peak design flow rate: 67.5 MLD = 2812.5 cu.m/hr = 0.781 cu.m/sec
Minimum Flow rate – 0.5 x average design flow rate = 0.5 x 0.347 = 0.174 cu.m/sec
3.2
Inlet Design basis of STP - 30 MLD capacity
The design inlet characteristics for Proposed STP is presented in table as below:
Table 3-1: Design Inlet Characteristics of Proposed STP
Parameters
Min. Values of Max. Values
Average
observed
of observed
Values of
Recommended
90
Unit Characterstics Characterstics
observed
Inlet
percentile
of Sewage
of Sewage
sewage
Characteristics
Waters
Waters
Characterstics
pH
--
7.57
8.25
7.85
8.08
6.5 - 8
Temperature
deg.
C
27.10
28.20
27.80
28.20
20 - 30
BOD, soluble
mg/l
13.00
142.00
36.25
126.60
130
BOD @ 27 deg. C
for 3 days
mg/l
89.00
295.00
142.25
269.50
275
COD
mg/l
311.98
1,127.17
513.26
764.58
600
TSS
mg/l
70.00
896.00
289.00
607.20
600
Total
hardness
(as CaCO3)
mg/l
438.24
657.36
527.88
635.45
650
Carbonate
hardness
(as CaCO3)
mg/l
438.24
657.36
527.88
635.45
--
Magnesium
hardness
(as CaCO3)
mg/l
39.84
219.12
59.76
79.68
80
TDS
mg/l
1,548.00
3,450.00
2,740.00
3,251.30
3,400
Fixed Solids
mg/l
946.00
2,244.00
1,748.00
2,113.20
2,200
Chloride (as Cl)
mg/l
716.16
1,364.20
878.15
1,223.66
1350
Sulphate (as SO4)
mg/l
11.33
539.33
216.48
391.93
380
TKN
mg/l
20.22
66.66
41.19
56.92
60
Ammonia
mg/l
17.98
62.92
38.20
54.53
57
Total Phosphate
mg/l
2.20
35.74
5.20
15.33
5
Nitrate
mg/l
2.96
19.57
8.43
16.37
16
Potassium
mg/l
1.80
26.10
22.65
25.10
20
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
20
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED STP,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
Parameters
Min. Values of Max. Values
Average
observed
of observed
Values of
Recommended
90
Unit Characterstics Characterstics
observed
Inlet
percentile
of Sewage
of Sewage
sewage
Characteristics
Waters
Waters
Characterstics
Alkalinity(as
CaCO3)
mg/l
331.70
834.60
716.90
808.92
750
Conductivity
μS /
cm
617.52
5,050.00
3,950.00
4,783.00
5,000
Ammonium (as
NH4)
mg/l
0.17
15.52
4.04
11.67
6
3.3
Design outlet Characterstics of STP - 30 MLD capacity
The new STP will be constructed and operated by WIL for recycling of sewage waters from Anjar
and Gandhidham-Adipur Nagarpalika. The treated waters of STP will be subjected to UF and RO in
the WIL premises and the RO rejects along with treated waste waters of Common ETP will be
discharged in the pipeline system.
The design outlet Characterstics of proposed STP are presented in table as below:
Table 3-2: Design Outlet Characteristics of Proposed STP
Sr. No.
Parameters
Units
Outlet of STP
1
Design Flow
m3/day
29000
2
pH
3
Temperature
Deg C
28
4
Colour (Pt. Co. Units)
mg/l
< 10
5
BOD (5 Days at 20 Deg. C)
mg/l
< 10
6
COD
mg/l
< 50
7
Suspended Solids
mg/l
< 10
8
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l
< 3400
9
Oil & Grease
mg/l
<2
10
Phenolic Compounds
mg/l
<1
11
Fluorides
mg/l
<2
12
Sulphides
mg/l
<1
13
Ammonical Nitrogen
mg/l
< 10
3.4
6.8 - 8
Description of Units of STP
Inlet Chamber
The Inlet chamber will receive sewage from Raw Sewage pumping stations at Anjar and GandhidhamAdipur (combined) through the rising mains of 600mm and 800mm dia. transmission pipelines
respectively. From the Inlet Chamber, the raw sewage shall flow by gravity to Mechanical Fine / Manual
Coarse Screen Channels.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
21
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED STP,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
Mechanical Fine Screen Channel
The Raw sewage from the inlet chamber shall flow by gravity into the Mechanical Fine Screen Channels.
Either Step type or Rotary Drum Type of mechanical screen are proposed. Each Mechanical Fine Screen
channel shall be designed for 50% of the peak design flow and during design flow conditions, both
screens shall operate in parallel. Screenings will be mechanically collected on a Conveyor Belt and
conveyed through a stainless steel Chute to Truck/ Tractor Trolley positioned at Ground Level.
Manual Coarse Screen Channel
The Manual Coarse Screen Channel will be used as a standby unit in the event of the Mechanical Fine
Screen Channels being offline. The Manual Coarse Screen Channel shall be provided with Inlet/ Outlet
Isolation Sluice Gates.
Grit Chamber & Grit Channel
The Screened Sewage will be conveyed to the inlet channel of the Grit Chamber / Grit Channel. The grit
chamber will be designed for 100% of the peak design flow.
A mechanical type grit scraping device will be provided in the Grit chamber that scrapes the settled grit
to a side pocket from where it is lifted by classifier mechanism above the water level and is dropped
through a chute into a bin or trolley. An organic return pump is provided to send the water collected in
the pocket back into the main chamber. The grit is settled in the main chamber and after de-gritting the
sewage overflows into the outlet channel.
De-gritted sewage shall flow through a Sutro / Proportional Weir where flow measurement shall be done
using a graduated scale.
Extended Aeration Process (EA) - including Biological Nitrogen Removal
Anoxic Tanks
The Anoxic Tanks ensure de-nitrification of the sewage through internal/ sludge recycle. There shall be
minimum 2.0 numbers of Anoxic Tanks. The Anoxic Tanks shall be provided with submersible mixers to
prevent settlement.
Aeration tanks
There shall be minimum 2 numbers of Aeration Tanks. The Aeration Tanks shall be oxygenated using
fine air bubble diffused aeration and shall effectively bio-degrade the organic matter and organic/
ammonia nitrogen in the sewage to the required soluble BOD/ nitrogen level of purity.
The aeration tank shall be designed for completely mixed conditions with the extended aeration
principles.
Secondary Clarifier
The sewage from the Distribution chamber shall flow by gravity to Secondary Clarifiers. There shall be
minimum 2 numbers of Secondary Clarifiers. Each Secondary Clarifiers shall be sized for 50% of the
design flow. However the hydraulic design shall provide for the entire sewage flow including design flow
to be routed through one number of Clarifier when any one of the clarifier is shut down for
maintenance.
Deep Bed Multimedia Filters
The Secondary Treated Sewage water shall be pumped into a common inlet channel of Deep Bed
Multimedia Filters leading one or more bank of filters as per the layout arrangement.
The filters shall be Deep Bed Multimedia Filters, constant head, and constant rate deep bed filters. The
filter gallery shall house the filter outlet channel, the backwash and air scour pipework mains and
outlet, backwash and air scour valve gear. Facilities shall be provided for local and remote control
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
22
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED STP,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
through PLC/SCADA of the actuator and for local and remote indication of valve position. The gallery
shall be adequately ventilated and lighted.
An overflow arrangement shall be provided from the common inlet channel which shall discharge into
the backwash water channel for bypassing the filters in case of any emergency.
Secondary Sludge Pumping Station
Secondary Sludge Pumping Station is provided to collect and transfer the sludge. Secondary sludge
from the Secondary Clarifiers shall be wasted continuously/ intermittently to the Gravity Sludge
Thickeners using Surplus Activated Sludge (SAS) Pumps. Pumps shall also be provided to recycle settled
secondary sludge (RAS) back to the inlet of anoxic tank distribution Chamber.
The Secondary sludge pumping Station shall consist of wet well with installed submersible pumps, a
valve chamber and a separate electrical control panel level.
Chlorine Contact Tank (CCT)
Treated water from the Deep Bed Multimedia Filtration system shall be conveyed to the Chlorine
Contact Tank for disinfection and then will be pumped to the Intermediate Storage Tank located in the
Tertiary Treatment Plant at Welspun City premises, for further treatment / polishing. Part of the water
shall be pumped to the Overhead Backwash Tank of the Deep Bed Multimedia Filters and for plant
water requirements within the STP.
Gravity Sludge Thickeners
The gravity Sludge Thickeners shall be designed to thicken the surplus sludge produced from secondary
biological treatment process. The sludge thickener shall thicken the secondary sludge to 4.0% minimum
TSS concentration (dry solids basis). Thickened sludge shall be directly collected or conveyed through
belt / screw conveyors to a sump / hopper having 1 hour retention time, and then pumped to 2 Nos. of
mechanical sludge dewatering units (1 Working + 1 standby) using Thickened Sludge Pumps
continuously/ intermittently as required.
The filtrate from the thickener shall be recycled to the inlet chamber by pumping.
Sludge Dewatering Unit
The Thickened Sludge Storage Tank is provided to collect and transfer the Thickened Sludge from
Sludge Thickener to Mechanical Sludge Dewatering Equipment.
Centreate Sump
The network of the plant drain, overflow arrangement, supernatant from thickeners, dewatering
centrifuges & dirty backwash from deep bed multimedia filters shall be terminated at the Centreate
Sump. The drain out connection from various units of the STP in the form of lateral lines shall be
connected to one / two common trunks lines leading to the plant drain-out sump.
Treated Water Sump
The Treated Water Sump / Wet Well shall be located adjoining the Chlorine Contact Tank. Suitable
number of submersible pumps with standby shall be installed in order to pump the treated sewage
waters through the deep bed media filters to the ETP location of WIL premises.
3.5
List of Civil Units of Proposed STP
A list of civil units for STP along with their sizing and capacity in terms of volume is highlighted in
the table below:
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
23
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED STP,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
Table 3-3: List of Civil Units of Proposed STP
Sr.
No.
Unit
1
Length
/ Dia., m
Width,
m
SWD, m
FB, m
Qty.
Volume in cu.m
/ Area in sq.m
Inlet chamber
4.80
2
5
0.5
1W
48
2
Mechanical Fine screen
channel (6mm spacing)
9.50
1.40
0.65
0.5
2W
8.6
3
Manual Coarse bar
screen channel (20 mm
spacing)
9.50
2.00
0.50
0.5
1S
9.5
4
Grit Chamber
8.40
8.40
0.7
0.5
1W
49.4
5
Grit Channel
20.00
3.50
0.75 + 0.5 m
Grit storage
0.50
1S
56
6
Anoxic Zone
28.00
20.40
5.50
0.60
2W
3141.6
7
Aeration Tank
94.50
31.50
5.50
0.50
2W
16372.1
8
Distribution Chamber for
Secondary Clarifier
3.5
3.5
2
0.5
1W
24.5
9
Secondary Clarifier
52.00
‐‐
3.00
0.5
2W
6367.9
10
DBM Filter
6.00
4.40
5.50
0.5
6W +
2S
145.2
11
CCT
23
10
4
0.5
1W
920
12
Wet well
10
7.5
4
0.5
1W
300
13
Sludge sump
7
2.25
2
0.5
1W
31.5
14
Dirty backwash tank
20
3.5
3.5
0.5
1W
245
15
Filtrate sump
6
8
2.5
0.5
1W
120
16
Chlorination building
28
6
7
‐
1
168
17
Centrifuge building
12
4
7
‐
1
48
18
Blower room
38
8
7
‐
1
304
19
Operator room
10
8
3
‐
1
80
20
HT/LT substation
25
20
5.5
‐
1
500
21
MEP room
5.5
5.5
3
‐
1
30.25
3.6
Treatability of Proposed STP
The stage wise percentage reduction of proposed STP is given in below table:
Table 3-4: Percentage Reduction / Treatability of Proposed STP
Parameters
S. No.
Description
COD
Value
BOD
% Reduction
Value
SS
% Reduction
% Reduction
1
Inlet Collection Tank
600
2
Aeration Tank
60
90
15
95
30
95
3
Final STP Outlet
50
15
10
30
10
65
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
275
Value
600
24
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
3.7
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED STP,
TREATABILITY & ADEQUACY EVALUATION
Adequacy of Proposed STP
The adequacy of proposed sewage treatment plant of capacity 30 MLD is described as below.
Table 3-5: Adequacy of Proposed STP of 30 MLD capacity
Sr.
No.
Unit
Qty.
Flow
Volume,
Total
Volume
m3/day
m3
m3
Min
Hr
Day
HRT
Remarks
1
Inlet chamber
1
30000
48
48
2
-
-
OK
2
Mechanical Fine screen
channel (6mm spacing)
2
30000
8.6
17.2
1
-
-
OK
3
Manual Coarse bar
screen channel (20 mm
spacing)
1
30000
9.5
9.5
0.5
-
-
OK
4
Grit Chamber
1
30000
49.4
49.4
2
-
-
OK
5
Grit Channel
1
30000
56
56
3
-
-
OK
6
Anoxic Zone
2
30000
3141.6
6283.2
-
5.0
-
OK
7
Aeration Tank
2
30000
16372.1
32744.25
-
-
1.1
OK
8
Distribution Chamber
for Secondary Clarifier
1
30000
24.5
24.5
1
-
-
OK
9
Secondary Clarifier
2
30000
6367.9
12735.8
-
10.2
-
OK
10
DBM Filter
8
30000
145.2
1161.6
56
-
-
OK
11
CCT
1
30000
920
920
44
-
-
OK
12
Wet well
1
30000
300
300
15
-
-
OK
13
Sludge sump
1
30000
31.5
31.5
2
-
-
OK
14
Dirty backwash tank
1
30000
245
245
12
-
-
OK
15
Filtrate sump
1
30000
120
120
6
-
-
OK
The STP is located in Survey nos 595 & 589 adjacent to the WIL premises. Treated sewage waters from
the STP after Deep media filters will be conveyed to the WIL ETP premises for further recycling in UF
and RO Plant.
Rejects from the RO Plant along with Micron filter outlet of Common ETP will be drained out in the
manhole chamber of the gravity pipeline system.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
25
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
4 CHARACTERSTICS OF
PIPELINE PROJECT
4.1
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
CHARACTERSTICS OF OUTLET FOR SEA
DISPOSAL PIPELINE PROJECT
OUTLET
FOR
SEA
DISPOSAL
Characterstics of Common ETP – Inlet and Outlet
The Characterstics of Inlet and Outlet of Common ETP is presented in table as below:
Table 4-1: Inlet and Outlet of Common ETP of WIL
Sr. No
Parameters
Units
Influent
Characteristics
Treated Effluent
Characteristics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Design Flow
pH
Temperature
Total suspended solids
COD
BOD5
Ammonical Nitrogen
Phosphate
Phenolic compounds
Oil & Grease
Total Dissolved Solids
Fluorides
m3/day
15000
10 – 12
45 - 50
200 – 300
2500
850
30 – 40
5 – 10
3–5
< 20
2000
2
15000
7.0 – 7.5
< 30
< 50
< 240
< 75
< 15
<5
<2
< 10
2500
<1
4.2
Deg C
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Characterstics of STP – Outlet and RO Rejects
The Characterstics of Inlet and Outlet of new proposed STP is presented in table as below:
Table 4-2: Outlet of Proposed STP and RO Reject Waters of WIL
Sr. No.
Parameters
1
Design Flow
2
pH
Units
m3/day
Outlet of STP
RO Reject waters
29000
10000
6.8 - 8
6.0 - 7.5
Temperature
Deg C
20
20
4
Colour (Pt. Co. Units)
mg/l
< 10
20
5
BOD (5 Days at 20 Deg.
C)
mg/l
< 10
30
6
COD
mg/l
< 50
150
Suspended Solids
mg/l
< 10
< 10
8
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l
< 3400
10000
9
Oil & Grease
mg/l
<2
<2
10
Phenolic Compounds
mg/l
<1
<1
11
Fluorides
mg/l
<2
<2
Sulphides
mg/l
<1
<1
Ammonical Nitrogen
mg/l
< 10
< 10
3
7
12
13
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
26
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
4.3
FEASIBILITY &
CUM ADEQUACY
TREATABILITY
STUDY REPORT
CHARACTERSTICS OF OUTLET FOR SEA
DISPOSAL PIPELINE PROJECT
Combined Characterstics of ETP Outlet and STP RO Rejects
Characterstics of combined outlet of Treated waste water from Common ETP + RO rejects (of STP
treated waters) meeting with Marine Discharge norms is highlighted in the table as below:
Table 4-3: Characterstics of Common ETP outlet and Sea Discharge pipeline combined outlet
compared with CPCB Standards for Marine Discharge
RO Reject
waters
Combined
Outlet
Characterstics
to Sea
Discharge
Pipeline
Treated waste water
Characterstics as per
CPCB Standards for
discharge to Marine
Coastal Waters
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Treated
Effluent
Characteristics
of Common
ETP
1
Flow (cu.m per
day)
15000
10000
25000
25000
2
pH
7.0 - 7.5
6.0 - 7.5
6.0 - 8
5.5 - 9.0
3
Temperature
30
20
26
< 30
4
Colour (Pt. Co.
Units)
100
20
68
< 100
5
BOD (5 Days at
20 Deg. C)
75
30
57
< 100
6
COD
240
150
204
< 250
7
Suspended
Solids
50
15
36
< 100
8
Total Dissolved
Solids
2500
10000
5500
-
9
Oil & Grease
10
2
6.8
20
10
Phenolic
Compounds
2
1
1.6
5
11
Fluorides
1
2
1.4
15
12
Sulphides
0.1
1
0.46
5
13
Ammonical
Nitrogen
15
10
13
50
Bio Assay Test
90% survival of
fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival of
fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival
of fish after 96
hours in 100%
effluent
90% survival of fish
after 96 hours in
100% effluent
14
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
27
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
CONCLUSIONS
5 CONCLUSIONS
Following conclusions can be drawn from Treatability study and Performance Evaluation of the common
ETP:


The present common ETP at WIL is working satisfactorily and will continue to work with outlet
quality matching the norms of Sea disposal.
The STP would also function properly and the RO Permeates will be utilized in plant premises,
whereas the RO rejects will be subjected to sea disposal along with Treated waste waters from
Common ETP.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
28
WELSPUN INDIA LIMITED, ANJAR,
KUTCH
FEASIBILITY & TREATABILITY CUM
ADEQUACY STUDY REPORT
CONCLUSIONS
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
for
Development
29
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
Annexure 4: Longterm Climatological Data
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
245
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
246
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
Annexure 5: Detailed Air Monitoring Results
Average Pollutant Concentration (µg/m3)
Sr
No
Station
Code
CPCB Norms
PM10
(24hr.)
PM2.5
(24hr.)
SO2
(24hr.)
NOx
(24hr)
Industrial,Residential, Rural and Other
Area
100
60
80
80
Ecologically Sensitive Area
(Notified by Central Govt.)
100
60
30
30
Sampling
Date
Sampling
Location
Area
/Category
1
AA01
04.11.2014
Start Point
Other
60
24
8.2
15.2
2
AA01
05.11.2014
Start Point
Other
53
21
8.6
17.3
3
AA01
11.11.2014
Start Point
Other
69
22
8.9
18.6
4
AA01
14.11.2014
Start Point
Other
57
18
8.1
13.7
5
AA01
17.11.2014
Start Point
Other
63
16
8.7
17.3
6
AA01
20.11.2014
Start Point
Other
52
21
9.1
16.6
7
AA01
24.11.2014
Start Point
Other
67
23
8.9
15.5
8
AA01
27.11.2014
Start Point
Other
61
22
10.3
14.4
9
AA01
01.12.2014
Start Point
Other
64
30
8.3
19.5
10
AA01
04.12.2014
Start Point
Other
55
29
8.4
17.3
11
AA01
09.12.2014
Start Point
Other
57
25
9.4
15.6
12
AA02
12.11.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
59
42
8.2
15.4
13
AA02
15.11.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
63
25
9.9
13.5
14
AA02
18.11.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
69
25
10.3
15.3
15
AA02
21.11.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
72
34
8.3
15.1
16
AA02
26.11.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
66
46
9.5
15.9
17
AA02
29.11.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
62
38
9.4
16.6
18
AA02
03.12.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
53
22
10.1
14.7
19
AA02
06.12.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
71
28
8.5
18.9
20
AA02
10.12.2014
Gandhidham
Residential
65
18
10.1
16.4
21
AA03
10.11.2014
Adipur
Residential
47
19
8.1
14.3
22
AA03
13.11.2014
Adipur
Residential
61
34
8.9
15.8
23
AA03
19.11.2014
Adipur
Residential
65
16
10.2
20.5
24
AA03
22.11.2014
Adipur
Residential
51
26
8.6
14.7
25
AA03
25.11.2014
Adipur
Residential
57
23
10.4
15.2
26
AA03
28.11.2014
Adipur
Residential
53
22
9.7
16.5
27
AA03
02.12.2014
Adipur
Residential
58
14
8.9
15.3
28
AA03
05.12.2014
Adipur
Residential
63
38
9.4
16.1
29
AA03
08.12.2014
Adipur
Residential
44
19
8.6
17.6
30
AA03
11.12.2014
Adipur
Residential
57
23
9.8
16.3
31
AA04
06.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
51
14
9.4
15.9
32
AA04
07.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
57
22
9.2
20.1
33
AA04
12.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
53
20
8.4
14.5
34
AA04
15.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
58
26
9.8
16.3
35
AA04
19.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
63
16
9.2
15.2
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
Average Pollutant Concentration (µg/m3)
Sr
No
Station
Code
CPCB Norms
PM10
(24hr.)
PM2.5
(24hr.)
SO2
(24hr.)
NOx
(24hr)
Industrial,Residential, Rural and Other
Area
100
60
80
80
Ecologically Sensitive Area
(Notified by Central Govt.)
100
60
30
30
Sampling
Date
Sampling
Location
Area
/Category
36
AA04
22.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
44
12
9.9
14.3
37
AA04
26.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
57
20
8.7
21.1
38
AA04
29.11.2014
Shinai
Residential
78
24
9.7
14.3
39
AA04
01.12.2014
Shinai
Residential
75
27
10.5
15.7
40
AA04
04.12.2014
Shinai
Residential
56
19
9.9
14.1
41
AA04
09.12.2014
Shinai
Residential
53
15
9.7
21.3
42
AA05
04.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
59
16
9.4
14.8
43
AA05
05.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
63
11
8.7
17.9
44
AA05
11.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
69
28
8.1
15.3
45
AA05
14.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
72
22
8.7
13.4
46
AA05
17.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
66
20
9.5
15.5
47
AA05
20.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
62
24
8.4
16.8
48
AA05
24.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
53
24
9.2
16.7
49
AA05
27.11.2014
Kidana
Residential
71
16
8.6
15.3
50
AA05
02.12.2014
Kidana
Residential
65
28
10.4
16.4
51
AA05
05.12.2014
Kidana
Residential
47
32
10.1
21.1
52
AA05
08.12.2014
Kidana
Residential
61
23
9.5
20.3
53
AA05
11.12.2014
Kidana
Residential
65
21
9.2
19.7
54
AA06
07.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
62
15
9.1
16.1
55
AA06
08.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
42
19
8.4
19.5
56
AA06
10.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
57
24
10.2
14.9
57
AA06
13.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
51
31
9.2
15.2
58
AA06
18.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
40
12
9.3
16.4
59
AA06
21.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
53
10
9.7
17.2
60
AA06
25.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
60
15
9.5
13.6
61
AA06
28.11.2014
Bharpar
Residential
66
17
9.7
14.6
62
AA06
03.12.2014
Bharpar
Residential
49
20
8.4
13.4
63
AA06
06.12.2014
Bharpar
Residential
54
22
10.2
20.4
64
AA06
10.12.2014
Bharpar
Residential
63
20
9.3
19.6
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
Annexure 6: National Ambient Air Quality Stations
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD
CAPACITY
ANNEXURES
Annexure 7: Selected Alignment Route
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
251
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
Annexure 8: Compliance to CCA
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
Annexure 9: Land Lease Agreement for STP and other permission letters
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
WELSPUN INDIA
LTD.,KUTCH
EIA, EMP, RA & DMP FOR COMMON ONSHORE TREATED WASTE
WATER DISPOSAL PIPELINE OF 25 MLD CAPACITY
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2015
ANNEXURES
Annexure 10: HTL –LTL Demarcation Map
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment
for
Development
CONTACT DETAILS
Vadodara (Head Office)
871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+91-265-3001000; F: +91-265-3001069